Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout22 080 Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction Tender (Omega Contractors Inc.) By-law THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE KBT S CIPgLPiY Of K�C���ti�,�, O> BY-LAW NO. 2022-080 BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION - INVERHURON SERVICING CONTRACT (Omega Contractors Inc.) WHEREAS Section 44 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25, as amended, provides that a municipality has jurisdiction over a highway or bridge shall keep it in a state of repair that is reasonable in the circumstances; AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide that the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the municipality's ability to respond to municipal issues and has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its authority under this or any other Act; AND WHEREAS it has been determined that there is a need for Sunset Drive Lakeshore Protection,with funds allocated in the 2021 Capital Budget; NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine ENACTS as follows: 1. That the tender of Omega Contractors Inc for Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction - Inverhuron Servicing, in the amount $2,366,009.72 (including the nonrefundable portion of HST), be hereby accepted as per the tender agreement attached hereto as Schedule"A". 2. THAT the cost overage of$515,848 for the Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction — Inverhuron Servicing Contract be funded $224,295 from the Lifecycle Reserve Fund RF 82, $146,658 from the Water Reserve Fund RF 68, $40,241 from the Sewer Reserve Fund RF 67, and $104,654 from the County of Bruce for a revised total budget amount of$2,565,848 and that this be reflected in the next budget amendment. 3. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized and directed to execute, on behalf of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine, any contracts and other documents required to authorize such work to commence. 4. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage. 5. This by-law may be cited as the "Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction Tender (Omega Contractors Inc.) By-law". READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 11th day of April, 2022. READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 11th day of April, 2021. Gerry Glover ICI Jennifer Lawrie 9gned with Consfgn0 loud 2o2vosnzl III IIII Verify w"tth (2022/OS/12) III IIIII�I Verlfy withveriflo.com or Adobe Reader. III g^e hven gn0❑oud o.com or Ad Reader. II lul IIII IIIII Mayor Clerk I. I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ' Plan takers shall note the following: (1) Low Pressure Sanitary Service Tees/Saddles ' Bidders shall note that all costs associated with supplying and installing the low pressure sanitary service tees/saddles shall be included under Part 2 Item 31 a) 32mm dia. main stops. This item shall also include all labour,equipment and materials required to connect the low pressure sanitary service ' to the low pressure sanitary mains. (2) Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority(SVCA)Permit ' The Owner has received the permit from the SVCA which has been attached to this addendum. Contractors shall comply with all conditions and requirements noted in the SVCA Permit. All costs related to this shall be included in Item No.49 for each part of the Contract. (3) Traffic Control Bidders shall note that Lake Street south of Bruce Road 15 is a very narrow one-way street. Because ' of this the Contractor will be required to maintain a minimum of one lane of traffic between Victoria Street and Lake Street on Bruce Road 15 at all times. (4) Walking Path Bollard ' Bidders shall note that the existing bollard located on the walking path at the west end of Bruce Road 15 is constructed so that the above grade portion of the bollard is removable. The Contractor shall provide the new bollard- Item 15 b) in Part 1 so that the above grade portion of the bollard can be ' removed by the Municipality to allow maintenance equipment to have access to the storm outlet/beach. The removable above grade portion of the bollard shall be secured in place with a lockable device which only the Municipality can remove. The bollard shall not be concrete filled ' above grade and shall not be as shown on drawing 3. The Contractor has the option to remove, salvage and reinstall the existing bollard and base, but will be responsible for providing all labour, equipment and materials required and shall ensure that the bollard is not damaged, and functions as ' intended. If the Contractor reinstalls the existing bollard, the Contractor shall coat the steel with a minimum of 2 coats of an approved UV rust resistant reflective yellow paint. All work must meet the Contract Administrator's approval. ' B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street ' Goderich,ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 March 28, 2022 www.bmross.net Contractor's Signature Date ' (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) (Emailed to all Plan Takers—6 pages) ' Saugeen 1078 Bruce Road 12 I P.O.Box 150 ! Formosa I ON ! Canada ! NOG 1W0 Conservation 519-364-1255 ! publicinfo@svca.on.ca 1 www.saugeenconservation.ca SENT ELECTRONICALLY ONLY(aweishar@kincardine.ca) ' March 25,2022 Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5, R.R. 5 ' Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 Attention: Adam Weishar Dear Mr.Weishar, RE: Application to Alter a Regulated Area ' Bruce Road 15 near Lake Street and the Public Access Walkway to Lake Huron Roll No. Near 410821000533402 Geographic Townships of Kincardine and Bruce ' Municipality of Kincardine SVCA Permit No.: 22-049 ' The Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority(SVCA) has approved your application to reconstruct a section of Bruce Rd 15 and the public access walkway to Lake Huron,to install a 975 mm storm sewer and outlet with erosion protection around the outlet,and to seal off existing storm sewers,with related excavation,filling and ' grading, as indicated on the attached permit. If you cannot comply with any condition listed as part of this approval,you must not begin your project and you must notify the SVCA. Please note, work should not commence until you have received a building permit from the Municipality of Kincardine and obtained all other agency and municipal approvals. ' Right to Hearing ' Please be advised that the owner(s)of a property may submit an Application for a development or alteration proposal to the SVCA at any time. An Application must be complete as determined by the SVCA for it to be considered. The completeness of an Application is determined by SVCA staff,or an administrative review can ' be requested by the applicant to the SVCA's General Manager/Secretary Treasurer. In the event that the administrative review by the SVCA's General Manager/Secretary Treasurer determines an Application is not complete,the applicant can request an administrative review by the Authority. Applications to recognize works that have already occurred are not eligible for administrative reviews. 1 Conservation ' ONTARiO va mr,!J arrip ' Municipality of Kincardine March 25,2022 SVCA Permit No. 22-049 ' Page 2 of 2 In accordance with Section 28(12) of the Conservation Authorities Act, permission required under Ontario ' Regulation 169/06, as amended, shall not be refused or granted subject to conditions unless the person requesting the permission has been given the opportunity for a hearing(by request) before the Authority or, in the case of the SVCA, before the Authority's Executive Committee. Should you receive an SVCA permit, approved by staff,with conditions of approval and object to one or more of the conditions,you will have the ' option to attend a hearing before the SVCA Executive Committee. Should you submit a complete Application for which staff is not prepared to issue a permit,you will have the option to attend a hearing scheduled before the SVCA Executive Committee. After holding a hearing under Section 28(12),the SVCA Executive Committee shall, (a) refuse the permission; or (b) grant the permission,with or without conditions After the hearing, if the Executive Committee refuses permission,or grants permission subject to conditions, the person who requested permission shall be given written reasons for the decision. If the person is refused ' permission or objects to conditions imposed on the permission,the person may appeal to the Minister of Natural Resources and Forestry within 30 days of receiving the reasons for the refusal. Drinking Water Source Protection The subject property appears to SVCA staff to not be located within an area that is subject to the local Drinking ' Water Source Protection Plan.To confirm,you may contact rmo@greysauble.on.ca. Thank you for your cooperation.Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact Madeline McFadden of this office. Sincerely, iE✓4 ~� Erik Downing ' Manager,Environmental Planning and Regulations Saugeen Conservation t ED/mm Encl. ' cc: Maureen Couture,Authority Member,SVCA(via e-mail) Bill Stewart,Authority Member,SVCA(via e-mail) Dwayne McNab, CBO, Municipality of Kincardine(via e-mail) ' Jim Donohoe, Engineering Manager, County of Bruce(via e-mail) Jennette Walker, B. M. Ross and Associates Limited Engineers and Planners (via e-mail) I ISaugeen PERMIT NO. 22-049 Conservation PERMIT I1078 Bruce Rd.12,P.O.Box 150 Conservation Authorities Act, R.S.O., 1990, Chap. C27 Formosa ON NOG 1W0 ' SCHEDULE 1 OF 2 THIS PERMIT ISSUED ON March 25, 2022 AND EXPIRES ON March 25, 2024 Permit for Major Works TX] Permit for Minor Works Permit for Standard/Other Works IPERMIT TO: Alter a Watercourse X Place Fill or do Grading in a Regulated Area ' Construct a Building in a Regulated Area X Construct a Structure in a Regulated Area In accordance with Regulation 169/06 and amendments thereto, permission is granted to: Name: Municipality of Kincardine IMailing Address: 1475 Concession 5, R.R. 5 Municipality: Kincardine, ON Postal Code: N2Z 2X6 Phone No.: 519-396-3469 ext. 7119 For the following To reconstruct a section of Bruce Rd 15 and the public access walkway to Lake Huron, to I works: install a 975 mm storm sewer and outlet with erosion protection around the outlet, and to seal off existing storm sewers, with related excavation, filling and grading. I At Location: Bruce Road 15 near Lake Street and the Roll No.: Near 410821000533402 public access walkway to Lake Huron Municipality: Municipality of Kincardine (Geographic Townships of Kincardine and Bruce) for the period of: March 25, 2022 to March 25, 2024 ' SUBJECT TO THE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS STATED IN SCHEDULE 2 TO THIS PERMIT: I NOTE: BEGIN YOUR PROJECT ONLY IF YOU,THE APPLICANT,AGREE TO ALL OF THE SPECIFIC AND GENERAL CONDITIONS STATED IN THIS PERMIT. IF YOU DISAGREE WITH ANY CONDITION,YOU MUST NOTIFY THE SVCA AND YOU MUST NOT BEGIN YOUR PROJECT. IGENERAL CONDITIONS:See reverse side of this form. Manager, Environmental Planning and Regulations Signature of Authority Official Title IMPORTANT!Read the reverse of this form I GENERAL CONDITIONS The applicant, by acceptance and in consideration of the issuance of this permit,agrees to the following conditions: ' 1. The applicant shall comply with the Specific Conditions in the attached schedules. 2. This permit is valid only for the time period specified and the applicant agrees to request an extension from the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority prior to the expiration of this period should an extension be required. ' 3. This permit does not preclude any other legislation, federal or provincial,or necessary approvals from the local municipality. ' 4. Authorized representatives of the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority may,at any time,enter onto the lands which are described herein in order to make surveys,examinations, investigations or inspections which are required ' for the purpose of ensuring that the work(s) authorized by this permit are being carried out according to the terms of this permit. 5. The applicant agrees (a) to indemnify and save harmless on a solicitor and client basis,the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority ' and its officers,employees,or agents,from and against all damage, loss,costs,claims, demands, actions and proceedings,arising out of or resulting from any act or omission of the owner and/or applicant or of any of his/her agents,employees or contractors relating to any of the particulars,terms or conditions of ' this permit; (b) that this permit shall not release the applicant from any legal liability or obligation and remains in force ' subject to all limitations, requirements and liabilities imposed by law; (c) that all complaints arising from the execution of the works authorized under this permit shall be reported prior to the expiration of this permit by the applicant to the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority. The ' applicant shall indicate any action which has been taken, or is planned to be taken, if any,with regard to each complaint; ' (d) that the permit issued herein is based upon the plans or sketches submitted to the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority and the accuracy of the matters contained in the application to the Authority. 6. This permit is not assignable. 7. The applicant acknowledges that should the works be carried out in contrary to the terms of this permit,the permit ' may be revoked and the applicant may be in violation of the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority's Development, Interference with Wetlands and Alterations to Shorelines and Watercourses Regulation (Ontario Regulation 169/06), and subject to the penalties imposed under the Conservation Authorities Act, R.S.O, 1990, Chap.C27,as amended. This permit is a public record which is accessible upon request. This information in this permit is collected under the authority of the Conservation Authorities Act, R.S.O, 1990,Chap.C27, as amended. r I I PERMIT NO. 22-049 SCHEDULE 2 OF 2 APPLICANT: Municipality of Kincardine SPECIFIC CONDITIONS: ' 1. The works shall be in accordance with the site plan and design drawings by BM Ross and Associates Limited dated February 11, 2022,the Application to Alter a Regulated Area received by SVCA on February 14, 2022, and this permit. 2. It is the responsibility of the Applicant(Municipality of Kincardine)to ensure that any contractors and/or workers involved with the project are aware of this permit and the conditions. 3. It is the responsibility of the Applicant(Municipality of Kincardine)to ensure that all other agency and municipal approvals are in place for all works proposed in this permit. 4. Appropriate sediment and erosion control measures shall be used to prevent the movement of sediment into Lake Huron. 5. The shoreline erosion protection around the proposed outlet shall be keyed into bedrock and sized to match or exceed the existing erosion protection. 6. Local drainage on abutting properties must not be impeded or altered unacceptably. 7. All activities, including equipment maintenance procedures,shall be controlled to prevent the entry of petroleum products,debris,or other deleterious substances into the watercourse. Refueling and maintenance of equipment shall be done at least 30 meters away from Lake Huron. 8. Please notify SVCA staff when the work is complete so a site inspection can be arranged. 9. This permit allows for the applicant to reconstruct a section of Bruce Rd 15 and the public access walkway to Lake Huron,to install a 975 mm storm sewer and outlet with erosion protection around the outlet,and to seal off existing storm sewers,with related excavation,filling and grading. Should any other works be proposed on the property within the SVCA Regulated Area in the future,the SVCA should be contacted as permission may be required. I 1 1 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Plan takers shall note the following: 1 (1) Tender Closing Date Change The tender closing date has been changed to Friday, April 1, 2022 at 11:59:59 a.m. (2) Hot Mix Asphalt—Design Change Bidders shall note that the asphalt material and thicknesses have been revised for the Bruce Road 15 roadway. • The base asphalt included in Part 1 shall be revised to 60mm of HL-8 asphalt and the topcoat asphalt in Part 4 has been revised to 40mm of HL-3 asphalt. The hot mix price adjustment shall apply to both the HL-8 and the HL-3 roadway asphalt items. • Quantities for both these items have been revised and Bidders shall replace tender pages T-2 and T-13 with the attached pages T-2 (Revised)and T-13 (Revised). ' (3) Item 38 b) in Part 3 Shall be Deleted. This item is already included in Part 1 of the tender. Bidders shall cross out Item 38 b) in Part 3 of the tender manually. If this edit is not made, when the tenders are opened any value placed in Item 38 b) in Part 3 will be treated as zero (refer to page T-1 1). (4) Storm Sewer Quantities Part 1 ' The storm sewer quantities have been revised in Part 1 of the tender form. Bidders shall replace tender page T-3 with the attached T-3(Revised). (5) Item 35 a) in Part 1 Bidders shall note that the Quantity for the 150 mm dia. gate valves for Item 35 a) in Part 1 has been revised to 1 Ea. Please make this change manually and reference Addendum No. 2 (refer to page T-5). (6) Item 50—Preconstruction Survey Item 50—Preconstruction Survey has been added to the Part 1 of the Tender. The bidders shall replace Tender page T-7 with the attached T-7(Revised). The following specifications will apply to this item: 1 2 ' ITEM NO. 50 PRECONSTRUCTION SURVEY (a) General ' The work to be done under this item includes furnishing all labour, equipment, materials and services to perform a pre-construction survey of adjacent structures. The Contractor's designee for work shall be an independent third party company with a minimum of five years experience in pre-condition surveys ' and loss control for heavy construction in urban areas. The designee shall provide proof of Professional Errors and Omissions insurance with a minimum of two million dollar limit from a recognized insurer and submit sufficient data to satisfy the Contract Administrator of their competence in this field and/or be prequalified with the Contract Administrator in the tendering stage, hereinafter referred to as the Loss Control Consultant (LCC). ' (b) Description The work includes preparation and retention of pre-construction surveys depicting existing interior and exterior conditions of buildings, utilities and underground structures and the like, within the area of influence of the worksite, as indicated. Existing buildings, utilities, and other related structural improvements and properties located in the area of influence of the worksite are subject to possible damage as a result of heavy construction activities, including but not limited to dewatering, rock breaking/removal, excavating and compaction. To protect the Contractor, Municipality and the Contract Administrator from unwarranted claims by property owners for alleged construction damages when the condition predates the construction, and also to protect the Property Owner from the cost of repairs resulting from construction damage, the LCC ' shall survey and identify conditions existing in and around the properties anticipated to be potentially affected by construction operations. ' Photographic equipment and materials shall be acceptable to the Contract Administrator and shall be capable of yielding high-quality, date stamped, sequential photographs from which detailed enlargements may be made; video equipment will be permitted only as an accessory to still photographs. Information in written format shall be recorded so as to be easily interpreted, containing pertinent information, and shall contain specific references as to exact building areas and locations including as a ' minimum: • Type of construction and date when built. ' • Differential settlements; visible cracks in walls, floors and ceilings shall be identified and described. • Any other apparent structural or cosmetic damage or defect. The LCC shall use positive dimensions whenever practical to do so, instead of general terms (that is, "Sagging 1 to 2 centimetres" instead of"Sagging badly"). (c) Procedure ' Work shall begin immediately upon execution of the Contract and pre-construction surveys of those applicable portions of this work shall be completed prior to the start of construction activities. 3 The LCC shall evaluate the Contract Administrator's recommendations of areas to be surveyed and submit to the Contract Administrator recommended deviations from those areas indicated, if any. The LCC shall be responsible to obtain data as follows: . Available data from design consultants including but not limited to soils data, field surveys, photogrammetric mapping, and pertinent project photographs. • Plans for buildings to be surveyed and "as-built" drawings if available. • List of owners, tenants and lessees to be surveyed within buildings. Upon approval of the submittal,the LCC shall conduct surveys which shall adequately illustrate structural and cosmetic defects of the indicated areas. After the LCC has contacted the owner of the buildings, it will be the responsibility of the LCC to gain ' entry to the buildings during the performance of his/her work. If an owner will not permit access to his property, the LCC shall indicate in the summary sheet what efforts were made to gain entry; what their apparent authority was (i.e. owner, manager, lessor); what reasons were given for not providing entry, time and date of contact; means of contact(in person or by phone); who made the contact and other relevant information. Survey data shall be recorded and kept on file by the LCC in a secure manner, in compliance with Freedom of Information requirements. The documentation will only be made available to the Contractor, Owner and Contract Administrator in cases where a claimant has submitted a claim of loss in writing and will form part of a"Post Construction Report". If the report substantiates damage resulting from the Contractor's activities, the cost of the Post Construction Report shall be paid by the Contractor. If the report indicates that there was no construction related damage then the Municipality ' will pay the cost of the Post Construction Report. A preconstruction survey report including the following information shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator; Dates of activities, properties inspected, properties where access was refused, sample letters of—request to inspect/reminder notice, condition survey technical procedures, how sensitive information will be stored/released, and any special notes of awareness to the Contractor, Contract Administrator& Municipality. B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 March 21, 2022 www.bmross.net Contractor's Signature Date ' (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) (Emailed to all Plan Takers— 7 pages) I T-2(Revised) IIITHE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount IPART 1 -BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION IROADWORK 1 201, SP Clearing(trees all sizes) 1 L.S. $ 2 201, SP Grubbing (stumps all sizes) 1 L.S. $ 111 3 206, SP Earth excavation I a) Salt impacted(all other concentrations 2200 m3 $ $ below Table 2.1 ESQS) b) Soils above Table 1 ESQS and 1000 t $ $ ITable 2.1 ESQS (Provisional) c) Temporary stockpile (Provisional) 1 L.S. $ Id) Test holes, lm deep 11 Ea. $ $ e) Test holes, 2m deep 10 Ea. $ $ I 4 501, 506, Dust suppressants and compaction pP I SP a) Water 975 m3 $ $ b) Calcium chloride solid 4.6 t $ $ 5 314, SP Granular A 2750 t $ $ I6 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt SP IAddendum 2 a) Hot Mix HL-8 (60mm) 575 t $ $ b) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 680 m2 $ $ Ic) Asphalt curb and gutter(Provisional) 15 m $ $ I 7 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes 1 Ea. $ $ and catch basins 8-9 N/A I I T-3(Revised) Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I 10 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes and catch basins a) Maintenance holes 2 Ea. $ $ 11 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 395 m $ $ (all types) 12 353, SP 45°concrete outlets (OPSD 605.030) 1 Ea. $ $ I 2 13 802, SP Topsoil (imported) 2400 m $ $ 14 804, SP Seeding and cover 2400 m2 $ $ 15 SP Bollards a) Remove existing steel bollards 1 Ea. $ $ Ib) Supply and install steel bollards 1 Ea. $ $ I16 SP Remove and replace wooden posts a) Remove and dispose of existing 17 Ea. $ $ I wooden posts b) Supply and install 200 x 200mm 29 Ea. $ $ pressure treated wooden posts ISub-Total Roadwork-- $ ' STORM SEWERS I 17 401, 409, Supply, excavate for and place storm 410, 492, pipe sewers including bedding, select 517, SP native granular backfill Ia) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 or equivalent 24 m $ $ Addendum 2 b) 375 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 or equivalent 52 m $ $ IAddendum 2 c) 975 mm 65-D concrete or equivalent 358 m $ $ d) 975x975x300 mm Storm Tees 3 Ea. $ $ e) 975 mm Storm Outlet Grate 1 Ea. $ $ (BMROSS Standard Drawing 800) I I T-7(Revised) Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount IMISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. $ I47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 48 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. $75,000.00 49 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. $ Iof the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I50 SP Pre-construction survey Addendum 2 a) Pre-construction survey 1 L.S. $ Ib) Post construction inspection and report 1 Ea. $ $ (Provisional) 1 Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- $ I Sub-Total Part 1 $ PART 2 - FORCEMAINS, LOW PRESSURE SANITARY MAINS AND SERVICES I1-25 N/A 111 SANITARY FORCEMAINS 26 412,492, Supply,excavate for,place sanitary I 517, SP forcemains including, dewatering, bedding and select native backfill I a) 75 mm dia. PVC SDR21 (Series 200) 307 m $ $ b) Tracer wire test stations(provisional) 2 Ea $ $ I 27 441,492 Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 517, SP fittings, including mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 75 mm dia. 90°bends 3 Ea. $ $ b) Connect to existing sanitary forcemains 2 Ea. $ $ 1 28 507, SP Testing, swabbing and flushing of 1 L.S. $ 75 mm dia. forcemain IISub-Total Forcemain-- $ I I T-13 (Revised) Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount PART 4 - 2023 BRUCE ROAD 15 TOPCOAT PAVING ROADWORK I1-4 N/A I5 314, SP Granular A (for shouldering) 90 t $ $ I 6 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt SP Addendum 2 a) Hot Mix HL-3 (40mm) 385 t $ $ Ib) Tack coat 3400 m2 $ $ U 7 N/A 8 SP Maintenance hole lift rings or final 4 Ea. $ $ 1 adjustment 9 SP Valve box lifters 16 Ea. $ $ I10-16 N/A ISub-Total Roadwork-- $ 17-45 N/A I MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. $ I47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $ 49 N/A 1 49 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. $ requirements of the contract not Ispecifically covered by or related to the preceding items ISub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- $ I Sub-Total Part 4 -- $ 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 ' ADDENDUM NO. 1 Plan takers shall note the following: ' (1) Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority Permit A permit from the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority (SVCA) was applied for on ' February 11, 2022 Tenderers are advised that construction will not be allowed to commence until the SVCA permit is received by the Owner. ' (2) Test Pits Test pits will be dug by the Owner at the job site on Friday, March 25, 2022 at 10:00 am Isharp. (3) Trench Backfill after Rock Excavation The Contractor is expected to utilize salvaged roadbase granulars and select native granular material for trench backfill, including within the rock excavation areas. The ' Contractor shall schedule their order of operations so that traffic can be maintained and or detoured as specified in the Traffic Control Item. B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners ' 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 www.bmross.net March 9, 2022 Contractor's Signature Date ' (Bidders shall sign and date all addenda and attach copies to the submitted Tender) MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 1 Ø?BMROSS engineering better communities r I I I 1 I I I MUNICIPALITY OF HINCARDINE I BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION I CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 I I I I I I I I I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION ' CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description Page Addendum No. 1 Front Cover Information to Bidders IB-1 — IB-7 Tender ' Form of Tender T-1 —T-14 T-A & T-B Statement re Sub-Contractors Agreement to Bond Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions & Standards Index to Special Provisions Special Provisions SP-1 to SP-68 Supplemental General Conditions Pages 1- 8 General Conditions—OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2019 Agreement A-1-A-4 Municipality of Kincardine Health and Safety Form ' Contract Release Statutory Declaration Re: Liens, Liabilities & Payment of Accounts Standards 1 Appendix A—Borehole Logs and Soil Analysis Appendix B —Water System Mapping I l 1 1 i t 1 t 1 t INFORMATION TO BIDDERS Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\IB's Rev 20Mar17.docx i t INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS (May 2020) , 1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders IB-1 2) Tender Deposit IB-1 3) Submission of Tender IB-1 4) Clarification 1B-2 5) Withdrawal of Tender IB-2 6) Disqualification of Tender IB-2 7) Tender Award IB-3 8) Form of Agreement IB-3 9) Competency of Bidders IB-3 10) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB-3 11) Taxes IB-5 12) Bribery IB-5 13) Ontario Provincial Standards IB-5 14) Guaranteed Maintenance(Parts 1, 2, &3) IB-5 15) Guaranteed Maintenance(Part 4) IB-6 16) Freedom of Information IB-6 17) Accessibility IB-6 18) Conflict of Interest IB-6 19) COVID-19 Health and Safety Requirements IB-7 1 I I I I I I IB-1 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS: Digital tenders addressed to tenders(c4kincardine.ca will be received by the Municipality until: 11:59:59 a.m. (local time), Wednesday, March 30, 2022 as stated in the official tender call advertisement. An automatic message will be generated to Bidders submitting their tender by email. Bidders who wish to have a follow up email sent by the Municipality to confirm receipt are to email clerk@kincardine.ca. 2) TENDER DEPOSIT: Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a bid bond payable to: Municipality of Kincardine ' for the amount of: One Hundred and Twenty Thousand Dollars($120,000.00) Scanned bid bonds are acceptable,digital XENEX bonds not required. The Municipality does not require the original to be provide with the tender submission. The Contractor will be required to provide paper copies of the original bonding, WSIB, and insurance documents at the time of award of contract. 1 This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract, the bidder will execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract. The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is awarded shall be forfeited should the bidder fail to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds, referred to hereafter, within ten(10)days after 1 receiving written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract. The deposits of the two lowest bidders shall be retained until execution of the contract. Deposits of all other bidders shall be returned within 45 days of closing by letter stating that the bid bond is no longer required. The successful bidder's bid deposit will be returned once the Contract and the bonding are in place. 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: a) Form of Tender: Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit prices for the work, and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures. Bidders will be I I required to add Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)on the tender form in the space provided. The tender shall be signed by the bidder on page T-B of the Form of Tender and emailed to tenders(a),kincardine.ca clearly identified in the subject line as Huron Terrace Sewage Pumping Station Upgrades. b) Statement re Sub-Contractors: 1 The page titled"STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS", included in the contract documents shall be completed and submitted as part of the tender by each bidder. This shall include a list of proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet shall not exceed 50%of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. I c) Agreement to Bond: Bidders must have the "Agreement to Bond" forms, or equivalent, of this contract completed by their 1 bonding company, and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid. 4) CLARIFICATION: Any details in question on this tender or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits, labour, I equipment, and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract. For technical questions related to tender documents,please contact: Ryan Riehl, Project Desinger B. M. Ross and Associates Limited Engineers and Planners Ph: (519) 524-2641 rriehl@bmross.net Questions shall be provided in writing no later than five(5)calendar days before the closing date. I 5) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER: A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders. 6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER: Tenders will not be considered where: a) They are received after the official closing time stated in IB-1). b) They are not properly executed, and the associated documentation is not complete. c) They are not accompanied by the specified tender deposit. 111 d) They are submitted by fax. e) They contain irregularities as described in the municipal procurement policy More than one tender from an individual, firm,partnership or association under the same or different ' names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so affected. 1 IB-3 ' 7) TENDER AWARD: Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items, errors, or omissions in the tender may render the tender invalid. IContractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to award by the Owner until the formal contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least forty-five (45)days after the tender closing I date,whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,without notice, award this tender whether any other tender had been previously awarded or not. Procurement is subject to Chapter 506 of the Canadian Free Trade Agreement(CFTA). Notwithstanding any provisions contained within the Tender,the Owner shall not be liable for any costs, loss and/or damages, including but not limited to liquidated damages,to any Bidder arising from a termination of the Tender or a postponement of an acceptance of a bid submission during the tendering process, if, and to the extent that,the Owner's termination, delay or failure to perform the obligations under the Tender are caused by or as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as determined by the Owner in 1 its sole discretion. In such a case,the Owner shall notify any Bidder of such conditions and cause thereof. The lowest price bid or any bid will not necessarily be awarded. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all tenders and to award to other than the lowest bidder as the interests of the Owner may require. Bidders are advised, and acknowledge,that this contract is tendered in Parts. The Owner may delete Part or Parts as identified in the Form of Tender. Consideration of a bidder's price, when comparing the tenders may be based upon the value of a tender as amended with said Part(s) deleted. The Owner acknowledges that the contract will be awarded to only one bidder. 8) FORM OF AGREEMENT: It is not necessary to complete the"Agreement"when submitting your tender, but the successful bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract. 9) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: Bidders and Sub-Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, list of machinery available for the proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary. 1 10) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: a) Time: Time shall be the essence of this agreement. 1 b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion: The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: November 15,2022 (Parts 1,2,& 3) June 2,2023 (Part 4) I If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the I IB-4 I extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of work due to anyof the following,hereinafter identified as Y P "Event of Delay": 1) due to a reason listed in Section GC 3.07 of the General Conditions, as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions; 2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials; 4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor; or 6) by a force majeure event as defined in Section GC 1.04.01, as amended in the Supplemental General111 Conditions, the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall be determined by the Contract Administrator, and notwithstanding such extensions,time shall continue to be deemed of the essence of this contract. An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Contract Administrator,with a copy to the Owner,within five(5)business days of the Contractor becoming aware of an Event of Delay and at least 15 days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted, and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety. If an extension is requested by the Contractor due to an Event of Delay, as defined in Information to Bidders Section 10 b)herein, and the extension is granted,the said extension shall be granted and accepted without prejudice to any rights of the parties under the Contract, unless expressly waived by a party in writing. In particular,the parties acknowledge and agree that all rights and remedies afforded to the Parties under the Contract shall remain in full force and effect after the time limited in this Contract for the completion of the work and any party may take any action consequent upon the act, default, I breach, neglect, delay, non-observance or non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the work or Contract, or any portion thereof, such powers or authorities may be exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time limited in this Contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator. c) Liquidated Damages: It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not I finished or completed within the date of completion, damages will be sustained by the Owner, and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars($1,000.00)per day for liquidated damages for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion I IB-5 prescribed, and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the period in excess of the prescribed date of completion. The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to 1 the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or other alternative that may be available to the Owner. ' d) No Liability to Owner: Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Contract,the Owner shall not be responsible to the Contractor for any costs, loss and/or damage, including but not limited to liquidated damages, arising from any delays and/or a termination of the Contract, if, and to the extent that,the Owner's delay or other failure to perform the obligations under the Contract or a termination of the Contract are caused by or as a I result of the COVID-19 pandemic,as determined by the Owner in its sole discretion. In such a case, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of such conditions and cause thereof. Furthermore, notwithstanding any provision contained in the Contract, it is acknowledged and agreed that GC 3.07.01(c)and GC 7.10.02, as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions, shall not include an Order or Bylaw issued pursuant to the Emergency Management and Civil Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.E.9 or a Directive from a public authority in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and in such a case, if there is delay or termination of the Contract as a result of such an Order, Bylaw or Directive it is agreed that the Owner shall not be responsible to the Contractor for costs, loss or damage, and in particular liquidated damages. 11) TAXES: Harmonized Sales Tax(HST): The 13 %Harmonized Sales Tax will be paid on all Work performed within the contract. It will be listed I as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final payment in accordance with the final contract price. 12) BRIBERY: Should the Contractor or any of their agents give or offer any gratuity to or attempt to bribe any officer or servant of the Owner, the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the Contract Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor. Bribery shall be considered as non-fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor. 13) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS: Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used I where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the Ontario Provincial Standards. 14) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE (Parts 1,2,& 3): 3 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of I completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract. This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. I IB-6 , The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10% holdback required by the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30. The holdback will be retained by the Owner, commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80% complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. ' 15) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE (Part 4): 3 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of 1 completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract. This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. 111 The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30. The holdback will be retained by the Owner, commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80% complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. 16) FREEDOM OF INFORMATION: Any personal information required on the Tender Form is received under the authority of the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 1989, RSO, 1990. This information will be an integral component of the bid submission. All tenders submitted to the Owner becomes the property of the Owner and as such, are subject to the 111 Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. Bidders may mark any part of their Tender as confidential except for the total Contract price and the Bidder's name. The Owner will use its best efforts not to disclose any information so marked but shall not be liable to a bidder where information is disclosed by virtue of an order of the Privacy Commissioner or otherwise as required by law. Upon award,the Owner may release the name of the successful bidder,the name and telephone number of the contact person and the total bid price of the successful bidder. Questions about collection of personal information under the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 1989, R.S.O. 1990, Chapter M.56, as amended, should be directed to: Clerk,Clerk's Office Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5, R. R. 5 111 Kincardine,ON N2Z 2X6 17) ACCESSIBILITY I As of January 1, 2012, Bidders must meet the requirements of the Customer Service Standard of the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005. 18) CONFLICT OF INTEREST No elected official or employee, nor any corporation of which an elected official or employee has an interest, shall offer any bid, or otherwise sell any goods or services to the Municipality, unless such interest is disclosed, and they do not participate in the purchasing process in any way. No elected official ' or employee who has an interest, shall discuss a bid solicitation with a person, or any other employee or 1 r 1B agent of the person who has submitted a bid to the Municipality, unless the procurement call has been awarded or for the purpose of receiving clarification. 19) COVID-19 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ' The Bidder shall incorporate all current requirements and legislation related to COVID-19 (that are instituted by all levels of government) into their workplan that exist at the day of closing. Any changes related to the COVID-19 situation after that date will be reviewed by the Owner for requirements and/or compensation to the Bidder. The Bidder will require a COVID-19 Management Plan to satisfy the Ministry of Labour that currently imposes working restrictions to protect workers from the COVID-19 virus. The Owner shall provide a letter to the Bidder to confirm the project and its status as it relates to an essential service. If the Owner cannot provide a letter, based on the current legislation,the Bidder will not be able to start until the limitations for construction are relaxed. All costs associated with the above shall be included within the appropriate item. I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T-1 FORM OF TENDER MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION 1 CONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 Tender by Omega Contractors Inc. residing at 4104 Breck Ave. London, ON N6L 1 B5 a company dulyincorporated under the laws of Ontario P Y rP and having its head office at 4104 Breck Ave., London, ON N6L 1B5 hereinafter called the "Bidder" To -- Municipality of Kincardine I/We Omega Contractors Inc. having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all tender documents relating thereto, including the Form of Agreement, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Information to Bidders, Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings, Form of Tender, Supplemental General Conditions, General Conditions and Addendum/Addenda Numbers 1 to 3 * inclusive, hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time, to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract documents and such further detail 1 drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour, materials,tools, plant, matters and things necessary therefore, complete and ready for use within the time specified for the sum, including HST, of Two Million, Six Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand, Three Hundred Forty Nine Dollars 1 and Sixty Three Cents ( $ 2,627,349.63 ) or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the Tender. * The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and taken into account when preparing the Tender. I T-2 (Revised) ITHE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES I Qty./Unit Spec. # Description Price Amount IPART 1 - BRUCE ROAD 15 RECONSTRUCTION IROADWORK 1 201, SP Clearing (trees all sizes) 1 L.S. $4,040.63 I 2 201, SP Grubbing (stum s all sizes) 1 L.S. $3,218.28 P I3 206, SP Earth excavation a) Salt impacted(all other concentrations 2200 m3 $24.70 $54,340.00 Ibelow Table 2.1 ESQS) b) Soils above Table 1 ESQS and 1000 t $20.98 $20,980.00 ITable 2.1 ESQS (Provisional) c) Temporary stockpile (Provisional) 1 L.S. $2,185.50 Id) Test holes, lm deep 11 Ea. $232.16 $2,553.76 e) Test holes, 2m deep 10 Ea. $510.75 $5,107.50 I 4 501, 506, Dust suppressants and compaction SP 975 m3 $19.51 $19 022.25 a) Water , Ib) Calcium chloride solid 4.6 t $2,258.20 $10,387.72 I5 314, SP Granular A 2750 t $25.56 $70,290.00 6 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt ISP Addendum 2 a) Hot Mix HL-8 (60mm) 575 t $204.27 $117,455.25 Ib) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 680 m2 $51.78 $35,210.40 c) Asphalt curb and gutter(Provisional) 15 m $346.00 $5,190.00 7 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes 1 Ea. $770.09 $770.09 and catch basins I8-9 N/A IT-3 (Revised) IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount • 10 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes I and catch basins a) Maintenance holes 2 Ea. $930.85 $1,861.70 I11 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 395 m $88.63 $35,008.85 I (all types) 12 353, SP 45° concrete outlets (OPSD 605.030) 1 Ea. $627.76 $627.76 II 13 802, SP Topsoil (imported) 2400 m2 $19.46 $46,704.00 II14 804, SP Seeding and cover 2400 m2 $3.77 $9,048.00 I15 SP Bollards a) Remove existing steel bollards 1 Ea. $427.33 $427.33 Ib) Supply and install steel bollards 1 Ea. $1,229.66 $1,229.66 1 16 SP Remove and replace wooden posts a) Remove and dispose of existing 17 Ea. $213.67 $3,632.39 I wooden posts b) Supply and install 200 x 200mm 29 Ea. $415.62 $12,052.98 pressure treated wooden posts I Sub-Total Roadwork-- $461,344.05 ISTORM SEWERS I17 401, 409, Supply, excavate for and place storm 410, 492, pipe sewers including bedding, select 517, SP native granular backfill IIIa) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 or equivalent 24 m $281.80 $6,763.20 IAddendum 2 b) 375 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 or equivalent 52 m $378.79 $19,697.08 Addendum 2 c) 975 mm 65-D concrete or equivalent 358 m $1,212.84 $434,196.72 Id) 975x975x300 mm Storm Tees 3 Ea. $3,260.60 $9,781.80 e) 975 mm Storm Outlet Grate 1 Ea. $3,886.19 $3,886.19 I (BMROSS Standard Drawing 800) I I T-4 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount 18 402, 407, Supply, excavate for, place and I517, SP backfill catch basins and/or ditch inlet catch basins, including frames and grates Ia) 600mm x 600mm CB (OPSD 705.010) 3 Ea. $3,290.72 $9,872.16 b) 600mm x 600mm DICB (OPSD 705.030) 5 Ea. $4,213.87 $21,069.35 I19 402, 407, Supply, excavate for, place and 517, SP backfill precast maintenance holes Iand maintenance hole catch basins including frames and grates Ia) 1200 mm maintenance hole (701.010) 1 Ea. $5,770.68 $5,770.68 b) 1800 mm maintenance hole (701.012) 4 Ea. $14,618.82 $58,475.28 Ic) 2400 mm maintenance hole (701.013) 1 Ea. $27,320.65 $27,320.65 I 20 410, 491, Reconnect existing drains and 20 m $111.10 $2,222.00 SP services (up to 250 mm dia.) (Provisional) I21 405, SP Supply and place 150 mm filter 30 m $26.13 $783.90 wrapped perforated subdrain for Itrench bottom subdrains, including end caps I22 511, SP Handlaid rip rap, including non-woven 40 m2 $136.17 $5,446.80 geotextile I and place armour stone at 15 t $643.38 $9,650.70 23 SP Supply Istorm outlet 24 SP Remove, salvage and reinstall existing 1 L.S. $5,150.51 Istones at storm sewer outlet in 25 510, SP Remove existing storm sewer(Outside 60 m $91.46 $5,487.60 I excavation of other proposed works) ISub-Total Storm Sewers -- $625,574.62 26-33 N/A I I I T 1 Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount WATERMAINS I 34 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place watermain I 441, 442, including bedding, select native 517, SP backfill a) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 13 m $538.72 $7,003.36 I (Lake Street watermain offset) b) 300 mm dia. PVC DR18 16 m $661.17 $10,578.72 I (watermain offset at Bruce Rd 15 and Victoria Street south) I35 492, 441, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 517, SP ductile iron fittings, including cathodic I protection and mechanical thrust restraints Addendum 2 a) 150 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. $1,701.42 $1,701.42 Ib) 150 mm 11.25° bends 1 Ea. $487.44 $487.44 c) 150 mm 45°bends 4 Ea. $496.31 $1,985.24 Id) 300 mm 45°bends 8 Ea. $1,115.03 $8,920.24 e) 150 mm cap,tapped 50mm 1 Ea. $337.91 $337.91 If) 50 mm blow-off assembly, complete 1 Ea. $1,351.32 $1,351.32 I g) Connect to existing watermains 3 Ea. $6,526.50 $19,579.50 h) 150 mm nitrile gaskets (Provisional) 10 Ea. $46.04 $460.40 Ii) 300 mm nitrile gaskets (Provisional) 12 Ea. $87.45 $1,049.40 36 N/A I37 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 441, 517, water services, including bedding, and all ISP required connections, cathodic protection, select native backfill and restoration beyond I the general grading operations a) 19 mm dia. service tubing (Provisional) 60 m $156.69 $9,401.40 I38 441, SP Swabbing, hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing of watermains Ia) 150 mm dia. watermain offset at 1 L.S. $1,572.72 Bruce Road 15 and Lake Street I I T-6 iItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I b) 300 mm dia. watermain offset 1 L.S. $1,852.40 at Bruce Road 15 and Victoria Street south ISub-Total Watermains -- $66,281.47 IPROVISIONAL ITEMS I 39 314,SP Granular B Type I, including 6100 t $19.61 $119,621.00 sub-excavation i 40 314, 401, Supply and place approved imported 500 t $17.51 $8,755.00 SP granular material in trenches where native material is unsuitable, including Iremoval of a similar amount of unsuitable material I41 N/A I42 403, SP Rock excavation and removal 1325 m3 $91.82 $121,661.50 1 43 SP Rigid board insulation 150 m2 $15.47 $2,320.50 44 805, SP Erosion control Ia) Heavy duty wire backed silt fence 20 m $17.36 $347.20 b) Straw bale check dams 10 m $134.70 $1,347.00 1 c) Erosion control blanket 100 m2 $8.00 $800.00 I45 421, SP Install new culverts including excavation, bedding, granular backfill Iand removal of existing culvert a) 450 mm dia. HDPE CSA B182.8 35 m $206.38 $7,223.30 I Culvert b) 600 mm dia. HDPE CSA B182.8 10 m $323.10 $3,231.00 Culvert I Sub-Total Provisional Items -- $265,306.50 I I T-7 (Revised) 111 Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1 46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. $70,045.70 I47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $36,313.36 48 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. $75,000.00 49 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. $21,339.33 I of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I50 SP Pre-construction survey Addendum 2 a) Pre-construction survey 1 L.S. $7,533.15 Ib) Post construction inspection and report 1 Ea. $1,000.00 (Provisional) ISub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- $211,231.54 ISub-Total Part 1 $1,629,738.18 PART 2 - FORCEMAINS, LOW PRESSURE SANITARY MAINS AND SERVICES I1-25 N/A ISANITARY FORCEMAINS 26 412, 492, Supply, excavate for, place sanitary I517, SP forcemains including, dewatering, bedding and select native backfill Ia) 75 mm dia. PVC SDR21 (Series 200) 307 m $160.38 $49,236.66 b) Tracer wire test stations(provisional) 2 Ea $693.66 $1,387.32 I27 441, 492 Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 517, SP fittings, including mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 75 mm dia. 90°bends 3 Ea. $360.24 $1,080.72 b) Connect to existing sanitary forcemains 2 Ea. $4,814.16 $9,628.32 I 28 507, SP Testing, swabbing and flushing of 1 L.S. $977.00 I75 mm dia. forcemain Sub-Total Forcemain-- $62,310.02 1 I T-8 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount LOW PRESSURE SANITARY MAINS AND SERVICES I 29 412, 450 Supply, excavate for and place low I 492, 517, pressure sanitary mains, incl. dewatering, SP bedding and select native backfill a) 75 mm dia. PVC SDR21 (Series 200) 28 m $177.90 $4,981.20 Ib) 100 mm dia. PVC SDR21 (Series 200) 90 m $170.12 $15,310.80 Ic) 150 mm dia. PVC SDR21 (Series 200) 290 m $197.73 $57,341.70 30 412, 442, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill I 450, 492, low pressure sanitary main fittings, incl. 517, SP cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 75 mm dia. gate valves 5 Ea. $900.80 $4,504.00 I b) 100 mm dia. gate valves 3 Ea. $1,365.66 $4,096.98 c) 150 mm dia. gate valves 5 Ea. $1,701.42 $8,507.10 Id) 100 x 100 x 75 mm tees 1 Ea. $589.36 $589.36 e) 150 x 150 mm crosses 3 Ea. $1,428.21 $4,284.63 If) 150 to 75 mm reducers 4 Ea. $447.88 $1,791.52 g) 150 to 100 mm reducers 1 Ea. $474.42 $474.42 Ih) 75 mm 45°bends 8 Ea. $492.69 $3,941.52 i) 100 mm 45°bends 4 Ea. $559.31 $2,237.24 Ij) 150 mm 45°bends (Provisional) 4 Ea. $724.99 $2,899.96 I k) 100 mm 90°bends 1 Ea. $559.31 $559.31 1) 75 mm caps 1 Ea. $225.00 $225.00 Im) 100 mm caps 1 Ea. $200.31 $200.31 n) 150 mm caps 3 Ea. $252.69 $758.07 I31 412, 450, Supply and install low pressure sanitary 492, 517, services, including bedding, dewatering, I SP cathodic protection, native backfill and restoration beyond the general grading operations Ia) 32 mm dia. main stops 10 Ea. $548.76 $5,487.60 I I T-9 iItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount Ib) 32 mm dia. IPS HDPE SDR11 piping 110 m $271.27 $29,839.70 c) 32 mm dia. isolating valves incl. boxes 10 Ea. $1,282.68 $12,826.80 I32 407, 412, Supply and install flushing connections 517, SP Ia) 75 mm dia. flushing connections 4 Ea. $2,652.73 $10,610.92 I 33 412, 441, Swabbing, flushing and testing of the 1 L.S. $1,382.88 SP low pressure sewer mains and services ISub-Total Low pressure sanitary mains and services -- $172,851.02 I 34-38 N/A PROVISIONAL ITEMS I39 N/A III40 314, 401, Supply and place approved imported 750 t $17.51 $13,132.50 SP granular material in trenches I where native material is unsuitable, including removal of a similar amount of unsuitable material I41 N/A I42 403, SP Rock excavation and removal 515 m3 $91.82 $47,287.30 1 43 SP Rigid board insulation 50 m2 $15.47 $773.50 44-45 N/A ISub-Total Provisional Items -- $61,193.30 1 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety a) Additional traffic control costs related to 1 L.S. $18,092.10 1 the construction of Part 2 Items I I T-lo i Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount 47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance Ia) Additional insurance and bonding costs 1 L.S. $14,050.00 related to the construction of Part 2 items I48 N/A I49 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. $2,473.38 of the contract not specifically covered Iby or related to the preceding items Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- $34,615.48 ISub-Total Part 2 -- $330,969.82 IPART 3 - WATERMAINS AND SERVICES I1-35 N/A WATERMAINS i34 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place watermain 441, 442, including bedding, select native I517, SP backfill a) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 175 m $275.74 $48,254.50 I (Bruce Road 15 - Victoria to Albert Street) b) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 (Provisional) 91 m $275.83 $25,100.53 I (Bruce Road 15 - Lake Street to Victoria) 35 492, 441, Supply, excavate for, place and 11 517, SP backfill ductile iron fittings, including cathodic protection and mechanical I thrust restraints (some items are provisional) I a) 150 mm dia. gate valves 6 Ea. $1,701.42 $10,208.52 b) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 2 Ea. $740.26 $1,480.52 Ic) 300 x 150 mm reducer 1 Ea. $760.67 $760.67 d) 150 mm 45°bends 6 Ea. $496.31 $2,977.86 Ie) 150 mm dia. cap, tapped 50mm 1 Ea. $337.91 $337.91 I I T-11 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount If) 150 mm dia. plug 1 Ea. $292.90 $292.90 g) 50 mm blowoff assembly, complete 1 Ea. $1,351.32 $1,351.32 Ih) Fire hydrants 1 Ea. $6,763.61 $6,763.61 i) Provisional fire hydrant extensions Ii) 150mm 1 Ea. $1,185.15 $1,185.15 I ii) 300mm 1 Ea. $1,280.30 $1,280.30 j) Connect to existing watermains 3 Ea. $5,965.95 $17,897.85 Ik) 150 mm nitrile gaskets (Provisional) 75 Ea. $36.67 $2,750.25 36 441, 517, Supply, excavate for, place and ISP backfill water service fitting, incl. tapping main and all connections Ia) 25 mm main stops 5 Ea. $211.79 $1,058.95 b) 25 mm curb stops 5 Ea. $421.64 $2,108.20 Ic) 25 mm saddles 5 Ea. $129.88 $649.40 I 37 401, 492, Supply, excavate for, place and backfill 441, 517, water services, including bedding, and all SP required connections, cathodic protection, I select native backfill and restoration beyond the general grading operations Ia) 25 mm dia. service tubing 76 m $204.34 $15,529.84 38 441, SP Swabbing, hydrostatic pressure testing, Idisinfection, and flushing of watermains a) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 1 L.S. $1,572.72 I (Bruce Road 15 - Victoria to Albert Street) Addendum 2 b) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 -1- L.S. $0.00 I (Lake Street Watermain) c) 150 mm dia. PVC DR18 (Provisional) 1 L.S. $1,572.72 I (Bruce Road 15 - Lake Street to Victoria) Sub-Total Watermains -- S143,133.72 I I I T-12 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount PROVISIONAL ITEMS I 39 N/A I40 314, 401, Supply and place approved imported 500 t $17.51 $8,755.00 SP granular material in trenches where I native material is unsuitable, incl. removal of a similar amount of unsuitable material I41 SP Backfilling of new water services during 1 Ea. $1,087.31 $1,087.31 testing and disinfecting and excavation I to connect to existing services where conditions warrant and as directed I42 403, SP Rock excavation and removal 800 m3 $91.82 $73,456.00 I43 SP Rigid board insulation 10 m2 $15.47 $154.70 44-45 N/A Sub-Total Provisional Items -- $83,453.01 IMISCELLANEOUS ITEMS I46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety a) Additional traffic control costs related to 1 L.S. $18,092.10 111 the construction of Part 3 Items 47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance Ia) Additional insurance and bonding costs 1 L.S. $5,000.00 related the construction of Part 3 Items II48 N/A I 49 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. $2,473.38 of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items -- $25,565.48 ISub-Total Part 3 -- $252,152.21 I iT-13 (Revised) Item Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount PART 4 - 2023 BRUCE ROAD 15 TOPCOAT PAVING a ROADWORK 1 1-4 N/A 5 314, SP Granular A(for shouldering) 90 t $75.33 $6,779.70 6 310, 312, Hot Mix Asphalt ISP Addendum 2 a) Hot Mix HL-3 (40mm) 385 t $187.83 $72,314.55 Ib) Tack coat 3400 m2 $3.01 $10,234.00 7 N/A 111 8 SP Maintenance hole lift rings or final 4 Ea. $770.09 $3,080.36 Iadjustment 9 SP Valve box lifters 16 Ea. $290.98 $4,655.68 II10-16 N/A ISub-Total Roadwork-- $97,064.29 1 17-45 N/A MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 46 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 L.S. $5,819.56 47 SP Cost of bonding and insurance 1 L.S. $5,000.00 I49 N/A 49 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. $4,344.11 I requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items MiscellaneousI Items -- Sub-Total $15,163.67 ISub-Total Part 4 -- $112,227.96 1 T-14 IItem Spec. # Description Qty./Unit Price Amount SUMMARY Sub-Total Part 1 -- $1,629,738.18 1 Sub-Total Part 2 -- $330,969.82 Sub-Total Part 3 -- $252,152.21 Sub-Total Part 4 -- $112,227.96 Sub-Total $2,325,088.17 13% HST $302,261.46 TOTAL TENDER $2,627,349.63 IThis tender is divided into 4 Parts. It is the intent of the Onwer to award Parts 1 and 4. Parts 2 and 3 will be reassessed when reviewing tenders and any or all of these Parts may be deleted. I I I I 1 i I T_A STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders. I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract beingprepared and executed. g I/We also agree that the Owner shall have the option of: ' Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender. In submitting this Tender for the work, the Tenderer further declares: (a) That no person, firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached 111 below, has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken; (b) That this tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or arrangement with any other company, firm or person making a tender for the same work and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; (c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and otherwise complying with"the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act, RSO 1990"; (d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said work or until forty-five (45) days after the tender closing date, whichever event occurs first and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice, accept this 1 tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not; (e) That if we, the undersigned, withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within forty-five (45) days after the tender closing date, the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the Owner; (f) That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an ' acceptance of the tender; (g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are in all respects true; 1 08175-T-A Parts-45 days.docx I i T-B (h) That if this tender is accepted, we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate within ten(10) days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and ' any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure, or by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its officers from all loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part. The "Agreement to Bond" of the Avia Surety Company, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario, to furnish a Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price, is enclosed herewith. ' A bid bond for the sum of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000.00) is attached hereto. DATED AT London this 1st day of April , 20 22 . 1 (Signed) (Singed and Sealed) Signature of Witness Signature of Bidder NOTE: All tenders submitted must be signed by a duly authorized person and either a company seal must be affixed, or it must be signed by a witness. 1 08175-T-B 2 Bonds bid bond only.docx 1 I ISTATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of Ithe contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each. 1. Sub-Contractor Huron Landscaping Name and Address Lucknow IItem No. /Description Seeding Percent of Contract 0.500% 2. Sub-Contractor Autoform Name and Address London IItem No. /Description Curb IPercent of Contract 1% 3. Sub-Contractor Lavis IName and Address Clinton Item No. /Description Asphalt works I Percent of Contract 9% III4. Sub-Contractor C.C. Dance Sewer Cleaning Name and Address IItem No. /Description Sewer Testing IPercent of Contract 0.500% 5. Sub-Contractor Claussen Farm 1 Name and Address Exeter Item No. /Description Pulverize Asphalt 111 Percent of Contract 0.500% I 6. Sub-Contractor Name and Address IItem No. /Description Percent of Contract 111 IZ:\08175-Kincardine-Inverhuron_W ater-Sewage\WP\08175-S ub-Contractors.docx I AGREEMENT TO BOND I (PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND) I ** I Date: , 20 IPROJECT NO. CONTRACT NO. I TO: IDear Sirs: I RE: I In consideration of (hereinafter referred to as "the Owner") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with: I (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer") for the construction of subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and IMaterial Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender, we the undersigned hereby agree with the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond each in an amount equal to 100%of the contract price, in the forms of IPerformance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender, and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven(7) days after notification of the Iacceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us. Yours very truly, I (Seal) INOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of Ithe tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company. ** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page. IF:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-2bonds.doc I SCHEDULE OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS O ITIONS & STANDARDS IThe work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine, Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction, Contract No. 08175-2022. IA. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Pages SP-1 to SP-68 IB. PLANS - Drawing Nos. 1 to 3 C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages IB-1 to IB-7 I D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract. IOPSS.MUNI-Municipal Oriented 180-Nov/21 310-Nov/17 401-Nov/21 409-Nov/17 450-Nov/21 501-Nov/17 706-Apr/18 I 312-Nov/18 402-Nov/16 410-Nov/18 491-Nov/17 506-Nov/17 201-Apr/19 314-Nov/19 403-Nov/16 412-Nov/18 492-Nov/20 510-Nov/18 802-Nov/19 206-Apr/19 330-Nov/14 405-Nov/17 421-Nov/18 511-Nov/19 804-Nov/14 I 353-Nov/21 407-Nov/21 441-Nov/21 517-Nov/21 805-Nov/21 408-Nov/21 442-Nov/20 E. STANDARD DRAWINGS IOntario Provincial Standard Drawing Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent drawings shall apply to this contract. I OPSD-Municipal and Provincial Common 219.131 600.100 701.010 708.020 809.010 219.180 605.030 701.012 810.010 I 608.010 701.013 802.010 810.020 351.010 610.010 701.021 802.013 704.010 802.014 1104.010 I 400.110 705.010 802.031 1105.010 401.010 705.030 802.032 1109.011 403.010 708.010 802.033 IBMROSS-Standard Drawings 208 800 1105M 1114 1116 I702 806M 1106M 1115 F. FORM OF TENDER IG. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS H. GENERAL CONDITIONS - OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2019 1 I. AGREEMENT J. CONTRACT RELEASE IK. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES & PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS IL. APPENDICES I I INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS General I Management of Excess Materials SP-1 Design and Submission Requirements SP-1 I Restoration SP-5 Co-ordination of Work by Others SP-6 Public Notices SP-6 I Dust Control SP-7 Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling SP-7 Protection of Trees SP-7 I Taking of Water for Short-Term Construction Dewatering SP-8 Designated Substances or Hazardous Materials SP-8 Item No. 1 Clearing (Trees All Sizes) SP-9 Item No. 2 Grubbing (Stumps All Sizes) SP-9 Item No. 3 Earth Excavation SP-9 I Item No. 4 Dust Suppressants and Compaction SP-12 Item No. 5 Granular A SP-13 I Item No. 6 Hot Mix Asphalt SP-14 Item No. 7 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade SP-18 Item No. 8 Maintenance Hole Lift Rings or Final Adjustment SP-19 111 Item No. 9 Water Valve Lifters SP-19 Item No. 10 Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes & Catch Basins SP-19 I Item No. 11 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems (All Types) SP-20 Item No. 12 45° Concrete Outlets (OPSD 605.030) SP-21 I Item No. 13 Topsoil (Imported) SP-21 Item No. 14 Seeding and Cover SP-21 I Item No. 15 Bollards SP-22 Item No. 16 Remove and Replace Wooden Posts SP-22 Item No. 17 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP-23 Item No. 18 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm SP-26 Catch Basins (705.010), 600 mm x 1450 mm Twin Inlet Catch Basins (705.020), including Frame and Grates Item No. 19 Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm, 1800 mm, SP-27 2400 mm Precast Maintenance Holes and Maintenance I Hole-Catch Basins, OPSD 701.010, 701.012 or 701.013, including Frames and Grates I Item No. 20 Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.) SP-28 Item No. 21 Supply and Place 150 mm Filter Wrapped Perforated SP-29 Subdrain including Excavation I I I Item No. 22 Handlaid Rip Rap including Non-Woven Geotextile SP-29 I Item No. 23 Supply and Place Armour Stone at Storm Outlet SP-30 Item No. 24 Remove, Salvage and Reinstall Existing Stones and Rocks SP-31 At Storm Sewer Outlet I Item No. 25 Remove Existing Storm Sewer(Outside Excavation of Other SP-31 Proposed Works) I Item Nos. 26-33 Sanitary Forcemains, Low Pressure Sanitary Mains & Services SP-3 I Item Nos. 34-37 Watermain Installation SP-36 Item No. 38 Swabbing, Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, Disinfection, and SP-52 IFlushing of Watermains Item No. 39 Granular B Type I, Including Sub-Excavation SP-57 I Item No. 40 Additional Trench Excavation SP-58 Item No. 41 Backfilling of New Water Services During Testing and Disinfecting SP-58 and Excavation to Connect to Existing Services Where Conditions IWarrant and as Directed Item No. 42 Rock Excavation SP-58 I Item No. 43 Rigid Board Insulation SP-59 Item No. 44 Erosion Control SP-60 Item No. 46 Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety SP-62 IItem No. 47 Insurance and Bonding SP-66 Item No. 48 Contingencies SP-67 IItem No. 49 Lump Sum for Other Requirements SP-68 I SP-1 I GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF EXCESS MATERIALS I All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit I price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading, hauling, dumping, and grading. The Contractor's management of excess materials shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 180, Ontario Regulation 153/04 and Ontario Regulation 406/19 under the Environmental I Protection Act(EPA) and the Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards (Soil Rules) that form part of O.Reg. 406/19. On-site and excess soil management is governed by O.Reg. 153/04 and O.Reg. 406/19 under the I EPA. When the volume of excess soil to be removed from the project area is determined to be 350 m3 or less, the Soil Quality Standard Tables for the soil are governed by O.Reg. 153/04. I When the excess soil volume exceeds 350 m3, the Soil Quality Standard Tables for the soil are governed by O.Reg. 406/19. The number of samples to be collected from the in-situ or stockpiled volume of soil, as applicable, that is determined to be excess and is to be removed from the site is governed by the Soil Rules of O.Reg. 406/19. Specifically, the number of soil samples required are outlined in I PART I, Section B, Sub-Section 3, Paragraph 15 (In-Situ Sampling) and Paragraph 16 (Stockpile Sampling) and are based on the volume of excess soil in-situ or ex-situ (stockpiled). DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS I The soil samples shall be collected immediately from test holes (refer to the Earth Excavation Item) upon commencement of work on site or as soon as possible following award of the Contract by the Owner. The Owner shall hire and utilize a Qualified Person (QP), as defined in O.Reg. 406/19. The QP will be responsible for collecting and submitting the required number of 111 soil samples required by the Regulations prior to the Contractor removing any excess soil from the site. The Contractor shall provide 10 days of advance notice for when they would like to complete the test holes to assist with sample collection. I A minimum of 3 soil samples shall be collected for the first 600 m3 of soil, plus another sample shall be collected for every additional 200 m3 of excess soil generated, up to 10,000 m3 of total I excess soil. Samples shall be tested for all parameters listed in Table 2.1: Full Depth Excess Soil Quality Standards in a Potable Ground Water Condition found in Part II: Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS) of the Soil Rules. I The Owner's QP and the Contract Administrator shall make the final decision on the number of soil samples to be collected. The minimum number shall be as per O. Reg. 406/19. The Owner I shall have the QP present the day that test holes are completed so that the soil can be considered in-situ. It is anticipated the soil will meet Table 2.1 criteria of the Excess Soil Quality Standards I (ESQS) of O.Reg. 406/19 however, should any results exceed Table 2.1 criteria(with the exception of EC and/or SAR), the Contractor and QP shall work with the Contract Administrator to establish a suitable disposal plan and any additional disposal costs for the contaminated soil I shall be managed through the applicable items. SP-2 The QP will be responsible for submitting, to the Contract Administrator and the Contractor, the sample results and a soil characterization report following the requirements outlined in O.Reg. 406/19. The Contractor, with assistance from the QP, will be responsible for securing a disposal (reuse) site and for submitting documentation to the Contract Administrator which details the receiving site owner's written acceptance of the excess soil for reuse (i.e. OPSF 180-1, Site ' Selection Notification for Stockpiling Materials Managed Through Re-Use, or OPSF 180-2, Site Selection Notification for Material Managed as Disposable Fill, or OPSF 180-3, Property Owner's Release or equivalent). The conditions of O. Reg. 406/19 require a suitable reuse site to ' have a beneficial purpose for the material being imported and the quantity and quality of the excess soil must be suitable and placed for that purpose. The documentation detailing the receiving site owner's written acceptance of the material and the soil characterization report must be provided to the Contract Administrator prior to removing any excess material from site. ' The subsurface soil condition and environmental quality of the soils within the work area may vary between and beyond the sampled locations. If soils are encountered during the construction activities that appear to have been environmentally impacted by contaminants and do not ' otherwise match the analytical results and testing classifications of the soil characterization report, these soils should be segregated into separate stockpiles (plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile) and inspected at that time to determine appropriate sampling, handling ' and/or disposal requirements. The Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator an operating procedure that outlines what must occur if any person working in the project area makes an observation during soil excavation, including any visual or olfactory observation, that suggests that the soil being excavated may be contaminated. The requirements of the procedure are to follow O.Reg. 406/19, shall be developed by a QP and be provided to the Contractor at the Pre-Construction meeting. OPSS.MUNI 180.04.01.01 Notification of Site Selection, and Property Owner Release A copy of the completed form OPSF 180-1, Site Selection Notification for Stockpiling Materials Managed Through Re-Use, or OPSF 180-2, Site Selection Notification for Material Managed as Disposable Fill or both shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator and the property owner at the pre-construction meeting. At the end of each month, the Contractor shall submit a completed OPSF-3 Property Owner's Release form to the Contract Administrator. When the work is substantially performed or if substantial performance was not requested, at completion of the work, a completed final copy of the form OPSF 180-3, Property Owner's ' Release, covering the entirety of the project, shall be provided to the Contract Administrator. Starting January 2022, if the theoretical volume of excess material exceeds 2,000 cubic metres, ' the Owner or the Owner's representative will register the project with the MECP Registry as per O. Reg 406/19 On-site and Excess Soil Management. The Owner's QP shall supply all required documentation to satisfy the MECP. 1 1 1 I SP-3 I OPSS.MUNI 180.04.01.06 Excess Material Audit or Inventory Document shall be amended as follows: I An excess material audit or inventory will be imposed for this contract as per O.Reg 406/19. A copy of the audit or inventory documents, as prepared by the Contractor, shall be provided to the I Contract Administrator monthly. The Contractor shall implement soil management tracking software to track each load of material which leaves site in order to provide a digital excess material audit (SoilFlo, PATH, or approve equivalent). At a minimum, the audit/inventory I document shall include the following: the Contractor's Name; the Hauler's contact information; a listing of how much excess soil was disposed of off-site; where it was disposed of, what the beneficial reuse was, as well as the date and time each load left site, and when each load was I unloaded at the re-use site. The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator and the Owner's QP with access to the excess material audit/ inventory records when requested throughout construction for review. The Contractor shall also ensure that hauling records are I retained by the Haulers. Prior to project completion, or substantial performance being granted, the Contractor I shall submit all documentation required by OPSS.MUNI 180. Prior to the end of each month, the Contractor shall submit all documentation required by I O.Reg 406/19 and O.Reg 153/04 under the Environmental Protection Act. Submission of the required documentation required for O.Reg 406/19 and O.Reg 153/04 is an additional requirement for the Proper Invoice (GC 8.02.04.01.02 (h) Progress Payment). I The Contractor shall comply with the Environmental Protection Act, including O.Reg 347/90 (as amended) and shall use appropriately licensed haulers and receivers for all waste transportation and disposal, as required. The Owner has not designated or identified specific haulers, receivers, and/or disposal sites for I excess materials generated under this Contract. The Contractor is solely responsible for identifying and selecting appropriate haulers, receivers, and/or disposal sites required to complete the work. The Contractor is responsible for submitting the selected haulers, receivers I and/or disposal sites to the Contract Administrator and the Owner's QP for review, a minimum of 2 weeks prior to any material being taken off site. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.02 Conditions on Management by Re-Use I Management of excess material, that is geotechnically suitable for re-use through incorporation into the work or other designated re-use shall be placed beneath asphalt and not along a property I line. Any reuse of the on-site soils (assumed to be impacted by salt) outside the paved portion of the project should be restricted to below 1.5m in depth within the boulevards. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.03 Conditions on Management as Disposable Fill - Salt Impacted Soils (All Other Concentrations Below Table 2.1 ESQS) Should excess soil be exported from the work area for off-site reuse, such soils must be free of I staining; petroleum hydrocarbons (PHC)- or solvent-like odours, and/or debris. I r SP-4 Reuse Site options mayinclude, but maynot be limited to: P • Other development projects, in accordance with the Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards ("Soil Rules") • Site Alteration Permit Properties (SAPPs) having appropriate approval to accept such ' salt-impacted soil; and • Aggregate pits having appropriate approval to accept such salt-impacted soil. ' The deposit of this material on a Reuse Site is also subject to the following conditions: • The Reuse Site must provide written consent to accept the soil • The intended Reuse Site must be made aware of the elevated levels of SAR, so that they ' may dispose of, or place, the soil appropriately and in accordance with the Soil Rules • The Reuse Site must have a beneficial purpose for the material being imported and the quantity of soil must be suitable and placed for that purpose. Consultation with a geotechnical engineer or qualified person may be required. • The moisture content of the material is suitable for transportation. • The excess soil must be finally placed no later than two years after it is deposited at the ' Reuse Site. Other considerations should include: • Ensuring appropriate drainage patterns are maintained during and following placement at the Reuse Site. • Ensuring the protection of natural heritage features (wetlands and woodlands) during the 1 and following placement at the receiving site, including the use of erosion controls. Alternatively, these soils could also be transferred to Class 1 or Class 2 Soil Management Sites ' or a Local Waste Transfer Facility as per OPSS.MUNI 180.07.05 Conditions on Management by Disposal as Non-Hazardous Solid Industrial or Commercial Waste ' The subsurface soil condition and environmental quality of the soils within the work area may vary between and beyond the borehole and sampled locations. If soils are encountered during the construction activities that appear to have been environmentally impacted and not addressed ' herein,these soils should be segregated into separate stockpiles(plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile)and inspected at that time to determine appropriate sampling,handling and/or disposal requirements. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.05 Conditions on Management by Disposal as Non-Hazardous Solid Industrial or Commercial Waste (Above the Table 1 Soils Standards under O.Reg 153/04 as amended). Excess soil found to be in exceedance of Table 2.1 of the ESQS (other than soil that exceeds ' Table 2.1 for SAR and/or EC) should be delineated, separated and transferred to an appropriate reuse/disposal sites. In accordance with O.Reg. 406/19, appropriate receivers may include: • Other development projects, in accordance with the Soil Rules/Beneficial Reuse Assessment Tool (BRAT); • Site Alteration Permit Properties (SAPPs) having appropriate approval to accept such PHC-impacted soil; and SP-5 I • Class 1 Soil Management Sites; • Class 2 Soil Management Sites; and • Local Waste Transfer Facility. OPSS.MUNI 180.07.04 Conditions on Management Management of excess material by open burning is not permitted. Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of the various tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of outside the contract limits. Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt. I Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits. Asbestos Cement Pipe shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits at a I certified waste disposal site for asbestos. RESTORATION When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. Restoration Beyond the Limits of General Grading Operations 111 When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provisions, the unit price bid for the appropriate item(s) shall include restoration beyond the general grading operations. Contract items are provided for the restoration of work within the general grading operations. Restoration of areas beyond the general grading operations shall be included in the unit price of the item. Areas beyond the general grading operations include, but are not limited to, stockpile locations, areas disturbed by equipment or material storage sites or service connections. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. I General Restoration Requirements All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 492 and the following: I (a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and cover application. (b) Non-lawn, non-roadway areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and cover application. (c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular B Type I, 150 mm of imported Granular A, and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 2-40 mm lifts of HL-4 minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving. I i SP-6 (d) Where existingroadway/driveway isgravel -- 300 mm of imported Granular B Type I; and Y Y P YP 150 mm of imported Granular A. (e) Where existing driveway is concrete -- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular B Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular A; for residential drives -- 150 mm of 32 MPa concrete ' with crushed limestone; and for commercial drives -- 200 mm of 32 MPa concrete with crushed limestone. (f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers—300 mm minimum of imported Granular ' B Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular A and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone screening and match existing patterns. (g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall be removed and replaced including 125 mm of Granular A. (h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback, the Contractor shall repair all settlements. Settlements of lawns, non-lawns or non-roadway areas shall be restored by applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed by the placement Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS 802, OPSS.MUNI 804, and OPSS 310. (i) Salvaged granular material shall not be used above sub-grade or re-used as Granular B Type I unless a granular analysis is performed at the Contractor's expense. ' NOTE • In(a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the termination of the contract. ' • The Contract Administrator/Owner may request the delay of the sod placement during hot and dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from the delay. • All asphalt surfaces shall be saw-cut prior to resurfacing. ' • All concrete structures shall be saw-cut prior to replacement. ' CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS The Contractor will co-ordinate his work with local utility companies for the installation of new underground ducts. When it is impossible to avoid working in the area at the same time, a barrier will have to be maintained to have separation in time or space between the Contractor and the utility company. Where necessary, the Contractor shall move the operation to another part of the contract and give the utility sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract. PUBLIC NOTICES ' The Contractor shall notify all impacted property owners/tenants of impending disruptions to services and or access. The Notice shall be delivered 24 hours prior to the disruption and shall include a short description of the disruption, the probable timing and duration of the disruption, alternative actions that the owner/tenant should take while the work is being done i.e.) parking off site, and a contact person who could address any further questions. I SP-7 I DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from I the operations either within the contract limits, on detours, or elsewhere, or by public traffic, where it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work. 1 Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of I dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being carried out. The cost of all preventative measures required by the Contract Administrator outside the limits of I the contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include "Water for I Compaction and Dust Control" or"Calcium Chloride" or both. In such cases, the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract unit price(s) for the appropriate item(s). I GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box I recycling, within the limits of the contract during construction, with the appropriate authority. PROTECTION OF TREES The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the roots, trunk or branches of trees, or I flooding or sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal. Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract operations, equipment and I vehicles. Unless stated elsewhere in the contract, equipment or vehicles shall not be parked, repaired, refuelled, construction materials shall not be stored, and earth materials shall not be I stockpiled within the dripline area of any tree not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees, operation of equipment shall be kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required. Limbs that are to be removed shall be cut back cleanly to the `collar'. Roots that are exposed shall be cut back cleanly. Pruning of I limbs and roots shall be done with sharp tools designed for the purpose. Pruning and root removal by excavating equipment is not allowed. Bark that is damaged by the Contractor's operation shall immediately be neatly trimmed back to I uninjured bark, without causing further injury. Tree damage shall NOT be treated with wound dressing. I When required and specified, barriers for tree protection shall be installed and maintained at a minimum height of 1.2m as detailed in OPSS.MUNI.801-Construction Specification for the I Protection of Trees. I SP-8 TAKING OF WATER FOR SHORT-TERM CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING The taking of water for short-term construction dewatering and the control of water from the dewatering operations shall be performed in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.517—Construction ' Specification for Dewatering of Pipeline, Utility, and Associated Structure Excavation; OPSS.MUNI.518 —Construction Specification for Control of Water From Dewatering Operations; The Ontario Water Resources Act (OWRA) Section 34-34,11 and Ontario Regulation 387/04 (Water Taking and Transfer) and Ontario Regulation 63/16 (Registrations Under Part 11.2 of the Act-Water Taking) One of the many criteria that the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP) has established, when evaluating the need for a Permit to Take Water, is the quantity of the water taking. Permits are not required if the water taking is less than 50,000 L/day. Registry of the ' water taking activity with the Environmental Activity and Sector Registry (EASR) is required if the water taking exceeds 50,000 L/day and is less than 400,000 L/day. A Permit to Take Water (PTTW) is required if the water taking exceeds 400,000 L/day. Where the Contractor will be required to register with the EASR or apply for a PTTW, a qualified person must be retained by the Contractor, to scientifically demonstrate the water taking requirements. If the assessment demonstrates that the potential water taking is greater than 50,000 L/day but less than 400,000 L/day, all requirements of Ontario Regulation 63/16 must be met. It may be the Contractor's requirement to develop a water taking plan, a water discharge plan, assess off-site impacts, monitor, test, record, etc. for the short-term construction dewatering activity. All documents required for the Registry or the PTTW must be submitted to the Contract Administrator. To review the complete requirements for either a PTTW or registry with the EASR visit: Guide to Permit to Take Water Application Form: https://www.ontario.ca/document/guide-permit-take-water-application-form The Environmental Activity and Sector Registry: https://www.ontario.ca/page/environmental-activity-and-sector-registry DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS The Contractor is hereby advised that, other than the materials noted in GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials, the following designated substances or hazardous materials have been identified within the work zone: • Refer to soil chemistry analysis included in Appendix A. I SP-9 I ITEM NO. 1 CLEARING (TREES ALL SIZES) ' For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall cut down and remove trees and brush required to complete the construction of the proposed works, including all wood, branches, or debris. The wood shall be disposed of by the Contractor at its own expense or at a place approved by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all utilities, adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. This item shall apply to all areas shown for removal on the plans, as required to install the proposed works or designated at the time of construction. ' ITEM NO. 2 GRUBBING (STUMPS ALL SIZES) For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall completely remove all stumps and roots identified on the plans, required to install the proposed works or identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor arrange a site and shall dispose of all stumps and debris at its own expense and approved by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all utilities, sidewalks, adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. I ITEM NO. 3 EARTH EXCAVATION I GENERAL For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or to new I limits as established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be disposed of as outlined under OPSS.MUNI 180-General Specification for the Management of Excess Materials and the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for proposed roadways, shoulders, ditches, side slopes, boulevards, side streets, parking areas, paths and entrances. The unit price bid shall include the removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract. CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall make every effort to reuse excess material as suitable fill and trench backfill,within the project limits, if the material is geotechnically suitable. The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as granular backfill for the roadbed sub-base, trench backfill and placed as established by the Contract Administrator. 1 1 SP-10 1 The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is completed ' to do any work necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is placed for road sub- base and base and prior to final preparation of the sub-grade. ' The Contractor shall restore each block for traffic before beginning excavation in any other block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. Access to residential lots to be maintained at all times 1 except when work is being performed immediately in front of the driveway or when concrete is curing. ' OPSS.MUNI 180.07.06 Conditions on Management by Stockpiling: Management of excess material by stockpiling shall be outside the Owner's property. ' A temporary stockpile compound area site shall consist of an area measuring 20m x 20m square complete with plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile, and concrete blocks measuring a minimum of 600mm x 600mm x 1000mm placed around the perimeter. ' ENVIRONMENTAL TEST RESULTS ' Bidders shall note, soil samples were sent to a provincially accredited laboratory for analysis. The lab performed testing on the samples for Metals and Inorganics, Petroleum Hydrocarbons (BTEX, Fl to F4) and Organic compounds (VOCs). The following data was obtained: ' "None of the soil samples which were extracted from the boreholes exhibited any visible or olfactory evidence of chemical contamination. " ' "Seven (7) of the eight(8) soil samples tested exceeded the applicable MECP Standards for one or more of the parameters " ..."The elevated values of Electrical Conductivity and/or Sodium ' Absorption Ratio (SAR). can likely be attributed to the use of road salt on the roadway pavement structure. The analytical results indicate that high exceedances for PHCs F2-F4G over Table 1 SCS (and Table 2 SCS as well) were noted." Refer to the letter included in Appendix A ' regarding the reuse of existing granular material within the project limits. Intended receiver of any excess soil from this project must be made aware of the elevated levels, ' so that they may place, or dispose of the soil appropriately and in accordance with the current Soil Rules and Regulations. ' Included in Appendix A are Tables and Analytical Laboratory Test Results prepared by ALS Laboratory and included in Englobe's report. The entire Englobe Geotechnical Investigation Report is available for viewing at the Municipal Office located at 1475 Concession 5, R.R. #5, ' Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6. Prior to removal of excavated soil from this site, a copy of the test results should be forwarded to authorities at the receiving sites for approval. ' The Owner is prepared to have additional soil samples tested prior to construction. The Owner shall compensate the Contractor for the excavation of test holes as noted on the Form of Tender. tContractors shall note, test holes shall be excavated prior to work commencing. I SP-11 I The Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to excavate at the agreed upon locations. Samples will be taken by the Owner's Qualified Person(QP) and sent to a provincially I accredited laboratory for testing. Upon receipt of the test results, the Contractor shall manage the construction operations accordingly and without claim for project delays. With a better understanding of the existing soil conditions, the Contractor shall manage the I excess material in an environmental and economical acceptable manner. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor shall, to the best of their ability, reuse soil impacted with I elevated soil chemistry on-site. The volume of excess material, that has elevated chemistry, shall be kept to a minimum. The excess soil that is impacted with elevated soil chemistry levels, other than SAR and EC that I cannot be reused on site, shall be hauled off-site by a licenced hauler and disposed of at a licensed facility. All costs of hauling shall be included in the appropriate tender item. I BASIS OF PAYMENT The Form of Tender provides an estimate of the quantities of materials that fall under the various I standards provided in O. Reg. 153/04 (as amended). Salt impacted soils (All other concentrations below Table 2.1 Excess Soil Quality Standards I (ESQS) Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the theoretical I calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation and theoretical volume for entrance excavation. Soils above Table 1 ESQS and Table 2.1 ESQS (Provisional) I Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per tonne based on weigh tickets from the I waste facility. Included in this item will be costs of managing of material, hauling to the temporary stockpile location, the reloading of material back on to trucks, the cost of hauling the material to a licenced waste management facility and the tipping fees at the facility. I No additional payment will be made for the excavation, handling, and disposal or re-use of material excavated from the site, which meets Excess Soil Quality Standards, Table 2.1, or where I all Table 2.1 criteria are met except for either SAR, Electrical Conductivity (EC) or both Temporary Stockpile I Should suspected contaminated material be discovered on site during construction the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment, and materials required to construct a stockpile compound to U temporarily store the contaminated material and manage the drainage and run-off until the material can be tested and disposed of properly. At a minimum the temporary stockpile compound area for contaminated materials shall consist of an area measuring 20m x 20m square I complete with plastic sheeting placed below and above the stockpile, and concrete blocks measuring a minimum of 600mm x 600mm x 1000mm placed around the perimeter. The temporary stockpile must be located outside SVCA regulated areas. I I SP-12 I Payment for this item will be: I • 50% for the initial construction • 40%to be paid proportional to the permanent work completed I • 10% for removal Test Holes IFor the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to excavate test holes within the construction limits for the purpose of the QP to take soil samples for I environmental testing. The Contractor shall include the cost of backfilling the excavation with the native material and I restoration after the test holes have been dug and the sampling has been completed. The Contractor shall complete the test pits as soon as reasonably possible after the award of the tender to avoid delays. The test pit locations shall be selected to provide representative samples of material that may become excess material as part of this project. Where possible test holes should be outside of I vehicle wheel track locations. No compensation will be provided to the Contractor for delays while the Owner's representative I is sampling the soil from the excavation and assessing the analytical results. Any geotechnical consulting fees or chemical analysis fees requested by the re-use site owner, I shall be excluded from payment. I ITEM NO. 4 DUST SUPPRESSANTS AND COMPACTION I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the application of water and calcium chloride solids when requested by the Contract Administrator, or upon approval of the Contract Administrator. IDust suppressants shall be applied in a manner that avoids ponding, runoff, drifting, and tracking of the material beyond the area of application. I Water, for compaction shall be applied, as necessary, to achieve the degree of compaction p PP rY P specified. I General IThe proper use and application of the dust suppressants is the responsibility of the Contractor and is subject to applicable Ministry of the Environment, Parks and Conservation requirements I under legislation such as the Environmental Protection Act(EPA) and the Ontario Water Resources Act. I SP-13 Materials Water shall be free of contaminants that could adversely affect fill material or the environment. I Calcium chloride solid solution shall be in accordance with OPSS 2501. Should the Contractor I choose to use a calcium chloride solution, the Contractor shall submit the mix design indicating the percentage of solid calcium chloride. Dust suppressants containing waste material are not approved for use. I Measurement for Payment Measurement for water shall be by cubic meters based on the tank size. Measurement for II calcium chloride solid shall be mass in tonnes. Measurement for calcium chloride solution shall be by mass of equivalent solid based on the submitted mix design. I ITEM NOS. 5 111 GRANULAR A For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour equipment and materials required to I place, fine grade and compact Granular A materials required in the roadway for roadbed, subdrains, shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter, which are applicable to this contract as per OPSS.MUNI.314. All other Granular A materials required shall be I included in the unit prices bid for those items where material is required. Granular material shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. I Gravel Ticket Requirements I • A minimum of 2 copies of the weigh tickets shall be delivered to the site. One copy is to remain with the Contract Administrators site representative. • Source of material I • Description/type of granular material shall be noted on the ticket • Intended use of material shall be noted on the ticket • Truck number/driver or some other form of identification shall be noted on the ticket I • Gross tonnes, Tare tonnes and Net tonnes shall be noted on the ticket • Must be legible • Must be submitted daily I Measurement for Payment Measurement for Granular A shall be by the tonne based on tickets provided upon delivery of the I material to the site. Granular tickets must be submitted daily to ensure payment. Illegible tickets may be considered invalid. I SP-14 ITEM NO. 6 ' HOT MIX ASPHALT General For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials, for the execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix ' Asphalt(HMA). The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall also include all ramping, transverse joints, and/or removal of all transverse joints and all deramping at structures, sidewalk drops and driveway entrances, as identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' If applicable, tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract. The Contractor under this item and for the unit price bid shall supply all labour, materials and ' equipment necessary to apply tack coat at all areas to be overlaid. The areas shall be tack coated prior to Hot Mix Paving with SS-1 or SS-1H emulsified asphalt, diluted with an equal volume of water applied at a rate of 0.35 kg/m2. Where vertical faces are encountered (ie. concrete curb, ' centreline paving joint, all milled and vertical face construction joints), they shall be tack coated prior to Hot Mix Paving. ' Horizontal surfaces, measurement and basis for payment shall be by the square metre at the unit price. ' All vertical surfaces, shall be included in the appropriate item. Tendered and shall include all costs of labour, equipment and materials to supply, haul and place ' tack coat. All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing ' the area in which the plant is located. ' Prequalification The road paving contractor for this project must have extensive road paving experience with Municipal and County Road Paving projects. This qualification will not be required for miscellaneous paving of patches, boulevards or driveways. The road paving contractor for this project must be prepared to provide Municipal and County road paving references to the Owner or Contractor Administrator if requested. ' The Contractor will be required to submit a mix design for approval prior to commencing the paving operations. SP-15 310.05 Materials Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt ' Cement (PGAC) will conform to OPSS.MUNI 1101 for the specified grade. OPSS 1150.04.01.01.01 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Portions has been amended as follows: ' RAP is not permitted in HL-1 and DFC. The use of: , a) Up to 15% by mass of RAP shall be permitted for HL-3, HL-3F, HL-4 and HL-4F surface course mixes. b) Up to 20% by mass of RAP shall be permitted for HL-4, HL-8 and medium duty binder mixes. c) Over 20% by mass of RAP is not permitted for any mix. 310.06 Equipment OPSS.MUNI.310 is amended in that no surface trial coat area shall be required under this ' contract. Prior to paving, the Contractor shall submit a list of equipment that will be used. The list shall 111 identify the make& model of the paving equipment and rollers. For the rollers, the Contractor shall also identify the Class of Roller and identify the Minimum Roller Combinations to be used on the contract as per Table 5 of OPSS.MUNI.310. ' 310.07 Construction The Contractor is responsible for all Quality Control (QC) testing. The QC documentation shall be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request. A through lane paving course shall be completed prior to placement of adjacent side roads, speed change lanes and other paved areas. 310.07.05 Sampling OPSS 310.07.05.01 Asphalt Cement- Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement of the contract. OPSS 310.07.05.02 Hot Mix Asphalt- When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the ' contract, Hot Mix asphalt sampling and testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs are to be paid by the Contractor. Sample sizes and frequency of samples shall be as per Table 6 of OPSS 310. 310.07.08- Widenings and Irregular Sections - 450 mm stepped joints are required when placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with an existing asphalt depth of 80 mm or more. 310.07.09 - Hot Mix Asphalt Padding - Padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface course of asphalt. The tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate HMA item. I SP-16 I 310.07.11.03- Transverse Joints - The third paragraph has been amended as follows: I a) When a binder course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement and a butt joint is to be made, the existing pavement shall be trimmed back to form a straight vertical surface. When the surface course is to be placed at a later date, temporary ramping shall be I provided as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 208—Asphalt Joint Detail for Transverse Joints. I 310.07.13 Tolerances The paving tolerance of OPSS.MUNI.310.07.13 shall be reviewed upon completion. Should the deviations exceed 6 mm on the binder course or 3 mm on the surface course, as measured in any I direction with a 3m straight edge, the Contractor shall correct these deviations to the satisfaction of the Road Authority. Paving tolerances are not applicable to irregular sections of paving, or within 3 m of a butt joint with an existing HMA pavement. I310.08 Quality Assurance Quality Control laboratory testing shall be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance I laboratory test results. All other Quality Assurance testing shall be performed by the Contract Administrator. I 310.09 Measurement for Payment Measurement for payment of hot mix asphalt shall be by mass in tonnes based on tickets provided upon delivery of the material to the site, unless specified otherwise. Hot mix tickets Imust be submitted daily to ensure payment. Illegible tickets may be considered invalid. Tack coat shall be included in the unit price bid unless tack coat is listed as a separate item IWinter heat shall be included in the unit price bid unless winter heat is listed as a separate item I Hot Mix Miscellaneous—Driveways and Paved Boulevards The Contractor shall also take note that Hot Mix Miscellaneous paving is to be performed at Idesignated drives, boulevards and areas behind the curb or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This hand laid asphalt will only apply to areas that, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, do not permit the operation of a paving Imachine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. Hot Mix Price Adjustment shall not be calculated for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. IRural entrances shall be graded as per OPSD 301.010 or OPSD 301.020. I Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required, measurement for payment will be made for two single courses of Hot Mix where required. IHot Mix Ticket Requirements • A minimum of 2 copies of the weigh tickets shall be delivered to the site. One copy is to I remain with the Contract Administrator's site representative. • Description/type of hot mix material shall be noted on the ticket SP-17 ' • Truck number/driver or some other form of identification shall be noted on the ticket • Gross tonnes, Tare tonnes and Net tonnes shall be noted on the ticket • Must be legible • Must be submitted daily Hot Mix Price Adjustment for HL-3 and HL-4 Payment to the Contractor for hot mix HL-3 and HL-4 to be based on changes to the Ministry of Transportation's performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein. The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the OHMPA (www.ohmpa.org) and the MTO website (www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca). The price index will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement accepted into the Work. The price index will be based on the price, excluding taxes, FOB the depots in the Toronto area, of asphalt cement grade PG 58-28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. A payment adjustment per tonne of new asphalt cement will be established for each month in which paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than 5% from the price index established by the Contract Administrator. When the price index differential is less than 5%, there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment adjustments due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments made to hot mix tender items. The payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of new asphalt cement in the hot , mix accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment for the month will be calculated from the following formulae: ' Asphalt Cement Price Adjustment, PA ' I Paving Within Approved Paving Beyond Approved P Contract Time Contract Time Ip > 1.05ITo PA= (Ip - 1.05ITo) x TAC PA = (IAT - 1.05IT0) x TAC Ip < 0.951To PA= (0.95 IT°— Ip) x TAC Where: , PA = payment adjustment for new asphalt cement, in dollars ITo = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the price index established by the ' contract Administrator as noted below Ip = performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month in which paving occurs IAT performance graded asphalt cement price index for the month of expiry of approved ' Contract Time TAC = quantity of new asphalt cement in tonnes I SP-18 I The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on$1100/tonne liquid asphalt. IThe quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment I has been established, the quantity will be calculated using the hot mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as required by the job mix formula except for mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement. IFor mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, the increase due the Contractor or the rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly I reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the opposite when they are declining. I For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, or roof shingle tabs, or both, the quantity of new asphalt cement will be determined from the difference between the asphalt cement content required by the job mix formula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt I pavement, or the roof shingle tabs, or both incorporated into the hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator. I For mixes containing a liquid anti-stripping additive, the quantity of anti-stripping additive will be deducted from the quantity of new asphalt cement. No other deductions will be made for any other additives. IFor progress payment purposes, payment adjustments will be made on the monthly progress payment certificate for the months in which hot mix paving occurs. I ITEM NO. 7 IADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to I adjust the designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing or placing additional precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSS 408 and OPSD 704.010 Ior expanded polystyrene (EPS) as per OPSS 1854. The contractor shall place caulking or an approved alternative between each adjustment unit. IParging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and Ishall be parged inside and outside at the top of each structure where the adjustment unit is placed and the underside of frame after final adjustment. IThe outside of the precast adjustment units shall be completely wrapped with Denso LT Tape/Denso Paste. The Denso material shall completely cover the adjustment units and overlap I onto the frame and concrete structure. All Denso products shall be applied as per the Manufacturer's recommendations. SP-19 , ITEM NO. 8 MAINTENANCE HOLE LIFT RINGS OR FINAL ADJUSTMENT ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install cast iron maintenance hole`'Re-lift rings" as supplied by the Hopper Foundry Ltd. of Forest, Ontario. Installation will be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. No substitutions will be permitted. The Contractor will supply lift rings in sizes required to fit the finished asphalt grade. ' If the Contractor is unable to obtain the required lift rings from Hopper Foundry Ltd. or chooses to adjust, the maintenance hole frame and grates. The Contractor shall adjust maintenance hole ' frame and grates to final grade, including all required adjustment units, parging and the reapplication of Denso LT tape. The Contractor will be required to supply and install appropriately size adjustment rings to achieve the proposed finished grades. The Contractor shall I ensure the slope on the MH frame and grate matches the asphalt slopes. Payment for this work shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. Restoration Asphalt removal and restoration around structures shall be included in the price bid per each and ' shall include placing and compacting of all required Granular A and asphalt to match the existing depth for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ITEM NO. 9 VALVE BOX LIFTERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment required to install cast iron valve lifters to the depth required and as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This item shall apply to both water and sanitary valve boxes. ITEM NO. 10 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to excavate, remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular B Type I, compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets. The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall not be considered for payment. Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. SP-20 ITEM NO. 11 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS (ALL TYPES) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required for the complete construction of the specified style of concrete curb & gutter, in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 353 —Construction Specification for Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems. ' General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the ' following specifications: • 32 MPa ' • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8% Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. ' When placing concrete curb and gutter by the slip form method, contraction joints shall be saw- cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres. ' When the concrete sidewalk is to be poured against the curb and gutter, contraction joints shall be saw-cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 3.0 metres. When placing concrete curb and gutter systems by the formwork method, the formwork shall be ' accordance with OPSS 919-Construction Specification for Formwork and Falsework. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the intent to use formwork at the pre- ' construction meeting. Cold Weather Concreting- The placing and protection of concrete curb and gutter systems in ' cold weather shall be in accordance to OPSS.MUNI.904—Construction Specification for Concrete Structures. No additional payment will be made for compliance with OPSS.MUNI.904. ' Termination When required, the Contractor shall provide end termination treatments as per OPSD 608.010. I SP-21 ITEM NO. 12 45° CONCRETE OUTLETS (OPSD 605.030) ' For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to excavate for, form, pour and finish the 45 degree concrete outlets as per OPSD 605.030. The I concrete materials and specifications shall be the same as specified for the Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems item. The Concrete outlet shall direct the gutter water towards the designated outlet. , ITEM NO. 13 TOPSOIL (IMPORTED) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to place approved screened topsoil where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall also fine grade to a uniform surface, the areas to be topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. OPSS 802 shall apply for this item except that 802.09.01.02 shall be amended to make payment as noted in the Form of Tender. The topsoil shall be of good quality, subject to the Contract Administrator's approval. The Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine grading, supplying, placing and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid. ITEM NO. 14 SEEDING AND COVER For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material required to place the fertilizer, seeding and mulching where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Included in the unit price bid shall be the supply and application of water. All material and construction procedures shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNL804. Cover ' material shall be hydraulic mulch, unless defined elsewhere in the contract. The permanent seed shall be top quality Standard Roadside Mix, consisting of the following: , Creeping Red Fescue 50% Kentucky Bluegrass 10% Perennial Ryegrass 35% White Clover 5% 1 The rate of application for the seed shall be 1.3 kg per 100 m2 as per OPSS.MUNI.804 Table 2. The cover shall be hydraulic mulch and shall be applied at a rate of 20 kg of dry product per 100 m2. The Contractor shall guarantee a catch of grass as per OPSS.MUNI 804 and will be responsible for all reseeding if necessary. 1 SP-22 ' OPSS 804.08-Quality Assurance has been amended to evaluate the performance of the seed. In addition to the 30, 60, and 90 day evaluation, the growth will also be evaluated at the expiration of the guaranteed maintenance period. The performance of the seed will not be evaluated during the winter dormant period or when site conditions prohibit a visual field inspection. ' ITEM NO. 15 BOLLARDS ' Remove Existing Bollards For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to remove the existing bollards including disposal of the bollards outside the Contract limits. Supply and Install Steel Bollards ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all materials, labour and equipment to install 115 mm dia. concrete filled steel bollards. The bollard shall have a minimum burial depth of 1.0 m and shall extend 1.0 m above grade. The concrete shall be shaped to promote run-off from the top of the bollard and the steel pipe shall be painted yellow with a minimum two coats of rust inhibiting paint. ' The concrete for the footing shall meet the same specifications as the concrete for sidewalks and curbs. Installation Bollards shall be installed as per the bollard detail drawing and the manufacturer's specifications and shall be installed true, plumb, and anchored. Shore up, if necessary, to ensure true, plumb placement. ' ITEM NO. 16 REMOVE AND REPLACE WOODEN POSTS ' Remove existing wooden posts For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall provide all labour, equipment and materials required to fully remove and dispose of the designated existing wooden posts. The contractor shall also backfill the holes with select native material from the project, including compaction. Wood material shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits. ' Supply and install 200x200mm pressure treated wood posts For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to install new pressure treated wood posts including all required excavation, backfill and compaction. Backfill shall be select native granular material, compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. Posts shall be installed 1.2m below finished grade to or down to existing I SP-23 , bedrock/shale elevation. The posts shall be cut off 1.2m above grade and any cut wood surfaces shall be treated with an approved pressure treated wood end sealer. The location for the posts shall be reviewed with the Contract Administrator and the Municipality prior to installation. The posts shall be installed in a straight line and shall be installed square and plumb. ' All wood shall be pressure treated grades No. 1 and 2 SPF lumber, and shall be free of loose or unsound knots, shakes, decay and checks that exceed 6mm in width. Wood shall comply with ' OPSS 1601. All cut ends, abrasions and holes shall be treated with a manufacturer's approved product. All work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ITEM NO. 17 ' SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. Pipe Material ' OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid) - 150 mm to 250 mm non-reinforced Class 3 —CSA certified to A257.1 - 300 mm or greater reinforced as specified in the tender form—CSA certified to A257.2 (b) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible) - Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa) - Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe (c) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 - 150 mm to 750 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6) If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor shall, upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. Bedding, Embedment and Backfill ' Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. i SP-24 Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular ' material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be ' compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and the backfilling noted herein. ' All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP —Management of Excess'Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price ' bid of sewer. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at ' the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. ' OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16—Field Testing has been amended as follows: 410.07.16.02 - Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.03 - Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. ' 410.07.16.04 - Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. ' All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. ' The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. ' The General Contractor will be responsible for hiringthe Closed Circuit Television Inspection P P Contractor directly, however, the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out ' to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. I SP-25 I Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video, the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction I Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, I degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. I Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. I All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for sewer. I Storm Sewer Tees For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to install I storm sewer tees shown on the drawings. Storm sewer tees for branch sewers and drains 250 mm dia. and larger shall be factory manufactured tees. This item shall include all required bends, I fittings, and or couplers required to connect to the branch sewer or drain. Payment for storm sewer tees shall be costs in addition to the storm sewer per metre price. All tees, fittings and connections shall be watertight. I Removing Existing Storm Sewer I The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers, watermains, or minor I structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. Abandoning Sewers The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers that are to be abandoned, to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work I is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains. Connecting Sewers I For the unit price bid, the Contractor will be required, to make all connections to new and existing catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a I manner set out in the contract drawings or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. I SP-26 I Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at all times. ' Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP - Restoration. I ITEM NO. 18 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x 600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010), 600 mm x 600 mm DITCH INLET CATCH BASINS (705.030), INCLUDING FRAME AND GRATES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures as indicated on the contract drawings and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. ' The Contractor shall supply and install frame and grates as listed on the contract drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units and shall include the cost of connecting new basins to existing sewers as determined at the time of construction. Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside at the top of each structure where the adjustment unit is placed and the underside of frame after final adjustment. The outside of the precast adjustment units shall be completely wrapped with Denso LT Tape/Denso Paste. The Denso material shall completely cover the adjustment units and overlap onto the frame and concrete structure. All Denso products shall be applied as per the Manufacturer's recommendations. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, ' degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. ' Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and the remaining 20% of the unit price upon completion of parging and removal of debris from the bottom of the structure. I SP-27 When the surface course of asphalt is to be placed at a later date, the unit price bid shall also include ramping of the structure and the installation of 50 mm diameter PVC drains as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 702. The installation of the 50 mm dia. drain shall be done prior to or during the concrete curb installation, if applicable. ITEM NO. 19 SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm, 1800 mm and 2400 mm PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE-CATCH BASINS, OPSD 701.010, 701.012, or 701.013, INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the I complete installation of the structures and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. I The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. i Steel reinforcement shall be according to OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast concrete components shall be: 111 a) Steel bars, 400MPa minimum yield strength b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength I c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as listed on the drawings to the grade I established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. I Also, when required, included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021. Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for maintaining flow. All storm maintenance holes shall allow for trench bottom subdrains as per OPSD 809.010. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of connecting storm sewers to the storm manholes is appropriate for the materials being used and for the site conditions. I SP-28 I Parging IThe precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside at the top of each structure where the adjustment unit is placed Iand the underside of frame after final adjustment. The outside of the precast adjustment units shall be completely wrapped with Denso LT I Tape/Denso Paste. The Denso material shall completely cover the adjustment units and overlap onto the frame and concrete structure. All Denso products shall be applied as per the Manufacturer's recommendations. ICompaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, I degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. IPayment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 20% of unit price upon completion of parging, removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching Iwhen applicable. I ITEM NO. 20 RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES (up to 250 mm dia.) (Provisional) I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate for, supply and install, reconnect and backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered at the time of construction. All connections shall be made with approved couplings (Fernco or I equivalent). Payment under this item will only be paid when it is determined by the Contract Administrator I that the work is required to: • Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal 1 or vertical alignment. • Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings. I The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and services encountered in the excavation. 1 Pipe Material Pipe material for repairs shall be Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (flexible)—CSA certified Sewer IClass to B 182.6 or PVC SDR-28 for 100 mm— 150 mm diameter and PVC SDR-35 for 200 mm— 250 mm diameter. I I SP-29 I Bedding, Embedment and Backfill Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, OPSD 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and , whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment material shall be Granular A to 300 mm (min) above the top of the pipe. I ITEM NO. 21 ' SUPPLY AND PLACE 150 mm FILTER WRAPPED PERFORATED SUBDRAIN FOR TRENCH BOTTOM SUBDRAINS, INCLUDING END CAPS ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install the subdrain, including filter wrap (non-woven type) Class 1 with a Filter Opening Size (FOS) of 130-100 µm as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Where specified trench bottom subdrains shall be installed as per OPSD 809.010, including end caps. The Contractor shall outlet all subdrains to existing and new storm structures. Pipe Material ' OPSS 405.05 Materials is amended to accept the following material for pipe subdrains. (a) Polyethylene Big "O" Boss 2000 or equivalent. The filter wrap geotextile shall be in accordance with OPSS 1860. The maximum stone size for the granular backfill shall be 50 mm dia. ITEM NO. 22 HANDLAID RIP RAP INCLUDING NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to place the handlaid rip rap and geotextile fabric as indicated on the contract drawings, OPSD 810.010 for Sewer and Culvert Outlets, OPSD 810.020 for Ditch Inlets, or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The installation shall include the geotextile being keyed into the surrounding soil. Materials 1 • Rip Rap Classification shall be R-10 as per OPSS.MUNI 1004 - Table 8, Gradation Requirements for Gabion Stone and Rip-Rap. SP-30 • The Geotextile shall be a non-woven, Class II, according to OPSS 1860, with a FOS of ' 75 to 150 µm. ' ITEM NO. 23 SUPPLY AND PLACE ARMOUR STONE AT STORM OUTLET ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to supply and place the required armour stone at the storm sewer outlet location to provide energy dissipation and protection for the outlet. Armour Stone shall be approximately 0.85m x 0.85m x ' 0.85m in size and be installed as shown on the drawings and as outlined by the Contract Administrator at the time of Construction. ' Rocks shall be clean, hard, durable, angular, non-friable limestone or igneous rock, free from cracks, seams, or other defects which may impair durability. Rocks shall be free of clay, silt, vegetation, topsoil or other organic materials. Slate or shale shall not be acceptable. For ' limestone sources in the Owen Sound, Bruce Peninsula areas, stones shall be from the lower layers of light grey, crystalline material, not the upper layers of brown stone. The relative density shall be not less than 2.60t/m3. Armour stone size shall be as specified on the drawings. ' The Contractor shall give the Contract Administrator timely notice of readiness for inspection of armour stones at the quarry prior to delivery to site. Weigh all stone placed in the work at the quarry on a scale approved and certified as correct by the Department of Consumer and Corporate Affairs, Weights and Measures Inspection Branch. Weigh ticket for each load of armour stone shall record the number of stones per load. Provide copies of all tickets daily to the Contract Administrator. Contract Administrator reserves the right to place a staff member in the scale house. ' Place armour stone individually by crane, excavator or backhoe employing a grab device which will allow sorting, placing and re-setting, if necessary. Sort, fit and key each rock to ensure stability. Finished appearance of stone placement shall be as neat, and not random placement. Stones shall be embedded with a pre-excavation to minimize wave scour movement. All work around the Lake shall adhere to the Fisheries and Oceans Canada(DFO) and Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority permits and approvals, including all required conditions and requirement. Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per tonne of stones delivered to the site and in final placed location. I SP-31 ITEM NO. 24 REMOVE, SALVAGE AND REINSTALL EXISTING STONES AND ROCKS AT STORM SEWER OUTLET For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to remove and salvage the existing stones and rocks to allow for the installation of the storm sewer outlet and proposed armour stones. After the new armour stones have been installed the Contractor shall place the salvaged stone and rock material around the armour stones and at the outlet location, as required to provide additional energy dissipation and assist in locking the armour stones into place. The large rocks currently on the path to the beach which blocks vehicular access to the beach shall be reinstalled for the same purpose. Any surplus stone or rock shall be disposed of offsite by the Contractor. Any additional stone or rock required shall be paid for under the Rip Rap item. The Contractor shall place the stone and rock in such a way to allow for pedestrian access to the beach. All work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. ITEM NO. 25 REMOVE EXISTING STORM SEWER(OUTSIDE EXCAVATION OF OTHER PROPOSED WORKS) For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to remove and backfill existing storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings and as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The limits of the storm sewer removal shall be reviewed at the time of Construction. I The unit price bid shall also include the granular backfill material. Backfill to be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Payment of this item will only be made where the existing sewer ' being removed is outside of the excavated trench for the other proposed works in the opinion of the Contract Administrator. Excavated material and storm sewer pipemanaged shall be by the Contractor with the cost of this work being included in the unit price bid. ITEM NOS. 26-33 SANITARY FORCEMAINS, LOW PRESSURE SANITARY MAINS AND SERVICES a) Sanitary Forcemains and Low-Pressure Sanitary Mains For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the forcemains and low-pressure sanitary mains as indicated on the contract drawings. The size of the sanitary mains and services shall be as noted on the Form of Tender and shown on the drawings. Minimum depth of cover for the forcemains and low- , 1 SP-32 ' pressure sanitarymains shall be 1.8m with some sections beingdeeper than this to avoid � P ' conflicts with existing and proposed sewers, mains and utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the location and depth of all existing sewers, mains and utility crossings prior to installing the forcemains and low-pressure sanitary mains so that conflicts can be avoided. Prior to installing the forcemains the Contractor shall confirm the location and elevation of the ' existing forcemain just west of the existing air release and valve chamber, west of Albert Street on Bruce Road 15. The Contractor shall install the forcemain with positive grade towards this air release chamber. ' Pipe Material ' Forcemains and low-pressure sanitary mains shall gasketed polyvinyl chloride (PVC) SDR-21 as per CSA B137.3. Pipe Labeling All PVC forcemain piping shall be factory stamped with the words "SEWAGE FORCEMAIN" along its length. Sanitary Main Fittings Fittings shall be the same as that specified for watermains elsewhere in this contract and be compatible with the mainline pipe material or fittings shall be injection-moulded PVC fittings shall be made from PVC compound with a minimum HDB of 4000 psi. Fabricated fittings shall be made from sections of pipe certified to CSA B137.3 and fittings shall also be certified to CSA B137.3. All PVC pipe and fittings shall be listed to NSF Standard 61 and shall be colour-coded white. The fittings must meet or exceed the pressure rating of the pipe system. Gate Valves Sanitary valves to be MJ type, resilient seated gate valves with standard operating nut. Resilient- seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. All valves to be supplied with "0" ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. ' Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. Sanitary valve box covers to be stamped "SEWER". b) Services For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main, installing saddles or gasketed service tee, corporation stops and isolation valves c/w service box, including all connections to new and existing mains and services. I 1 SP-33 For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing service tubing by means of trenching and/or boring. All service shall be installed to a depth of not less than 1.8 m. Service piping material shall be 32mm dia. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) SDR11 Iron Pipe Size (IPS), as per ASTM D3035 and suitable for sanitary grinder pump systems. At vacant lots or previously unserviced lots, the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. Service Materials Service Saddles /Tees 1 Services shall be connected to the mains by way of an approved PVC gasketed service tee or broad band stainless steel service saddle. Service tees shall be injection-moulded PVC fittings shall be made from PVC compound with a minimum HDB of 4000 psi. Fabricated fittings shall be made from sections of pipe certified to CSA B137.3 and fittings shall also be certified to CSA B137.3. All PVC tees shall be listed to NSF Standard 61 and shall be colour-coded white. The tees must meet or exceed the pressure rating of the pipe system. Service saddles - Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band saddles. 1 Main Stops Main stops to be the same as that specified for watermains elsewhere in the specifications and 1 shall be compatible with the specified HDPE SDR11 IPS service tubing Isolation Valves ' Environment-One (E-One) sewer systems curb stop c/w integral stainless steel check valve (Uni- Lateral). Service box to have stainless steel stem. Isolation valves to be located at the property , line of each service. Service box covers to be stamped "SEWER". Service Pipe I UNLESS otherwise noted, service pipe to be 32 mm High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) SDR- 11 IPS tubing, as per ASTM D3035. Compression joint connections for PE service pipe requires a stainless steel tube liner with a fluted end as supplied by the corporation stop manufacturer. Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance to AWWA C800. ' Model numbers shall be stamped on valves and materials. I I I SP-34 1 Excavation All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP— Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid for the forcemain. Bedding and Backfill Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. ' Embedment material shall be Granular"A"material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Embedment material shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose ' measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not ' exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular embedment material and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. 1 Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS 501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be I determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. ' Laying and Jointing The laying and jointing of pipe shall conform to OPSS 412 for open cut construction and OPSS 450 for directional drilling. The deflection of pipe joints, where required for offset changes, shall be as per manufacturer's ' specifications. I SP-35 Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP —Restoration. 1 Supply and Install Flushing Connections For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for complete installation of the flushing connections as detailed on the drawings. The unit price shall include all required embedment and backfill material, vertical piping, 90-degree bends, couplers, fittings, removable cap/plug, 450mm long removable threaded extension pipe, mechanical restraints, precast grade rings, frame and grate, foam insulation, cathodic protection and tracer wire. Cathodic protection to be the same as that specified for watermains elsewhere in this contract. Marker sign—The Contractor shall supply and install a flushing connection marker sign and post 1 at each flushing connection location. The sign shall be 300x300mm in size with white lettering on a green background. The sign wording shall be "SANITARY FLUSHING CONNECTION". The sign blank material shall be aluminum or galvanized steel. Sign post shall be a galvanized steel "U" post. All required bolts and hardware shall be stainless steel or hot dipped galvanized streel. Sign and post shall be as per OPSS 703 Bedding, cover, backfill material for the flushing connections to be the same as that specified for low pressure sewer mains. Flushing connection locations shall be confirmed with the Contract Administrator and Owner prior to installation. I All work shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Tracer Wire ' All forcemain, low pressure sanitary main and service piping shall have a No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor, having TWU insulation, colour GREEN, rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe, to each mainline valve box, isolation valve and chamber. The wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres by means of an approved fastener. Tracer wire shall be secured within valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum of 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. At each service isolation valve, the wire is to be brought to the surface and coiled around the opening to accommodate connection to locator. Tracing wire shall be tested by the Contractor between mainline valves to ensure that the loop is continuous. The testing shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The cost of supplying, installing, and testing the tracer wire shall be included in the unit price for the forcemain. 1 1 SP-36 Test Stations (Provisional) Where requested, test stations (boxes) shall be supplied and installed. Test boxes shall be either Copperhead SnakePit Model LD14-TP (in landscaped areas) 350 mm in length with a cast iron ' locking lid with"sewer" cast into the cap or approved equivalent. The tracer wire shall enter the bottom of the test box and be connected to the provided terminal. ' The included wax pack should then be applied to the connection point. A minimum 600 mm of extra tracer wire length/slack must be provided for the tracer wire inside the test box. ' Cathodic Protection Cathodic protection for all metallic forcemain and low pressure main fittings, valves, services, etc. to be the same as that specified for watermains elsewhere in this contract. ' Thrust Restraints for Forcemains and Low Pressure Sanitary Mains rThrust restraints for forcemains and low pressure sewers shall be mechanical thrust restraints and shall be as specified in the watermain specifications. All joint thrust restraint devices must meet or exceed the minimum requirements of UNI-Bell PVC Pipe Association Standard UNI-B-13-92 (Recommended Performance Specifications for t Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe). Restraining glands shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 (minimum). Hydrostatic Pressure Testing and Flushing ' The requirements of OPSS 412.07.17 shall apply. The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to complete the hydrostatic pressure testing and flushing. The test pressure shall be 1035 kPa(150 psi) for a minimum of two hours. The Contractor shall provide for the flushing of all mains and services following installation. ' ITEM NOS. 34-37 WATERMAIN INSTALLATION DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act(SDWA) and all applicable ' regulations made in accordance with that act, including but not limited to the Drinking Water Works Permit(DWWP), the Municipal Drinking Water Licence (MDWL) and the most current version of ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Watermains. Both the DWWP and the MDWL can be made available to the Contractor by the Contract Administrator upon request. For the purpose of the DWWP Condition 2.3, the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks "Watermain Disinfection Procedure", supersedes ANSI/AWWA C651- Disinfecting Watermains. 1 I SP-37 I All chemicals and materials used in the alteration or operation of the drinking water system that come into contact with water within the system shall meet all applicable standards set by both the American Water Works Association("AWWA") and the American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") safety criteria standards NSF/60, NSF/61 and NSF/372. Watermains that form part of a Drinking Water System can only be isolated and placed into I service by Certified Operators. Activities performed on isolated watermains are not required to be performed by Certified Operators. I Any water used for the purposes of, but not limited to, flushing, swabbing, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and displacing water to obtain samples for testing, shall be drinking water. I Any temporary water supply to a new watermain shall be flushed prior to its use as a water source. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system. The watermain construction shall be staged to minimize water service disruption to residences. I Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. All costs associated with providing notice to the property I owners shall be borne by the Contractor. Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. I The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be I scheduled in co-operation with the local Operating Authority. Prior to site activities, the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract I Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details: • Manufacturer's confirmation of pipe class and restraining system design I • Connection point(s) between existing and new watermains • Source water connection(s) • Cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment • Temporary watermains if any • Swabbing details, including swab velocities • Hydrostatic pressure test details, including calculations of allowable leakageII • Disinfection details, including calculations of required chlorine • Dechlorination details • Flushing water disposal details • Details of final connection to existing watermain, including valve operation • Details of final connection to existing services, including curb stop operation I • Watermain break disinfection procedure • Tracer Wire conductivity testing procedures, including wire specification I I SP-38 I • Proof of Ontario Water Works Association(OWWA) Certified Cross Connection Control I Specialist Certificate or a Ministry-approved equivalent • Draft copy of Notice of Water Service Disruptions The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site Iwork shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. IRestraints It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the Irestraining systems. Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be I subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and following construction of the works. IThrust Restraints OPSS 441.07.23 is amended to the following insert: IAll thrust restraint shall be designed to adequately provide the minimum amount of pipe/joint restraint required by mechanical joint restraint device alone. Concrete thrust blocks are not an I accepted method of thrust restraint in the Municipality of Kincardine except for connections to an existing main as directed by the Operating Authority or their designate. Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be Isubjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and following construction of the various pipe materials selected. I Restrain lengths for watermain 100 mm to 300 mm shall be in accordance with the requirements outlined below. Restrained length calculations for mains 350 mm and greater shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer using the design criteria set out below. IThrust restraint shall be provided at all fittings, bends, tees, valves, hydrants, crosses, reducers, and plugged or capped dead ends. 1 For DI pipe refer to AWWA C600— Section 3.8. For PVC pipe refer to UNI-BELL and AWWA M-23. 1 For mains 350 mm and greater the Contractor shall provide mechanical restraint shop drawings for all fittings, including minimum required restrained lengths for each fitting as I recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of three (3) sets of shop drawings for the designed restraining system for each fitting required for this contract. The shop drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer Licensed to ' practice in Province of Ontario. The shop drawings shall be provided to the Contract Administrator prior to the start of construction. IHydrants leads shall be fully restrained with mechanical thrust restraints. I SP-39 I Design Criteria (Thrust Restraint) All inline valves up to 300 mm in size shall be mechanically restrained and as well three (3) full I pipe length (18m) on each side of the restrained valve must be mechanically restrained with a minimum of two (2) steel rods to be used on the restraints. I All bends up to 200 mm in size must be mechanically restrained and as well one (1) full pipe length (6m) on each side of the restrained bend must be mechanically restrained with a minimum of two (2) steel rods to be used on the restraint. All bends from 250 mm to 300 mm in size shall be mechanically restrained and as well two (2) full pipe lengths (12m) on each side of the restrained bend must be mechanically restrained with a minimum of four (4) steel rods to be used on the restraints. All dead ended watermains up to 200 mm in size cap and or plug shall be mechanically restrained and three (3) full pipe lengths (18m) must be restrained prior to the end of that watermain with a minimum of two (2) steel rods to be used on the restraints. I All dead ended watermains 250 and 300 mm in size cap and or plug shall be mechanically restrained and as well five (5) full pipe lengths (30m) must be restrained prior to the end of that watermain with a minimum of four(4) steel rods to be used on the restraints. All fitting which would include tees, fire hydrants, reducers and crosses up to 300 mm in size shall be restrained and as well two (2) full pipe length (12m) on each side of the fitting and must be mechanically restrained with a minimum of two (2) steel rods to be used on the restraints. I All branch valves shall be treated as dead end watermains and shall be restrained according to the above mentioned dead end watermain criteria. I NOTE: If any joint is encountered in the above restrained lengths it must also be restrained. MATERIALS I Materials I All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor. All materials supplied under this contract shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable AWWA standard. Oils and lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutes without Operating Authority approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. I Watermain Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC DR18 —AWWA C900 or C905. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets. r SP-40 I Gate Valves and Boxes Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut. All valves to be supplied with"0" ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority. iResilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. ' Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint(MJ) type with adaptors to ' suit other materials, where necessary. All fittings including hydrants must be suitably restrained with approved mechanical restraints. ' Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111, pressure rating 1035 kPa. Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type or approved McAvity ' equivalent. Hydrant specifications as follows: • 2-64 mm hose connections (Ontario standard thread) • 1 — 100 mm"Storz" type pumper connection painted black • Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise • Colour shall be RED • Operating nut shall be 32 mm square • Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above 1 • finished grade • Cover for hydrant lead 1.7m Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502. All hydrant leads shall be 150 mm diameter and shall be supplied from watermain of not less 1 than 150 mm diameter. Services - Min.$ mm, Max. 50 mm ' • Corporation stops—Mueller, C.C. thread inlet/compression joint outlet. • Curb Stop—Mueller, compression joint inlet/compression joint outlet or approved 1 • equivalent. I SP-41 I • Pipe - to be Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) conforming to AWWA C904 or Type `K' copper. The unit price shall include the cost of supply and installation of tracer wire on non- metallic piping. • Service tubing shall be installed to a minimum depth of 1.7 m cover. • Service Boxes—Model No. D-1 by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and , stem (1.4 m to 1.7 m) with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed with brass pentagon plug c/w standard stationary rod. • Service saddles—Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band. Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800. , Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials. Tracer Wire , For direct bury installations of watermains and services, the tracer wire shall be Type TWU, No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 75, colour shall be blue, rated for underground use. For horizontally directional drilled watermain, the tracer wire shall be Copperhead® SoloShotTM i 845 EHS, tracer wire or approved equal. Colour shall be blue for watermains or green for sewers. Tracer wire shall be #8 AWG (0.1285" diameter) hard drawn, high carbon 1055 grade steel, extra-high strength solid copper-clad steel conductor(EHS-CCS) rated at 30 volts, insulated with a 45 mil, high density, high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE) insulation rated for direct burial use at 600 volts with a break load limit of 2 785 lbs, or approved equivalent. Ground rods for dead end locations shall be the Copperhead Ground Rod 12-AWG, Part No. ANO-12 c/w 1.51b drive in magnesium ground rod with HDPE cap and 20 feet of 12-AWG I Copperhead CCS wire, or approved equivalent. CONSTRUCTION , Excavation All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the 111 General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre of watermain. I 50 mm Blow-off Assembly, Complete For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to install ' the 50 mm blow-off assembly, complete (as shown on BMROSS Standard Drawing 1106M). Included in the unit price bid shall be the excavation, granular bedding, backfill, 50 mm main , stop, curb stop (self draining) and box, 50 mm dia. horizontal and vertical piping, 50 mm dia. removable threaded cap, upper valve box extension and cover. Materials shall be as specified for water service tubing and fittings. The Contractor shall embed the curb stop with clear stone to allow for drainage. I SP-42 I Removal of ExistingMains, Services, Hydrants and Fittings Y g IFor the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as determined by the Contract Administrator Iat the time of construction. These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of Ithe work. Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's workshop. IRemove and Salvage Existing Hydrants I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the Contract Administrator and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's workshop in good order. IBedding, Embedment and Backfill I Bedding and embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe for whichever soil type is applicable. I Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose I measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. I Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not I exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. I All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. IShould the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of Ithe installed piping; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. Compaction ICompaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI.501 —Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, Idegree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment I SP-43 I shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. ' BACKFLOW PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW WATERMAINS (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1) The backflow prevention provisions within Section 4.8.9 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651- Disinfecting Watermains shall be mandatory for the installation of new watermains except for connecting new watermains to the existing system. (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.4) Backflow Prevention for new watermains shall be accomplished by: ' • an air gap as defined in CSA Standard B64.10 "Selection and Installation of Backflow Preventers"; or • A CSA-certified reduced pressure principle (RP) backflow preventer that has been selected and field tested (within 1 day of installation) in accordance with CSA Standards B64.10 and B64.10.1. Contractors shall supply and install reduced pressure principle (RP) backflow preventer as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 1115 or BMROSS Standard Drawing 1116. Exception: If a backflow preventer is relocated within the same day, testing is only required for the first installation of the day provided that the backflow preventer is relocated by a Certified Operator who will guard against damage during transit and re-installation. For the purposes of CSA Standard B64.10, a backflow prevention tester's licence shall be an Ontario Water Works Association (OWWA) Certified Cross Connection Control Specialist Certificate or a Ministry-approved equivalent. In addition to the list of professionals in Table 1 of Figure E.1. of CSA Standard B64.10, a Certified Operator or a Water Quality Analyst with a backflow prevention tester's licence shall also be authorized to test, install, relocate, repair or replace backflow preventers used in the installation and commissioning of new watermains. ' Connection to Existing Mains For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reconnect the existing main to the new main with restrained couplers (hymax grip, or approved equivalent). The length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length(i.e. 6 1 metres). After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed, the ' Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the final watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. The Contractor shall contact the Operating Authoritya minimum of 48 hoursprior to anyservice P g or watermain connection the existing system to determine if any special measures must be taken and to schedule an appropriately licensed Operating Authority employee to oversee the connections. All connections to existing watermains, including service connections shall be I r SP-44 completed between the hours of 7 a.m. to 4 p.m., Mondayto Friday. The Contractor will be P Y ' liable for all costs for the Operating Authority staff outside the approved connection timing window noted above and if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the connection will not take place. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the final connection of the new watermain to the existing water distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process. ' Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the connection watermain as outlined below and shall, using all means possible, dewater the ' watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into any existing watermains. ' The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual. ' If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the final connection, the watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as determined by the Contract Administrator or the Operating Authority. The Contract ' Administrator reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless. The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and ' swabbed with a sodium hypochlorite solution of minimum 1% and maximum 5% chlorine just prior to being installed. During the final connection, the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer wire using manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use, or CAD WELD the tracer wire to the existing main to provide conductivity. Connecting New Watermains to the Existing System (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.4) The provisions outlined in Section 4.10 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Watermains are mandatory, along with the additional requirements prescribed below. The backflow prevention provisions within Section 4.8.9 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651- Disinfecting Watermains are not mandatory for connections. When microbiological samples are taken from connections, Operating Authorities shall ensure that additional samples are taken at the same time from the same location and are tested immediately for, ' (a) free chlorine residual if the system provides chlorination and does not provide chloramination; or (b) combined chlorine residual if the system provides chloramination. I 1 r SP-45 Connections Equal to or Less than One Pipe Length (Generally<6 m) (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.4.1) The Contractor shall ensure that connections equal to or less than one pipe length (generally < 6 m) are undertaken in accordance with Section 4.10.1 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651- Disinfecting Watermains and that the connection remain isolated from the existing drinking water system, except while being flushed or sampled, until satisfactory results are received from one microbiological sample, taken by a Certified Operator or Water Quality Analyst, from water that has been directed through the connection. Tapping of Watermains (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.5) ' Where existing watermains are tapped, the pipe surface at the location of the tap shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of mainstops, service saddles, tapping sleeves and valves which will come into contact with Drinking Water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use, the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. The live tapping (i.e., "wet" tapping) of a watermain that is part of the Drinking Water System must be performed by a Certified Operator; however, a person or Contractor who is not a Certified Operator may perform wet taps provided they are being directly supervised by a Certified Operator. The Operating Authority shall maintain records of the name of the Certified Operator present for the wet taps. Installation of Services (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.6) Service pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the , purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/A WWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Watermains as modified by this procedure. For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure I that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that Flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. For the unit price bid per each, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main, 1111 installing saddles where applicable, corporation stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all connections to new and existing mains and services. I For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing water service tubing by means of trenching and/or boring. All services shall be installed to a depth as noted on the Watermain Materials Specification. For connections to existing service tubing, the excavation for the curb stop shall not be backfilled I until the new service has been connected to the existing. The Contract Administrator may request the Contractor backfill certain services before the connection is made. Payment for re-excavating the service for the connection will be in accordance with the unit price bid for Provisional Work. I SP-46 All servicingtubingshall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before installation. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours' notice before making these connections. ' At each service location, the Contractor shallprovide service tubingextensions extendingabove the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection ' operations. All service tubing extensions shall be capped after the flushing and disinfection. Service tubing extension shall not be used to reconnect water services. Service tubing extensions ' shall be removed, and new service tubing shall be used to make the connection. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. ' The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid for testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains. ' At vacant lots, the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and top section painted fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. Restoration shall be as outlined under the General SP - Restoration. tWatermain Offsets at the Intersections of Bruce Road 15 and Lake Street and at Bruce Road 15 and Victoria Street south tGeneral The Contractor shall provide all required labour, equipment and materials required to install watermain offsets below the proposed storm sewer at the locations indicated on the drawings. It is believed that the existing watermain at Bruce Road 15 and Victoria Street south will conflict ' with the proposed gravity sewer. The Contractor shall daylight the existing watermain at the proposed storm sewer crossing at Victoria Street south, at the start of construction to confirm the existing main location and elevation. If it is determined there will be a conflict with the proposed sewer installation, the Contractor shall schedule the required watermain offset with the Municipalities operating authority a minimum of three business days in advance. Existing water users must be notified about the planned water disruption a minimum of 24 hours in advance. The Contractor shall complete the offset in such a way that any water service interruption is limited to a maximum of 8 hours. The Contractor will also be required to stage their operations in such a way that traffic is maintained at all times. A minimum of one lane during excavation ' and watermain connection operations and two lanes at the end of each work day, controlled by proper traffic control measures and personal. 300mm dia. watermain offset at Bruce Road 15 and Victoria Street south The Contractor shall note that the existing watermain crossing at this location includes a I13.4m+/- long section of 350mm dia. Polyethylene DR11 watermain that was installed by directional drill circa 2004. The Contractor shall excavate beside the existing watermain and remove the rock required to offset the new watermain below the proposed storm sewer crossing. Rock excavation shall be paid as a separate pay item. After the watermain has been installed but 1 SP-47 prior to connecting to the existing watermains the Contractor shall complete the required watermain swabbing, flushing, disinfection and testing. The entire 13.4m section of 350mm dia. PE watermain will be abandoned or removed as part of the watermain offset. All work shall be completed in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.441 and 442. ' Swabbing, Flushing, Disinfection and Testing shall be completed under Part 1 Item 38. 150mm dia. watermain offset at Bruce Road 15 and Lake Street ' The Contractor shall install the proposed watermain crossing on Lake Street at Bruce Road 15 below the proposed storm sewer. The Contractor shall excavate and remove the rock required to offset the new watermain below the proposed storm sewer crossing. Rock excavation shall be paid as a separate pay item. After the watermain has been installed but prior to connecting to the existing watermain on the north side of Bruce Road 15, the Contractor shall complete the required watermain swabbing, flushing, disinfection and testing. Swabbing, Flushing, Disinfection and Testing shall be completed under Part 1 Item 38. Cathodic Protection Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or Polyethylene (PE) Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011. Appurtenance Method of Protection Piping Not required Hydrants One anode per each , Services • Each copper service One anode per each service • Each non-metallic service One anode per each main stop and curb stop Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts Fittings One anode per each and sacrificial zinc nuts Mechanical Restraints Sacrificial zinc nuts • Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm. • Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes. • Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the Protecto-Cap type and installed on each bolt. Cathodic Protection Installation For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "double nut" type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc. Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations. , I I SP-48 Tracer Wire Installation ' Tracer wire shall be installed along each main line, valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve, hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the valve boxes and ' chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with ' manufactured, approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. t Ground rods are required on all dead-ends of tracer wires. Where system access is needed, the red ground god wire is to be connected to the at grade access point. Where system access is not needed, the round rod wire can connect directly to the tracer wire with a manufactured, approved ' waterproof connector. Refer to BMROSS Standard Drawing 1114 for the installation schematic. ' Conductivity Test Before the final connection to the existing main, the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal correlation on all watermains and services. The Owner and the Contract Administrator must ' witness the conductivity test(s). WATERMAIN DISINFECTION PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY REPAIRS ' Categorization and Public Agency Notification of Watermain Breaks (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.1) All watermain breaks shall be classified as Category 2 as per Section 2.1.2 of the most recent Watermain Disinfection Procedure issued by the MECP, unless an Operator-In-Charge (OIC) conducts a visual inspection upon completion of the excavation to determine the nature of the ' watermain break and classifies it as a Category 1 as per Section 2.1.1 of the most recent Watermain Disinfection Procedure by the MECP. The OIC shall assess the evidence of the contamination or suspected contamination of the watermain throughout the repair procedure and shall reclassify if required. ' Watermain Break Disinfection Procedure Common to Categories 1 and 2 (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2) ' The following steps must be performed for all emergency watermain repairs (Category 1 and Category 2). Maintenance of Flow (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.1) The Operating Authority shall determine if flow can be maintained to the watermain break site until the watermain is excavated. This determination shall be based on risks to worker I SP-49 I and public safety, the possibility of property damage, and/or adverse impact to the natural environment. I The Contractor will attempt to maintain flow from the watermain break, where possible, until an Air Gap is established. Flow may be reduced by throttling valves while maintaining IIIsufficient flow from the watermain break to minimize the potential for Contamination. Flow may be discontinued after an air gap has been created. If flow from the watermain break is not maintained before an air gap is established, the I watermain break shall remain Category 2. Excavation Dewatering (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.2) I Excavation dewatering shall be continued for the duration of the repairs such that the air gap I between the location of the watermain break and the water in the excavation is maintained. If the water level in the excavation rises such that the air gap is not maintained after flow from the watermain break has been discontinued, then the watermain break shall be classified as I Category 2. Disinfection of Pipe and Repair Parts (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section I 2.2.3) All surfaces of pipe and repair parts which will come into contact with drinking water shall I be disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the water and/or soil in the excavation prior to installation, the surfaces shall be cleaned and the disinfection I procedure shall be repeated. If cutting out a section of pipe, the interior surfaces of the cut ends of the existing watermain I shall be disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution, swabbed or sprayed as far as can be practically reached. Installation of Repair Parts (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.4) I The repair parts shall be installed while ensuring that contaminants do not enter the I watermain. Post-Repair Flushing and Return to Normal Service (MECP Watermain Disinfection I Procedure Section 2.2.5) Flushing shall be conducted following repairs by creating a temporary dead end downstream I of the watermain break through valve operation and flushing through the location of the repair to a discharge point. Flushed water may be discharged from a hydrant, plumbing or appurtenances. Where there is no discharge point to allow for flushing, the Operating I Authority shall tap the watermain on the downstream side of the watermain break and discharge from that point. I I f SP-50 Flushingshall continue until the discharged water is visiblyfree from discoloration and g particulates, and an acceptable disinfectant concentration has been restored; whereupon the ' system can be returned to normal service, defined as having all valves returned to normal operating position. ' Exception: Where the repair was performed using a repair sleeve and flow was maintained from the watermain break until an air gap was established, flushing is not required. ' Dechlorination is required for any water that is directly discharged into surface water or if the discharge into the natural environment is likely to cause an adverse effect, as per Condition 10.0 of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is ' deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges) made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 5.5 of Schedule C of the ' Municipal Drinking Water Licence. Following a Category 1 watermain break, the Contractor shall assist the Operating Authority in ' collecting samples should the Operating Authority choose to perform microbiological sampling. Additional Requirements for Category 2 Watermain Break Repairs (MECP Watermain ' Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4) In addition to the requirements described in Section 2.2 of the MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure, the following steps are required for Category 2 watermain break repairs. Removal of Contaminants from Watermain (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure ' Section 2.4.1) Appropriate additional steps shall be undertaken to remove contaminants from the watermain, such as: • Physical removal of contaminants; • Flushing into the excavation; ' • Higher velocity flushing after repairs where practical and feasible. Additional Disinfection Procedures (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section ' 2.4.2) In addition to the steps in MECP watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.2.3, site- specific disinfection procedures may also be used depending on the severity or nature of the contamination. The steps may include the disinfection procedures for new watermains as per ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains. ' Microbiological Samples (Mandatory) (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 2.4.3) After the completion of flushing, at least one microbiological sample shall be taken and submitted as soon as reasonably possible, taking into consideration laboratory working hours and transportation timeframes. I I SP-51 I The flow shall be directed to ensure that the sample represents water that has passed through the location of the repair. The sampling will typically occur at the point of flushing, and may I take place from sampling ports, hydrants, blow-offs, or premise plumbing. All samples shall be considered drinking water samples, taken and tested in accordance with O. Reg. 170/03 requirements. The reporting and corrective actions of Schedule 16 and the applicable I Schedule 17 or 18 of O. Reg. 170/03 shall apply. The watermain may be returned to normal service, defined as having all valves returned to I normal operating position, prior to receipt of microbiological sample results. Special Case - Sewage Contamination (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section I 2.4.4) If there is evidence or suspected sewage contamination of a watermain, in addition to the I steps in MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Sections 2.2 and 2.4, the Contractor shall develop and implement a plan with site-specific procedures for disinfection and sampling. The sampling plan shall include as a minimum taking two sets of microbiological samples at I least 24 hours apart. Return to normal service is contingent upon the corrective actions and sampling plan being I completed to the satisfaction of the local Ministry office (in consultation with local Medical Officer of Health). The affected watermain(s) may not be placed into service before the corrective actions and sampling plan are completed unless a water advisory is declared. I The disinfection requirements for new watermains as per MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Section 1.1.2, may be used based on agreement between the Operating Authority I and the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local Medical Officer of Health. Special Case—Chemical Contamination (MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure I Section 2.4.5) If there is evidence or suspected chemical Contamination of a watermain, in addition to the I steps in MECP Watermain Disinfection Procedure Sections 2.2 and 2.4, the Contractor shall develop and implement a plan with site-specific procedures for disinfection and/or decontamination and sampling. The Contractor shall finalize the plan in agreement with the I Operating Authority and the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local Medical Officer of Health. ent upon the corrective actions and sampling plan being I Return to normal service is contingent P p gg completed to the satisfaction of the local Ministry office, in consultation with the local Medical Officer of Health. The affected watermain(s) may not be put back in service before I the corrective actions and sampling plan are completed unless a water advisory is declared. MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT I Measurement of watermain shall be by length in metres along the horizontal centreline of the 111 pipe from the point of connection to a chamber, water treatment plant, or existing watermain to a point vertically above the end of the new watermain. I SP-52 In addition to the items listed under OPSS 441.09.01 Actual Measurement, the following applies: ' • For measurement purposes, a count shall be made of all bends, tees, crosses, reducers, hydrant extensions, end caps, etc. regardless of the type and size ' BASIS OF PAYMENT ' The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing, restraining, connecting and testing all watermain and fittings, as outlined in OPSS.MUNI 441, and restoration outside general grading operations. ' The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the ' Contractor. ITEM NO. 38 SWABBING, HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING, DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING OF WATERMAINS For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains, services and ' appurtenances in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS.MUNI.441 Watermain Installation in Open Cut, for hydrostatic pressure testing, ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Watermains for disinfection, the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, ' Conservation and Parks document"Watermain Disinfection Procedure", ANSI/AWWA C655- Field Dechlorination and the following special provision for all other disinfection and flushing procedures. When there is duplication of procedures or requirements, the MECP document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure shall govern. General The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection ' shall include a CSA certified reduced pressure principle backflow preventer that has been field tested in accordance with CSA Standards B64.10 and B64.10.1 and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected (physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new main to the waterworks system. ' Service pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains as amended by the I I SP-53 1 most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure". For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the ' ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. All service tubing extensions shall be capped after the flushing and disinfection. Service tubing extension shall not be used to reconnect water services. Service tubing extensions shall be removed, and new service tubing shall be used to make the connection. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. 1 The cost of providing for such extensions and capping after the testing is to be included in the unit price bid. MATERIALS All chemicals and materials that come into contact with the water within the system when used in the alteration, operation, disinfecting and testing of the drinking water system shall conform to the following American Water Works Association (AWWA) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) safety criteria standards: ' • AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites • AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine • NSF/ANSI 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects • NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects • NSF/372, Drinking Water System Components—Lead Content ' CONSTRUCTION The sequence of events for this item shall be 1) Swabbing, 2) Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, 3) ' Disinfection of new watermains, 4) Flushing and Dechlorination 5) Microbiological Samples for New Watermains ' 1. Swabbing For preliminary flushing prior to disinfection referred to in Sections 4.4.2 and 4.5.2 of ' ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Watermains, if the requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651 for a velocity of 3.0 ft/sec (0.91 m/sec) are not practical, alternative cleaning consisting of swabbing or flushing 2-3 pipe volumes can be used at the discretion of the Operating Authority. Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main. , A minimum of two (2) new swabs shall be passed through each section of main line pipe, hydrant lead and all services 100 mm dia and larger, to ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. I I i SP-54 Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m3 and shall have a minimum diameter 50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half ' times its diameter. Swabs shall be propelled through the watermain at a speed of 3.0 ftlsec (0.91 m/sec)using potable ' water. The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed. The swabbing shall be repeated until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last swab exiting the discharge point or until the Operating Authority is satisfied with the clarity of ' the water. The Contractor shall mark, number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs, ' or parts thereof, have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water distribution system. ' All swab launch or swab retrieval locations shall extend above the finished grade elevation and be capped when not in use to prevent debris and contaminants from entering the system. 2. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing ' The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator. All hydrant leads, services, stubs, blow-offs etc. shall be subject to the hydrostatic pressure testing. Hydrant valves shall be in the open position to subject the hydrant to the test as well. 3. Disinfection of New Watermains Where a newly constructed watermain is disinfected using the tablet, continuous feed, slug, or spray chlorination method(not limited to large transmission mains) as per the procedures in ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Watermains, the minimum contact times, initial chlorine concentrations, and maximum allowable decreases in chlorine concentration as listed in Table 1 below, shall be used. The disinfection method used is at the discretion of the Contractor. When using the Tablet or Continuous Feed Disinfection Method, if the maximum allowable ' decrease in chlorine concentrations is exceeded at any of the sampling points, the disinfection procedure must be repeated. When using the Slug Disinfection Method, the chlorine concentration shall be measured in the slug at the beginning of the disinfection process, as the slug moves through the watermain, and at the point of discharge. If the chlorine concentration decreases by more than 25 mg/L at any of ' the sampling points, the flow shall be stopped and additional chlorine shall be added to restore the chlorine concentration in the slug to not less than its original concentration. I i SP-55 Service Pipes of 100 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure and shall be disinfected and tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Water Mains as modified by the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure". For service pipes of diameter less than 100 mm, Operating Authorities shall ensure that sanitary conditions are maintained during installation/repair, and that flushing is conducted before they are placed into service. The method of disinfecting the main shall be identified on the Testing Submission plan ' submitted to the Contract Administrator. Table 1: Chlorine Concentrations* and Contact Times for New Watermains Disinfection Minimum Initial Chlorine Maximum Allowable Decrease in Method Contact Time Concentration Chlorine Concentration Tablet or 24 hours > 25mg/L 40% of the Initial Chlorine Concentration Continuous Feed to a Maximum of 50 mg/L** Slug 3 hours > 100mg/L 25 mg/L Spray 30 minutes > 200mg/L Measurement Not Required * At concentrations over 10 mg/L, measurements of total chlorine and free chlorine shall be deemed equivalent. ** Exception: Where copper pipe is used as a watermain, disinfection shall be performed using the continuous feed method, with an initial concentration of> 50mg/L and a minimum 24- hour contact time. Due to the chlorine demand exerted by the copper, the maximum allowable decrease requirement in Table 1 does not apply, and the effectiveness of the disinfection process shall be demonstrated by the Microbiological Sampling referred to in ' Construction Sequence No. 5 below. 4. Flushing and Dechlorination , Following disinfection of the watermains and watermain branches, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed and managed as per the most recent version of the MECP document"Watermain ' Testing Procedure, - ANSI/AWWA C655 — Field Dechlorination and the following special provision to dechlorinate prior to discharge into the natural environment. Flushingshall continue until the disinfectant concentration at thepoint of flushingreaches at least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location, or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. I I SP-56 Dechlorination is required for anywater that is directlydischarged into surface water or if the q g discharge into the natural environment is likely to cause an adverse effect, as per Condition 10.0 ' of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges) made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed ' water are also regulated under Condition 5.5 of Schedule C of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. In all cases, the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than 2 µg/L (0.002 ppm) (O.Reg. 170/03 - Drinking Water Systems) at the outfall where detrimental ' effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals in the natural environment. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 µg/L, the discharge shall be ceased immediately, and the procedure modified to meet the tless than 2 µg/L objective. Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be ' considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request an enhanced dechlorination plan along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine residual and discharge limits are not exceeded. ' S. Microbiological Samples for New Watermains ' Only certified municipal staff or trained designate (OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples for bacteriological testing. After disinfection, in accordance with AWWA C651-Disinfecting Watermains, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected from every 350 metres of watermain or part thereof, from the ends of the main line and from each branch line off the main ' line (100 mm dia. or greater). One 200 mL bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY) must be obtained from each location. If requested by the Operating Authority, the Contractor shall assist with the sampling of the existing water system at a location(s) near the construction. The Operating Authority shall ensure that the microbiological samples taken in accordance with ' ANSI/AWWA Standard C651-Disinfecting Watermains include as a minimum Escherichia coli, Total Coliforms and Heterotrophic Plate Count(HPC) are tested by a licensed and accredited laboratory. When microbiological samples are taken from new watermains that have not been placed into service, Operating Authorities shall ensure that additional samples are taken at the same time from the same location and are tested immediately for: (a) free chlorine residual, if the system provides chlorination and does not provide chloramination; or (b) combined chlorine residual, if the system provides chloramination. I SP-57 I For new watermains with limited sampling points available, an alternative method of collecting Microbiological Samples is staged sampling. Staged Sampling shall be performed as follows: I • A flow meter shall be installed to measure flow through the new watermain • A sampling point shall be installed at the end of the new watermain (additional sampling I points may also be installed along the length of the watermain); and • Flow shall be established and samples shall be collected from the sampling point(s) at intervals that are calculated to represent the lengths of the watermain as required by I ANSI/AWWA C651-Disinfecting Water Mains, based on the pipe size and measured flow rate. The Owner will pay laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the I Contractor's expense. The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are: I Escherichia coli Not detectable Total Coliform Not detectable I Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC) < 500 CFU/ml (AWWA C651 -14) The Contractor shall endeavour to maintain an acceptable disinfectant concentration until the I new watermain is placed into service. If a concentration of 0.05 mg/L of free chlorine residual in a chlorinated system (or 0.25 mg/L of combined chlorine residual in a chloraminated system) is not maintained prior to placing into service, the microbiological sampling shall be repeated. I Commissioning of New Main and Services Once a complete set of bacteriological samples produce satisfactory test results, the Contractor I must request approval from the Operating Authority for the new watermain to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Contract Administrator must be I present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed. I ITEM NOS. 39 GRANULAR"B" TYPE I, INCLUDING SUB-EXCAVATIONI For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact I Granular "B" materials required in the roadway for roadbed, subbase and driveways, which are applicable to this contract. All other Granular "B" Type I materials required shall be included in the unit prices bid for those items where material is required. This item shall include the I excavation and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable material. Granular material shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. I I SP-58 IDisposal of excess material shall be as per General SP. IPayment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the option of the Contract Administrator, it is necessary to sub-excavate below proposed subgrade to provide additional granular subbase material. I ITEM NO. 40 IIMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place and compact approved I imported granular material in the sewer and/or watermain trenches, whichever is applicable, where native material is unsuitable. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as Ioutlined under the General SP - Management of Excess Materials. Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfill has been Ispecified, and in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, the native material is unsuitable for backfill. In all areas where granular backfill is specified, the cost of this material shall be included in the unit price bid for the item. ITEM NO. 41 I BACKFILLING OF NEW WATER SERVICES DURING TESTING AND DISINFECTING AND EXCAVATION TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SERVICES WHERE CONDITIONS WARRANT AND AS DIRECTED I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to P backfill the temporary and/or permanent water services during testing and disinfecting where Iconditions warrant (i.e. drives, commercial areas, etc.) as established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Backfill, compaction and temporary restoration of the I excavation shall be with suitable material. The unit price will also include the re-excavation and backfilling following the testing and disinfection to allow connection of the new service to the existing service. All work shall be in accordance with the OPSS.MUNI 206 and OPSS.MUNI 401 for grading, excavation and backfilling. This item shall not be used without prior authorization from the Contract Administrator. ITEM NO. 42 I ROCK EXCAVATION I For the unit price bid the Contractor shall provide all labour, equipment and materials required to excavate, remove, load, haul and dispose of bedrock and shale within the excavation of proposed works. Rock excavation shall be completed by mechanical methods (no blasting or explosives I will be permitted). All work shall be completed as per OPSS.MUNI.403, OPSD 802.013 and OPSD 802.033. I SP-59 I a) Areas of Anticipated Rock Excavation It is anticipated that rock will be encountered along the entire length of Bruce County. Rd. 15 I and will need to be removed in order to install the proposed watermains, forcemains, low pressure sanitary mains, services, storm sewers, structures, etc. I b) Operation The Contractor will not be permitted to use blasting to facilitate excavation of rock and shale. I Rock excavation shall extend to a minimum of 150mm below the proposed bottom of pipe to allow for proper pipe bedding. I All surplus rock excavated shall be loaded, hauled, and disposed of at a location arranged for by the Contractor outside the Contract limits. I Rock pieces under 150 mm in size may be used for backfilling of trenches provided it is mixed I with suitable on-site native material so that all voids are filled. Rock pieces used in backfill shall be kept a minimum of 300mm away from pipes, appurtenances, and structures. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities, sewers, mains, services, etc. from damage I during the rock excavation process. c) Measurement for Payment I Measurement for payment shall be based on the lines and grades shown on the contract drawings, and details. Depth of rock will vary based on the actual surface elevation. Payment will not be made for overbreak. The Contractor shall provide average rock excavation measurements (top and Bottom) and width of rock removal for each trench at 5m intervals for record purposes and provide the records to the Contract Administrator. Rock excavation measurements must be witnessed and accepted by the Contract Administrator. Refer to BMROSS Standard Drawing 806M. I d) Payment Payment at the unit price bid shall include full compensation for all labour, equipment, materials I and loss of production required for the excavation, removal and disposal of rock, regardless of the composition of the rock and shale. No payment shall be made for removal or rocks, boulders, stones or cobbles measuring less than 1 m in diameter which can be removed with excavation I equipment. ITEM NO. 43 I RIGID BOARD INSULATION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and place 50mm minimum thick rigid board insulation above the sanitary sewer, services and/or watermain at locations shown on the drawing or to the limits as established by the Contract Administrator. I I I SP-60 Material IThe rigid board insulation shall be Styrofoam SM or approved equivalent. IInstallation • The rigid board insulation shall be installed over 150 mm of level, granular material. I • A minimum of 200 mm of granular material shall be placed over the insulation before compaction equipment is used. • Rigid boards shall butt tightly together without gaps. Ends shall be staggered if more I than one layer is used. • The insulation shall project a minimum of 1 pipe diameter beyond the outside edges of the pipe being protected I • The minimum width of rigid board shall not be less than 1200 mm in width. • Where insulation is being installed over an existing pipe, the expectation is that the Contractor shall install the rigid board below the road subgrade elevation. ITEM NO. 44 IEROSION CONTROL For the unit price bid for erosion control, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and Imaterial to provide the erosion control required for this project as shown on the drawings and as specified in accordance with OPSS 805 Construction Specification for Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures, and to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the Itime of construction. The Contractor shall install temporary sediment control measurers prior to beginning excavations, digging bore pits or installing other proposed works. 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring and maintaining the erosion control measures throughout construction, including regular inspections/maintenance and shall maintain written I records regarding inspections and maintenance. Inspection and maintenance records shall be made available to the Owner and Contract Administrator when requested during construction and shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator for record purposes at the end of construction Iprior to project completion being granted. Temporary silt fencing shall be heavy duty wire backed silt fencing as per OPSD 219.131, paid Iby the lineal metre, as measured by the Contract Administrator. Temporary light Duty Straw bale barriers shall be as per OPSD 219.100, paid for by the lineal Imetre, as measured by the Contract Administrator. Payment for the silt fencing and straw bale barriers shall be as follows: I (a) 50% for initial installation (b) 30% for maintenance 1 (c) 20% for removal and submission of inspection and maintenance records. I SP-61 Supply and place erosion control blanket (provisional) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment, and materials to install I and anchor the erosion control blanket to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The erosion control blanket shall be SC 150BN (Bionet extended-term biodegradable) as supplied by North America Green, or approved equal. The supply and installation of all required anchors shall also be included in the unit price bid for this item. Edges of the erosion control blanket shall be keyed into the soil as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall install this product as per the manufacturer's specifications. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturers installation requirements to the Contract Administrator prior to installation. Payment for the erosion control blanket shall be by the square metre surface area of the installed erosion control blanket as measured by the Contract Administrator, overlap areas and material used for keying the erosion control blanket into the ground at the edges shall be excluded from payment. ITEM NO. 45 ' INSTALL NEW CULVERTS INCLUDING EXCAVATION, BEDDING, GRANULAR BACKFILL AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CULVERT 1 For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to remove existing culverts, install new culverts, including excavation and granular backfill for I culverts across the roadway or entrances as shown on the plans or identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS.MUNI.421. The bedding and backfill of the pipe shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 1 or 802.014, whichever is applicable to the soil type. All bedding and backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Pipe Material OPSS 421.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for culverts: I (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid) - 150 mm to 250 mm non-reinforced Class 3 —CSA certified to A257.1 - 300 mm or greater reinforced 65D—CSA certified to A257.2 - Can only be used where 600mm cover is provided over culvert. (b) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.8 - 150 mm to 750 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 10.8 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.8) r I SP-62 If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor shall, P upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. ' Bedding, Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever ' soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular A. Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. ' The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at ' the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such, the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. ' Removed Corrugated Steel Pipe shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the contract limits. ' ITEM NO. 46 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ' For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control, pedestrian safety considerations and cyclist safety considerations as specified below and in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 706 Construction Specification For Temporary Traffic Control Devices, I SP-63 I OPSS. MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract—GC 7.06 Maintaining Roads and Detours, and in accordance with the Ministry of Labour, through the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) and Regulations for Construction Projects, R.S.O. 1990 and R.R.O. 213/91 as amended by 631/94 and 145/00, and as amended from time to time thereafter. In addition to the requirements for Contractors to control traffic and provide signage, in i accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 - Temporary Conditions (latest edition) and OPSS.MUNI 706 - Construction Specification For Temporary Traffic Control Devices, the following conditions shall apply: Definitions I Detours, as defined in the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7, Section 2.3.6 Detours A detour is when traffic is diverted from its normal path because it cannot be adequately i accommodated within an existing roadway. Guidance of traffic through detours requires signage that is continuous and complete to guide drivers back to the normal route. I Types of Detours Roadway Diversion Traffic in both directions is required to make a short diversion, within the highway right of way, to bypass the work area; Lane Realignment Traffic in one direction is diverted from its normal path onto an alternate alignment around a temporary work area; and Route Detours Traffic is required to completely depart from the normal route and directed to use alternate roads. A route detour is typically provided when the road capacity is reduced to the point to which some of the traffic must be redirected dues to excessive delays, or the road is entirely closed at which point an alternate route must be provided. The alternate route will be signed by using a combination of appropriate TC-10 directional signs Submission Requirements OPSS 706.04.01 Submission Requirements has been amended with the following: I A copy of the traffic control plan shall be submitted to the Contractor Administrator and Owner for review and comment a minimum of two weeks (2) weeks prior to the Construction Start Date and no later than at the pre-construction meeting. The traffic control plan shall be in conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7—Temporary Conditions (latest edition) and shall also include the following: • Name, position in the company and cell phone number, and qualifications of the designated person who will be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety (GC 7.01.05.02). Qualifications to include the successful completion of the Book 7 (Non I Freeway on-line Training) as provided by the Ontario Traffic Council 1 SP-64 htt s://otc.or /trainin /book-7-trainin / or Traffic Control Temporary Work Zones as P g g g P �'Y provided by Infrastructure Health and Safety Association (IHSA) https://www.ihsa.calTraining/Courses/Traffic-Control-Temporary-Work-Zones.aspx or approved equivalent course. For each phase of work • Written description of proposed traffic control. • Written description of proposed method of maintaining access to residential driveways. • Written description of proposed method of maintaining industrial, commercial, institutional driveways • Written description of the wording on the Road Closing Notice/Restriction Notice Sign (TC-64) or Road Closing Notice Sign (TC-65) • Configurations for Temporary Conditions (OTM Book 7, 2.3) • Duration of Work(OTM Book 7, 2.5) • Written description of proposed method of Pedestrian Safety Considerations (OTM Book 7, 2.6.2) • Written description of any Cyclist Safety Considerations (OTM Book 7, 2.6.3) • Written description of any night-time provisions (OTM Book 7, 2.64) • Written description of the Work Zone lighting. (OTM Book 7, 2.65) ' • Written description of the proposed method of maintaining EMS access. • Written description of the height and offset of temporary signs. • Written description of any impacts to intersections. • Method of communicating changes in detours, road closures to EMS • A draft Notice detailing of access impacts to residents. • Pictorial representation of each proposed Book 7 Typical Layout (8 `/2" x 11" minimum) • Pictorial representation of the Work Zone, complete with proposed sign layout (11"x 17" minimum), including a legend. • Written description of monitoring frequency of the signage • Provide proper information to the Owner for posting detours and road closure information to Municipa1511.ca Documentation ' As per OTM Book 7, 4.3 Inspection and Documentation The ongoing inspection of work zones is important to ensure that the appropriate traffic control devices are in place at all times. • On any work project, the supervisor is responsible for keeping a record of the traffic control used on site. For major projects, a separate field book should be maintained. • Inspect the work by driving through it in the daytime and at night, as appropriate, after the temporary traffic control devices for the work zone are in place. • Observe and record actions and reactions of drivers through the work zone (such as speeds, conflicts, late lane changes, frequent braking). • Correct any problems as soon as possible. . Document any changes to the traffic control plan or typical layouts, and the reason for the changes, including those for any devices shown but not used, or used but not shown. 1 SP-65 I • Inspect the work zone traffic control devices over the life of the project, as specified by the road authority (at least daily, including weekends), while traffic control is in effect. • Record in a daily journal, the traffic control devices used, including starting and ending times when they were in effect, locations, names of personnel, and times of any moves. • Replace and/or correct any inappropriate, damaged, knocked over, or displaced traffic control devices. • Ensure that traffic control devices that are no longer needed, whether on a long-term or short- term basis, are either removed from the roadway, removed to the outside of the shoulder, covered, or turned, so that they are not visible to passing motorists. • Monitor the queue and install additional advance warning signs if the end of queue is consistently beyond the advanced warning signs. OTM Book 7, 4.3 Documentation is amended with the addition of the following: Upon 24 hours notice, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator full access to the daily diary of the signs. The following information shall be included in the diary: a. Traffic accidents including time of inspection, location of incident, and photographs. b. Time of daily sign inspections that are recorded each day. The Owner and Contract Administrator shall be informed of any concerns with the plan that are identified by the Contractor once they are identified. Construction As per GC 7.01.03.0 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of the construction methods required in their use. Advance Notice signs (TC-67) shall be installed at least two weeks prior to the start of construction. I Road Closed-Local Traffic Only • At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained I using appropriate traffic control measures and signage. The Contractor shall note that Bruce Road 15 serves as the main access for most of the streets adjacent to the project. Contractor shall maintain a lane through the construction zone at all times or shall provide suitable detours around the construction zone for all local traffic. • There may be opportunity to detour traffic southerly on Victoria Street upon approval from the Municipality, but will not eliminate the requirement to maintain access to Kae Street. • Detours shall be properly delineated as per OTM Book 7. • The driving surface shall be maintained daily by the contractor and graded daily. • At the end of each working day,two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc., shall be restored for as much of the Work Zone as possible. • Entrances to institutional, and commercial establishments shall be accessible at all times unless noted otherwise. Construction practices shall be amended to achieve this requirement. • Entrances to residential properties shall remain accessible as much as possible. SP-66 I • Notices concerning driveway restrictions shall be distributed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the work. Restrictions on Construction Operations 111 Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be carried out during the following periods: . Local noise by-law restricted hours • 4:00 p.m. Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday, for normal weekends • All Canadian statutory holidays. The contract specified requirements of OPSS.MUNI 706 - Construction Specification For 1 Temporary Traffic Control Devices are as follows: 706.05.04.01 Modems for Portable Variable Message Signs are not required ' 706.07.01.03 Contract Information signs, TC-81 are not a requirement of this contract. 706.07.02 Road Closing/Restriction Notice Sign, TC-64 are not a requirement of this contract. 706.07.03 Automated Flagger Assistance Devices are not a pay item for this contract. 706.07.04 Portable Variable Message Signs are not a pay item for this contract. Basis of Payment for Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety Payment for this item shall be as follows: (a) 60% for the submission of an OTM Book 7 compliant Traffic Control Plan and initial installation. (b) 30% for maintenance and continual implementation of the Traffic Control Plan including, but not limited to, removal/replacement of signage, flag persons, barricades, fencing, inspection, documentation etc. This portion of the lump sum bid shall be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed. (c) 10% for removal of signs, barricades, fencing etc. ITEM NO. 47 BONDING AND INSURANCE For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall provide indemnification, insurance and bonding for the contract as specified in the OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions, the Supplemental General Conditions and as noted below. The bonds and insurance shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator upon the return of the signed Contracts. For this contract the indemnification period shall expire at 6 years from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. I SP-67 I GC 6.02 — Indemnification In addition to the Owner and the Contract Administrator, GC 6.02.01 shall be amended with the inclusion of the following to be indemnified and held harmless by the Contractor: • The County of Bruce • Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority (SVCA) I GC 6.03— Contractor's Insurance As per GC 6.03.01.01, the requirement for the following additional insurance coverages are as follows: •GC 6.03.04—Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance—Not applicable •GC 6.03.05 — Property and Boiler Insurance—Not applicable I •GC 6.03.06—Contractor's Equipment Insurance - Applicable GC 6.03.02—Commercial General Liability Insurance ' In addition to the Owner and the Contract Administrator, GC 6.03.02.01 shall be amended with the inclusion of the following as additional insureds: • The County of Bruce • Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority (SVCA) GC 6.04 Bonding As per GC 6.04.01, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the following surety bonds in the amounts noted: Labour and Material Bond The Contractor shall furnish a Labour and Material Payment Bond using Form 31 of Ontario Regulation 303/18 of the Construction Act that extends or guarantees payment protections to Subcontractors and persons supplying labour and material to the Contract for the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the tender. Performance Bond The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond using Form 32 of Ontario Regulation 303/18 of the Construction Act that is conditioned on the due performance of the terms of the Contract for the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the tender. Ontario Regulation 303/18 Forms 31 and 32 can be found at: , http://ontariocourtforms.on.ca/en/construction-lien-act-forms/ Payment under this item will be made with the first payment certificate. I ITEM NO. 48 1 CONTINGENCIES A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Contract Administrator, will be expended from this allowance. I I I SP-68 I ITEM NO. 49 ' LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour, equipment or material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices. ' The lump sum bid may include, but is not limited to, the following: watchmen, on-site washroom facilities, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner) or acquiring the services of the local operating authorities. This item shall also include attendance by a representative of the Contractor at a 2 hour public information evening meeting (Monday to Thursday) that will be held in Inverhuron 1 prior to commencing with any construction activities. Included under this item shall be all costs to meet social distancing, health, and hygiene requirements for COVID-19. The Contractor shall be prepared to show proof of vaccination for employees and subtrades working on this project. Included in the lump sum bid for this item the Contractor shall meet all requirements and conditions identified in the Saugeen Valley Conservation Authority (SVCA) permits and approvals. The Contractor must prepare a sediment and erosion control plan for the SVCA for the project. Included in the lump sum bid the Contractor shall complete the County of Bruce Encroachment Permit application, including all required information and documentation. The Contractor shall meet all conditions or requirements identified in the Bruce County Encroachment permit. Any Encroachment Permit application fees (if applicable) will be paid directly by the Owner. Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed. The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to disqualification. I I I r r I I SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS I Table of Contents IGC 1.04 Definition 1 GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 4 I GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 4 GC 3.02 Working Drawings 4 GC 3.05 Layout Information 5 I GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 5 GC 3.07 Delays 5 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 6 I GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property 6 GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 6 GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 6 GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 6 IGC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 7 GC 7.18 Drainage 7 I GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Materials 7 GC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work 7 GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment 7 IGC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 8 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 8 111 1 I I I I I Y:vProject_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Supplemental GC's 20Nov25-fixed.docx I i Page 1 GC SECTION SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITION GC 1.04 GC 1.04.01, Definitions, shall be amended with the inclusion of the I DEFINITION following definitions: Acceptable Disinfectant Concentration means: a) a disinfectant concentration of at least 0.2 mg/L free chlorine residual in a chlorinated system or 1.0 mg/L combined chlorine residual in a chloraminated system; or, if these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, b) a disinfectant concentration that is representative of the residual in the area, determined by testing upstream and downstream from the testing location or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free 111, chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. Air Gap means a space at the location of the maintenance/repair between the exterior surface of the watermain and the interior surfaces of the excavation, including the water in the excavation, sufficient to prevent water, soil or any other Contaminant in the excavation from contacting the watermain, fittings, or Appurtenances throughout the maintenance/repair process. Appurtenance means an appurtenance, within the meaning of O. Reg. I 170/03, which is in contact with the Drinking Water. Backflow Prevention means the prevention of a reversal of normal flow that could introduce Contamination to the Drinking Water System. Certified Operator means certified operator within the meaning of O. Reg. 170/03. Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act.: For the purposes of this Act, a contract shall be deemed to be completed and services or materials shall be deemed to be last supplied to the improvement when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is 111 not more than the lesser of, (a) 1 per cent of the contract price; and (b) $5,000. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (3); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (5, 6) Connection means all watermain and appurtenances installed between an existing watermain and a new or future watermain/appurtenance. Construction Trade Newspaper, as per Ontario Regulation 304/18, as made under the Construction Act, means a newspaper, I (a) that is published either in paper format with circulation generally throughout Ontario or in electronic format in Ontario, I I I Page 2 (b) that ispublished at least dailyon all days other than Saturdays and Y I holidays, (c) in which calls for tender on construction contracts are customarily published, and (d) that is primarily devoted to the publication of matters of concern to the construction industry. Contaminant means foreign matter that is not intended to enter a watermain. Contamination means the introduction of a contaminant into a watermain. Directly Supervised means directly supervised within the meaning of Section 5.1.1 of the Certification Guide for Operators and Water Quality Analysts of Drinking Water Systems, as amended, but it does not expressly refer to the definition of supervisor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. iDrinking Water means drinking water within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Drinking Water Health Hazard means drinking water health hazard within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. ' Drinking Water System means drinking water system within the meaning of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Flushing means flowing water through a section of watermain/ appurtenances and out of the system until the water appears visibly free from discoloration and particulates with an acceptable disinfectant concentration. This definition does not include recharging a watermain. Force Majeure means an event or a cause beyond the reasonable control of a Party including, but not limited to, an Act of God, or of a Public Enemy, Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State,war,blockades,and civil commotions, Abnormal Weather,fire,disease,epidemic, pandemic,quarantine restrictions, embargoes or delays of Sub-Contractors due to such causes. Higher Velocity Flushing means flushing of a watermain with sufficient velocity to discharge settled materials. Isolate means operate valves to ensure that there is no flow of water to or from a specific section of watermain. Microbiological Samples means water samples taken and tested for Escherichia coli and Total Coliforms by a licensed and accredited laboratory. Ministry means the Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks. i I Page 3 Operator-in-Charge means an operator-in-charge within the meaning of O. Reg. 128/04. 111 Provisional means that the use of this item is conditional on the circumstances determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction and that authorization to proceed must be granted to the Contractor prior to proceeding with the work. Service Pipe means a service pipe within the meaning of O. Reg. 170/03. Shop Drawings means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor I for components that will form a permanent part of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include mechanical and electrical equipment or components permanently embedded in the work. I Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act in the form of funds. A letter of credit, a demand-worded repayment I bond or any other form are not acceptable forms of holdback. Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30. For the purposes of this Act, a contract is substantially performed, (a) when the improvement to be made under that contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended; and (b) when the improvement to be made under that contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, correction, at a cost of not more than, (i) 3 per cent of the first$1,000,000 of the contract price, (ii) 2 per cent of the next $1,000,000 of the contract price, and (iii) 1 per cent of the balance of the contract price. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (1); 2017, c. 24, s. 4 (1, 2). I (2) For the purposes of this Act, where the improvement or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purposes intended and the owner and the contractor agree not to complete the improvement expeditiously, the price of the services or materials remaining to be supplied and required to complete the improvement shall be deducted from the contract price in determining substantial performance. R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, s. 2 (2): 2017. c. 24. s. 4 (3). 66. Water Advisory means a boil or drinking water advisory for the area being , serviced by the affected watermains declared by the local Medical Officer of Health. I Water Quality Analyst means a water quality analyst within the meaning of O. Reg. 128/04. , I I Page 4 Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring Iplans; Roadway protection plans; or erection diagrams. GC 2.01 GC 2.01.01 a) shall be amended as follows: I RELIANCE ON CONTRACT a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are DOCUMENTS based on information obtained from the applicable operating authority. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities. GC 2.01.02 a) shall be amended as follows: a) If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract, the report will be made available at the office of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract Administrator assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be inherent in the soils report. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any subsurface report. Bidders shall acknowledge that any geotechnical report shall not form part of the contract or agreement. GC 2.02 GC 2.02 shall be amended such that documents shall take precedence and ORDER OF govern in the following order: PRECEDENCE a) Agreement b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders II) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings h) Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions j) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract k) Working Drawings and Shop Drawings GC 3.02 WORKING GC 3.02.01, GC 3.02.02, GC 3.02.03, GC 3.02.04, GC 3.02.05, and GC DRAWINGS 3.02.07 shall also apply to Shop Drawings. GC 3.02.06 shall be amended as follows: .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Contract Administrator's comments are issued to the Contractor. Work related to the Shop Drawings shall not proceed until the Shop Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with, i I Page 5 1 "Reviewed" or"Reviewed as Modified", "Revise and Re-Submit" or"Not Reviewed". I GC 3.05 GC 3.05.02 shall be amended as follows: LAYOUT INFORMATION .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all known Monuments, etc. that are located within the Working Area. GC 3.06 GC 3.06.01 shall be amended to read: EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator, with a copy to the Owner, within five (5) business days of the Contractor becoming aware of the need for such extension and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons and state the length of extension required. GC 3.07 GC 3.07.01 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: DELAYS .01 If the Contract is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) errors in the Contract Documents, b) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly. contrary to the 1 provisions of the Contract Documents; c) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the I Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly. d) The Contract Administrator giving notice under section GC 7.09, 1 Suspension of Work; or e) Archaeological finds, in accordance with subsection GC 3.15, Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. An Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. Notwithstanding the above noted list, anything that falls within the above-noted list does not fall within the definition of Force Majeure in Section 1.04.01. as amended by the Supplemental General Conditions. GC 3.07.03 shall be deleted and replaced with the following: I .03 In no case shall an extension of Contract Time, if granted, be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor and save and except for those delays listed in Section 3.07.01. as amended by the Supplemental General Conditions, in no other circumstance shall the Owner be responsible to the I I Page 6 I Contractor fora payment for costs or damages incurred as a result of delays PY g Y Iresulting in an Extension of the Contract Time. GC 4.02 GC 4.02.01 shall be amended as follows: I APPROVALS AND PERMITS .01 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all plumbing and building permits. IGC 6.01 GC 6.01.04 shall be deleted and replaced with: PROTECTION OF WORK, PERSONS .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that I AND PROPERTY occurs as a result of errors in the Contract documents or acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contractor Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not directly or indirectly under the control of the Contractor, but Iwithin the Working Area with the Owner's permission. GC 6.03.02 GC 6.03.02.01 shall be amended as follows: I COMMERCIAL GENERAL .01 Commercial General liability insurance and completed operations LIABILITY coverage shall both be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the I INSURANCE Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, both with the limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance Ishall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. GC 6.03.07 GC 6.03.07.01 shall be amended as follows: I INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents, excluding AND DURATION completed operations coverage, shall be in effect from the date of Contract I signing until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be maintained for six years from the date of Final Acceptance. I GC 7.02 GC 7.02.07 shall be amended as follows: MONUMENTS AND LAYOUT .07 The Contract Administrator shall provide qualified personnel to lay out I the following once: • Offset stakes for road centreline alignment • Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures I • Final curb grade and alignment • Alignment for bridge foundations Subsequent layout, for the same item,will be at the Contractor's Iexpense. One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to Ischedule the construction layout. The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out all other lines and III grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract I I Page 7 1 Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. GC 7.10 GC 7.10.02 shall be amended as follows: CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 60 Days or THE WORK OR more under an order of a court or other public authority which falls within TERMINATE THE Section GC 3.07.01(c), as amended in the Supplemental General Conditions, CONTRACT the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. GC 7.18 GC 7.18.01 shall be amended as follows: DRAINAGE .01 During construction and until the Work is completed, the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and 111 efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused t or result from water backing up or flowing over, through, from or along any part of the works, or which any of the operations may cause to flow elsewhere. GC 8.02.03 GC 8.02.03.01, the first sentence of paragraph GC 8.02.03.01 shall be ADVANCE amended as follows: I PAYMENTS FOR MATERIALS .01 The Owner may make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: GC 8.02.04.04 GC 8.02.04.04.04, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMACE OF .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the WORK Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. GC 8.02.04.05 GC 8.02.04.05.03, shall be amended as follows: SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment PAYMENT AND Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the SUBSTANTIAL Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of PERFORMANCE Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due STATUTORY 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial HOLDBACK Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the RELEASE submission by the Contractor of the following documents: PAYMENT a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and CERTIFICATES Insurance Board; b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance: I I 1 Page 8 c) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matter arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation; and d) Three copies of an original signed and notarized statutory declaration on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly 1 retained and guaranteed maintenance holdback properly retained. GC 8.02.04.07 GC 8.02.04.07.02, shall be amended as follows: 1 COMPLETION PAYMENT AND .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall COMPLETION be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory STATUTORY Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and HOLDBACK upon submission of the following: RELEASE PAYMENT a) Three copies of an original signed and sealed release, on the CERTIFICATES document provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor releasing the Owner from all further claims related to the Contract qualified by stated exceptions such as outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation; b) Three copies of an original signed and notarized statutory declaration, on the form provided, or in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, by the Contractor indicating that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for the statutory holdbacks properly retained and Guaranteed Maintenance Holdback properly retained; and c) A satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining statutory holdback on the Work done, within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. 111 GC 8.02.05.07 GC 8.02.05.07.01 shall be amended as follows: PAYMENT FOR I HAND TOOLS .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade including pick-up trucks and service vans. i 1 1 I = -f; Ontario Provincial Standards OPSS.MUNI 100 '.t.,::,769 1: for November 2019 . „,. Roads and Public Works _ r IOPSS MUNI GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Table of Contents ISECTION GC 1.0 -INTERPRETATION GC 1.01 Captions 7 IGC 1.02 Abbreviations 7 I GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 7 GC 1.04 Definitions 8 IGC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual 13 GC 1.06 Final Acceptance 13 IGC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words 13 I SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 14 IGC 2.02 Order of Precedence 14 SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT IGC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 16 I GC 3.02 Working Drawings 17 GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 18 IGC 3.04 Emergency Situations 18 GC 3.05 Layout Information 18 IGC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 18 GC 3.07 Delays 19 IGC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 20 GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 20 IGC 3.10 Changes 20 I November 2019 Page 1 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 20 GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 21 I GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 21 GC 3.11 Notices 21 GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 22 I GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 22 GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 22 I GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 22 GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 22 GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 23 GC 3.13.05 Mediation 23 GC 3.13.06 Payment 23 GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 24 I GC 3.14 Arbitration 24 GC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 24 1 GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 24 ' GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 24 GC 3.14.04 Costs 25 1 GC 3.14.05 The Decision 25 GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 25 SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area 26 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 26 I GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 26 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 27 GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 27 GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 27 GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct a Default 28 I November 2019 Page 2 of 59 OPSS MUNI 100 i I I IGC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 28 GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor 29 IGC 4.10 Termination of the Contract 29 GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 29 IGC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond 29 GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 29 ISECTION GC 5.0 -MATERIAL IGC 5.01 Supply of Material 30 GC 5.02 Quality of Material 30 IGC 5.03 Rejected Material 30 GC 5.04 Substitutions 31 IGC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material 31 GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 31 IGC 5.05.02 Care of Material 31 ISECTION GC 6.0 -INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 33 IGC 6.02 Indemnification 33 GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance 34 IGC 6.03.01 General 34 GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance 34 IGC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance 35 GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance 35 I GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance 35 GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 36 IGC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 36 GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 36 I November 2019 Page 3 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 37 I GC 6.04 Bonding 37 GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 37 I SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK I GC 7.01 General 38 GC 7.01.01 Site Visit 38 I GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work 38 GC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility . . . . 38 GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and safety Act 38 GC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives 39 I GC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator 40 GC 7.01.07 Schedule 40 I GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies as Relating to the Contract 40 GC 7.01.09 Utilities 40 I GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout 41 GC 7.03 Working Area 42 GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 42 GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 42 GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 42 GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 43 GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits 44 I GC 7.09 Suspension of Work 44 GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 44 I GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor 45 GC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management ...45 1 GC 7.13 Obstructions 46 I GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 46 I November 2019 Page 4 of 59 OPSS MUNI 100 I I I GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 46 IGC 7.16 Warranty 46 GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 47 IGC 7.18 Drainage 47 ISECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement 48 I GC 8.01.01 GC 8.01.02 Quantities 48 Variations in Tender Quantities 48 GC 8.02 Payment 49 IGC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor 49 GC 8.02.02 Price for Work 49 IGC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material 49 I GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment 50 GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment 50 GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 50 GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 51 I GC 8.02.04.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 51 GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion 52 I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 52 GC 8.02.04.08 Interest 53 I GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment 53 GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 53 GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set Off 54 GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment 54 IGC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 54 GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions 54 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records 55 ICC GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work 55 GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour 55 GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material 56 I GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment 56 GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time 56 GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time 56 GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools 57 GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 57 GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices 57 GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 57 GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions • 58 IGC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate 58 I November 2019 Page 5 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 8.02.07 Records 58 GC 8.02.08 Taxes 58 GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 59 I r L I I I 1 I 1 I t 1 November 2019 Page 6 of 59 OPSS MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION IGC 1.01 Captions I .01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the General Conditions or any provision hereof. IGC 1.02 Abbreviations .01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent Ithe organizations and phrases listed on the right: "AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials "ACI" - American Concrete Institute I "ANSI""ASTM" - American National Standards Institute - ASTM International "AWG" - American Wire Gauge "AWWA" - American Water Works Association I "CCIL" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories "CGSB" Canadian General Standards Board "CSA" - CSA Group-formerly Canadian Standards Association I "CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau "GC" General Conditions "ISO" - International Organization for Standardization "MECP" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and Parks I "MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation "MUTCD" Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO "OHSA" - Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act "OLS" - Ontario Land Surveyor I "OPS" Ontario Provincial Standard "OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing "OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification I "OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual "PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario "SAE" - SAE International "SCC" - Standards Council of Canada I "SSPC" - The Society for Protective Coatings "UL" - Underwriters Laboratories "ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada "WHMIS" - Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System I "WSIB" - Workplace Safety & Insurance Board GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References I .01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires. I I I November 2019 Page 7 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 i I GC 1.04 Definitions .01 For the purposes of the Contract Documents the following definitions shall apply: ' Abnormal Weather means an extreme climatic condition characterized by wind speed, air temperature, precipitation, or snow fall depth, that is less than or greater than 1-1/2 standard deviations from the mean determined from the weather records of the 25-year period immediately preceding the tender opening date. Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the111 Work. Addenda means any additions or change in the Tender documents issued by the Owner prior to Tender closing. Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract Documents and not considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended , scope. Agreement means the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the Work that is included in the Contract Documents. Base means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement, driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk. I Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays. Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion. Certificate of Substantial Performance means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Substantial Performance. Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed. I Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades; dimensions; quantities; methods; drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface, or other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or Materials of the Work or part thereof, within the intended scope of the Contract. Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work; and establishing the basis for payment and the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time. Completion means contract completion as set out in the Construction Act. i Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Completion. Completion Payment means the payment described more particularly in clause GC 8.02.04.07. ' Construction Act means as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. November 2019 Page 8 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the Contract. Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, Iresponsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, Tender, General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, Addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement, and subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement. ' Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules, aggregate sources list, Quantity Sheets, and cross-sections. Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance or Completion of the Work, including any extension of time made pursuant to the Contract Documents. ' Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Agreement. Control Monument means any horizontal or vertical (benchmark) monument that is used to lay out the Work. Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of the Work. Cut-Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for Work performed. 1 Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours worked or on standby, types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and description and quantities of Material utilized. Day means a calendar day. Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans, or any Working Drawings or Working 1 Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work. End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification. Engineer means a professional engineer licenced by the Professional Engineers of Ontario to practice in the Province of Ontario. Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context. November 2019 Page 9 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope, including unanticipated Work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work. Final Acceptance means the date on which the Contract Administrator determines that the Work has passed all inspection and testing requirements and the Contract Administrator is satisfied that the Contractor has rectified all imperfect Work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final Acceptance of the Work. Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of Work completed under the Contract, including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly Estimates. Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water conditions in the area of any proposed Work. Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work. ' Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small power tools. Highway means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Inclement Weather means weather conditions or conditions resulting directly from weather conditions ' that prevent the Contractor from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. Lot means a specific quantity of Material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single111 source and produced by the same process. Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated based on its actual or estimated tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal to or greater than the lesser of, a) $100,000, or I b) 5% of the total tender value calculated based on the total of all the estimated tender quantities and the tender unit prices. Material means Material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work. Monument means either a Property Monument or a Control Monument. 1 Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority." Pavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch. 1 November 2019 Page 10 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond. Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract. Proper Invoice has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act. ' Property Monument means any property bar, concrete pillar, rock post, cut cross or other object that marks the boundary between real property ownership. ' Quality Assurance (QA) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Owner to ensure that Work meets the specified requirements. ' Quality Control (QC) means a system or series of activities carried out by the Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer to ensure that Work meets the specified requirements. Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done. ' Quarried Rock means Material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent mass. ' Quarry means a place where aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to removal, was integral with the parent areas. Rate of Interest means the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127(2) of the Courts of Justice Act or, if the contract or subcontract specifies a different interest rate for the purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the contract or subcontract. Records mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work or claims arising therefrom. 1 Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes the Shoulders. Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work. ' Standard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. ' Statutory Holdback means the holdbacks required under the Construction Act. Subbase means a layer of Material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base. ' Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor. Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement structure, consisting of Base, Subbase, and Pavement. 1 November 2019 Page 11 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 Substantial Performance has the meaning as set out in the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. C.30, as amended. Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work. Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in charge of the Work and who shall be a "competent person" within the meaning of the definition contained in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.1, as amended. Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.I.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by the Contractor. Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner, to complete the Work. Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and ' Material Basis. Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil, steam, data transmission, telephone, and cable television. Warranty Period means the applicable time period according to clause GC 7.16.02, Warranty. , Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction , of the Work. Working Day means any Day, 1 a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by 111 inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours; c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of, i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on behalf of the Owner. ii. non-delivery of Owner supplied Materials. iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the ' Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams. November 2019 Page 12 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 GC 1.05 Ontario Traffic Manual .01 All references in the Contract Documents to the MUTCD, including all Parts and Divisions thereof, or MTO Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Work Operations, or Traffic Control Manual for Roadway Operations Field Edition are hereby deleted and replaced by all currently available books which make up the Ontario Traffic Manual. GC 1.06 Final Acceptance I .01 For the purposes of determining whether Final Acceptance has occurred, the Contract Administrator shall not take into account, in determining the discharge of the Contractor's obligations, any warranty obligation of the Contractor to the extent that the warranty extends beyond 12 months after Substantial Performance. GC 1.07 Interpretation of Certain Words .01 The words "acceptable," "approval," "authorized," "considered necessary," "directed," "required," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 111 November 2019 Page 13 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 SECTION GC 2.0 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents I .01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with the following limitations or exceptions: a) Based on available information at the time of the contract, the location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a tolerance of: i. 1 m horizontal, and ii. 0.3 m vertical .02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to: ' a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal of the Contractor, that are not included as part of the Contract Documents, and ' b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty. GC 2.02 Order of Precedence ' .01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order: , a) Agreement b) Addenda ' c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings ' e) Standard Specifications f) Standard Drawings , g) Tender h) Supplemental General Conditions i) OPSS.MUNI 100 General Conditions of Contract 111 j) Working Drawings Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents. .02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the following rules shall apply: a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions ' scaled from the same Drawing; b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; I c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and 1 November 2019 Page 14 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series. .03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following descending order of precedence shall govern: a) Owner's Standard Specifications b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications ' c) Other standards referenced in OPSSs and OPSDs (e.g., CSA, CGSB, ASTM, and ANSI). .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. I 1 November 2019 Page 15 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 SECTION GC 3.0 -ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority , .01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate, whichever is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. .02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator in writing by the Contractor. .03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Contract Documents, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and unit prices or to assess the value of the Work completed in the case of a lump sum price Contract. .04 The Contract Administrator shall provide an estimate of the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract as provided for in section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. 111 .05 The Contract Administrator, to not cause delay in the schedule, shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with the Contract Documents . .06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions. .07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's approval. .08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or the date of Completion of the Work or both. .09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and, in making these decisions, the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party. .10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject any part of the Work or Material that does not conform to the Contract Documents. .11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship the use of defective Material or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not incorporated in the Work or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly, as directed by the Contract Administrator, remove the Work and replace, make good, or re-execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. .12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re-executions shall be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner. 111 November 2019 Page 16 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator it is not expedient to correct defective Work or Work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the Work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents amount that will be determined in the first instance by the Contract Administrator. .14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to reject any defective Work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective Work or Material. .15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such reasonable time as may be necessary: 1 a) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout; b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work; or ' c) for the Contractor to remedy its non-compliance with any provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these ' circumstances. .16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor or its workers of any applicable laws or bylaws, including but not limited to, the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Act, and Regulation 347 of the Environmental Protection Act. ' .17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior written consent of the Contract Administrator. GC 3.02 Working Drawings ' .01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as called for by the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor, to not cause delay in the Work, shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence . If either the Contractor or the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form. At the time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any deviations from the Contract Documents that exist in the Working Drawings. .03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay. .04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for ' general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract Administrator. November 2019 Page 17 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator. .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator. .07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at all times. GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment .01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment, or work force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment. 1 .02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others. .03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and protection are maintained throughout the Work. GC 3.04 Emergency Situations , .01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and, when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation. .02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial Work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall pay for the remedial Work. GC 3.05 Layout Information ' .01 The Contract Administrator shall provide background information, including without limitation, baseline and benchmark information, to facilitate the general location, alignment, elevation and layout of the Work. .02 The Contract Administrator shall provide pre and post construction inventories of all Monuments, etc. that are located within the Working Area. .03 The Owner shall be responsible only for the correctness of the layout information provided by the Contract Administrator. GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons and state the length of extension required. November 2019 Page 18 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following: a) Delays, subsection GC 3.07. b) Changes in the Work, clause GC 3.10.01. c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02. d) Additional Work, clause GC 3.10.03. 03 The Contract Administrator shall, in reviewing an application for an extension to the Contract Time, consider whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve a Controlling Operation. .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner. .05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time. GC 3.07 Delays .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) war, blockades, and civil commotions; b) errors in the Contract Documents; ' c) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; d) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued ' as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly; ' e) the Contract Administrator giving notice under section GC 7.0, Suspension of Work; f) Abnormal Weather; or g) archaeological finds, in accordance with subsection GC 3.15, Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of Contract Time due to Abnormal Weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. ' .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs, including lock-outs decreed or recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, which are beyond the Contractor's control, ' then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. November 2019 Page 19 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 .04 The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue resolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations. GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract ' .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Owner. GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor .01 Subject to clause GC 3.09.03, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents and any limitations specified therein. .02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing in 10 Days prior to the start of construction of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the rejection. .04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has been engaged in accordance with this subsection. .05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner under the Contract Documents with respect to that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall, a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; and b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. .06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. GC 3.10 Changes ' GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work .01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. November 2019 Page 20 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be ' made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or ' payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. ' GC 3.10.02 Extra Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with ' the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of clause GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may ' be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. ' GC 3.10.03 Additional Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause I GC 8.02.05, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.11 Notices .01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date of mailing, if sent by mail. .02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; cell phone, and telephone numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the ' commencement of the Work, and update as necessary. .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Contract. November 2019 Page 21 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written notice has been given to the Contractor. .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the Contract. GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work .01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not jeopardize any claim it may have. GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping ' .01 Immediately upon commencing Work that may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records. .02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. .03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim. I GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure .01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation. .02 The Contractor shall provide written notice within 7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work that may be affected by the situation. .03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later than 30 Days or such time as mutually agreed after completion of the Work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises; b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and November 2019 Page 22 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim. .04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information within 30 Days of receipt of such request. .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion regarding the validity of the claim. ' GC 3.13.04 Negotiations .01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. .02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.05, ' Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration. .03 Prior to the expiry of 30 Business Days from the date of receipt of the Contractors claim, the Contract Administrator shall provide a written response to the Contractor stating the Contract Administrator's final price for the Change Order and an explanation of the rationale and basis of the Contract Administrator's position which shall be deemed to be the initial site response. rGC 3.13.05 Mediation .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05, and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the services of an independent third-party mediator. .02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement. .04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. ' .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the mediation process. The cost of the third-party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor. GC 3.13.06 Payment ' .01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 28 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. 1 November 2019 Page 23 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties .01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by I either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled. .02 It is further agreed that the parties may at any time resort to the adjudication procedure contained in the Construction Act. GC 3.14 Arbitration GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke the provisions of subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party. .02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third-party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within 120 Days of the opinion given in clause GC 3.13.03.05. .03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator. .04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express provisions of subsection GC 3.14, Arbitration. GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure .01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise disqualified him or herself: a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration; b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are set out in the schedule. GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator I .01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute. .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification of arbitration noted in clause GC 3.14.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration. .03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the ADR Institute of Ontario (ADRIO), which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being requested to do so. .04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not be employed by either party. 1 November 2019 Page 24 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I ' .05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her. .06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant. .07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator. ' GC 3.14.04 Costs .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor. ' .02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event ' the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration. GC 3.14.05 The Decision .01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment. GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds .01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as but not limited to building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work. .02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be ' considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with clause GC 3.07.01. .03 Any Work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work. .04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a result of any work stoppage. I November 2019 Page 25 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I SECTION GC 4.0 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area 1 .01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits .01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits. .02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the design of the Work. GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials .01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the Materials to be moved within or removed from the Working Area and any characteristics of those Materials that necessitates special Materials management and disposition. .02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, the Owner advises that, a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions; b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits for Utilities; c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone, gypsum, marble, mica, and Portland cement; and d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting. I .03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area. .04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or hazardous Materials that are in addition to those listed in clause GC 4.03.02, or not clearly identified in the Contract Documents according to clause GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall stop Work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the Work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulations. .05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and disposing of any Material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph shall be deemed to be Extra Work. I November 2019 Page 26 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Safety Data Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant ' Safety Data Sheets. .07 Unless expressly permitted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not bring onto the Work Area any designated substance or hazardous Material per OHSA without the prior written ' authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall use all reasonable care to avoid spilling or disturbing any designated I substances or hazardous Material per OHSA. GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property .01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of completing the Work. .02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this Contract. .03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the Works. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and ' Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract. GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor .01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence Work signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and, if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. .02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. ' GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default .01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 Working Days following the receipt of a notice of default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective measures have been taken. .02 If the Owner determines that the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor, a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 Working Days following receipt of the notice; November 2019 Page 27 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I b) provides the Owner with a schedule acceptable to the Owner for the progress of such correction; and I c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default , .01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor. GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work I .01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor. .02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner shall be entitled to, a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the Work terminated; b) utilize any Material within the Working Area; d) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed; d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any additional compensation paid to the Contract Administrator for such additional service arising from the correction of the default; I e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection GC 7.16, Warranty; f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection GC 7.16, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections. GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor I .01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is complete. r I November 2019 Page 28 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract .01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or 1 creditors. .02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract, the Owner shall provide the Contractor and the trustee or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination. GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination. ' GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond, the provisions of section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond. GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment .01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in accordance with clause GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work. I I I I I I I I November 2019 Page 29 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I SECTION GC 5.0 -MATERIAL GC 5.01 Supply of Material , .01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply and delivery of such Material. GC 5.02 Quality of Material .01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract. I .03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor. .04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection, sampling, and testing. .06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled shipping date. .07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. .09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents. GC 5.03 Rejected Material .01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges. I November 2019 Page 30 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 GC 5.04 Substitutions 1 .01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require. .02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender. Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract Administrator. .03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled to the first$1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of "Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well. GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material .01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable overheads. GC 5.05.02 Care of Material .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide 1 adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract Administrator. .03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. 1 November 2019 Page 31 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 111 I .04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract. .05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. .07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations, check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. I 1 I I I I I I 1 November 2019 Page 32 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property .01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below. 1 .02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective Work and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property, the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such Work and payment shall be administered according to these General Conditions. .03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible. The Contract Administrator may conduct its own investigation and the Contractor shall provide all assistance to the Contract Administrator as may be necessary for that purpose. .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of, a) war; b) blockades and civil commotions; c) errors in the Contract Documents; or d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission. .05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC 6.02 Indemnification .01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims are, 1 a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible property; b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor ' may be liable; and c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the Contract Documents, from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. I November 2019 Page 33 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages, royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the Contract. .03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clauses GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. .04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area. .05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in clause GC 6.02.04. GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance I GC 6.03.01 General .01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only apply when so specified in the Contract Documents. I .02 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with an original Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage that is required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contract Administrator is, at all times in receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage, in such amounts as specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be permitted to commence Work until the Contract Administrator is in receipt of such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents. GC 6.03.02 Commercial General Liability Insurance I .01 Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. The insurance shall be provided in a form acceptable to the Owner. .02 Approval of this insurance shall be conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. .03 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in clause GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner. .04 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property building or land, the Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include the appropriate endorsements. .05 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, termination, or material change. l November 2019 Page 34 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .06 "Claims Made" insurance policies shall not be permitted. GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 1 .01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of any cancellation, termination, or material change. 1 a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor. GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance .01 Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance .01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned watercraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work. GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance .01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion .01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of 1 November 2019 Page 35 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. .02 The policies shall provide that in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor. GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage I .01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. .03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance .01 All risks Contractor's Equipment insurance covering construction equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to the Contractor's Equipment. GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration .01 Each insurance policy as noted in the Contract Documents shall be in effect from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work and signed by the underwriter or the broker. November 2019 Page 36 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include the signature of an officer of the insurer. 1 .04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal. .05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts under the policies. .06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03, Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 28 Days of the date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 6.04 Bonding .01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the Contract Documents. .02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall be maintained in good standing until the Final Acceptance. GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board .01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as follows: a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work. b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator. I I 1 1 November 2019 Page 37 of 59 OPSS MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 7.0 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK GC 7.01 General 1 GC 7.01.01 Site Visit .01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the Work are known. GC 7.01.02 Commencement of Work .01 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the Contractor has received a written order to commence the work from the Contract Administrator. GC 7.01.03 Control and Responsibility .01 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the I Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the various parts of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit. .03 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of111 construction methods required in their use. .04 Notwithstanding clause GC 7.01.03, where the Contract Documents include designs for temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the execution of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall comply with and conform to all statutes, laws, by-laws, regulations, requirements, ordinances, notices, rulings, orders, directives and policies of the municipal, provincial and federal governments and any other lawful authority and all court orders, judgments and declarations of a court of competent jurisdiction (collectively referred to as the "Laws"), applicable to the Work to be provided by, and the undertakings and obligations of, the Contractor under this Contract. GC 7.01.04 Compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act .01 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of 111 the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as amended under the Act (the "Regulations") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the "Constructor"or"employer," as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that: a) worker safety is given priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work; I November 2019 Page 38 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a 1 "Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them; c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the 1 Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work; d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to work in safety; e) its supervisory employees are"Competent Persons" as defined in the OHSA, and carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injury while they are at the Working Area; and g) following execution of the Contract and prior to the issuance of the order to commence by the Owner, upon request the Contractor submits to the Contract Administrator a copy of the Notice of Project issued to the Ministry of Labour. .02 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at the pre-start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. .03 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System ec 1 "WHMIS", which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under "WHMIS" shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Safety Data Sheets. .04 During the course of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish forthwith to the Contract Administrator a copy of all correspondence, reports, orders or charges respecting occupational health and safety, including under the Act, Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O. 2000, c.16 as amended, and the Criminal Code, R.S.C., 1985, c. C-46 as amended, which are received by, or which come to the notice of, the Contractor that apply or are relevant to any of the Work or activities conducted under the terms of the Contract. .05 Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as requiring the Owner to monitor or approve the workplace health and safety practices of the Contractor. GC 7.01.05 Contractor's Representatives .01 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being performed, to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement 1 of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions, and cell phone, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract, and update as necessary. I November 2019 Page 39 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .02 The Contractor shall designate a person to be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety. The designated person shall be a competent worker who is qualified because of knowledge, training, and experience to perform the duties; is familiar with Book 7 of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has knowledge of all potential or actual danger to workers and motorists. Prior to the commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name; address; position; cell phone, and telephone numbers of the designated person, and update as necessary. The designated person may have other responsibilities, including other construction sites, and need not be present in the Working Area at all times. GC 7.01.06 Assistance to the Contract Administrator .01 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. GC 7.01.07 Schedule , .01 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations, indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of Work and the time the Contractor proposes to complete the various items of Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes in the work, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 Days of the request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of the Work, to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. .02 For Contracts with a specified number of Working Days, the construction time shown on the initial schedule shall not exceed the specified number of Working Days. The activities on the critical path shall assist the Contract Administrator in determining the Controlling Operation for the purpose of the charging of Working Days. The construction schedule shall include all non-working periods and appropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. 111 .03 For Contracts which specify a Contract Time, the construction time shown on the initial construction schedule shall not extend beyond the specified Contract Time. The construction schedule shall include all non-working periods and appropriate allowances for Inclement Weather. GC 7.01.08 Errors and Inconsistencies Relating to the Contract .01 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator. .02 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. GC 7.01.09 Utilities I .01 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and if there is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by 1 November 2019 Page 40 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given ' in clause GC 2.01.01 a). .02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles, or other public or privately-owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such damage or interference. GC 7.02 Monuments and Layout .01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate on site those Monuments that delineate the Working Area and may be used to lay out the Work, all 1 as shown on the Contract Drawings. Property Monuments shall be inventoried in the report format required by the Owner. .02 These Monuments shall be protected by highly visible T-bars or 1.0 metre tall stakes with survey ribbon set within 0.3 metres of the Monument. .03 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all Property Monuments while the Work is 1 in progress, except those Property Monuments that must be removed to facilitate the Work as identified and agreed by the Contractor and Contract Administrator. Monuments removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced at the Owner's expense, and all others shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. ' .04 All Monuments disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be documented in the inventory report and replaced under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor. .05 The Monument inventory report referred to in clauses GC 7.02.01 and GC 7.02.04 shall include as a minimum: a) Contract number, Contract name, Contract Administrator's name; b) Project/site construction limits; c) Rough location, type, identification number, and condition of each Monument before and after construction; ' d) The solutions for protection of the Monuments that may be impacted by construction; e) Reference ties; f) A summary of those Monuments affected by the Work and how they were reset or replaced, and by what type of Monument. j .06 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be necessary for the inspection of the Work. .07 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work 1 carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. .08 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator. .09 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the Contract Administrator. I November 2019 Page 41 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .10 All stakes, marks, and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, for any reason, before the end of the Contract Time such stakes, marks, and reference points shall be replaced, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Contractor and the Contract Administrator, at the Contractor's expense. .11 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.03 Working Area I .01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or others. .02 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner, maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times and removed upon completion of the Work. .03 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor require additional space, the Contractor shall obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner. .04 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner. .05 Upon completion of the Contract, the Working Area used by the Contractor shall be restored to its original condition or better unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents including the removal of all excavated and stockpiled materials at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment .01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be 111 done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles or other Equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment, the Contractor shall, on the direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner, remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles I .01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads. GC 7.06 Maintaining Roads and Detours .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. .02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM, I November 2019 Page 42 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the 1 Highway under construction. .03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary Ilane closures shall be kept to a minimum. .04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not be required to apply de-icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing. 1 .05 Where only localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general operations under the Contract. .06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of the detours, shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such Work. .07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment shall be made. 1 .08 Where Work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel. .09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract Administrator. .10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, supply, erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM. .11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its obligations under subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working I Area that are being maintained by others. GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner, a) safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; b) continuity of Utility services; and I November 2019 Page 43 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I c) access for emergency response services; to properties adjoining the Working Area. ' .02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants, water and gas valves, and all other Utilities located in the Working Area. I .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a minimum of interference to those affected. GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits ' .01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for the performance of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits specified in clause GC 7.08.01, Approvals and Permit. GC 7.09 Suspension of Work .01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any or all of the Work and Work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing. Delays, in these circumstances, shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays. GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract .01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner 111 written notice, terminate the Contract. .03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the Owner is in default of contractual obligations if, a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment; b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 28 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC 8.02.04, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within 28 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or I c) the Owner fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract. .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 Days immediately following receipt of the written notice, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. 1 November 2019 Page 44 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I I 1 .05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.10, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all Work performed according to the Contract Documents and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the Contract. 1 GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor .01 Before any Work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall 1 give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such Work to the person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected. GC 7.12 Environmental Incident Management under Legislation Protecting the Environment and Natural Resources .01 The Contractor shall be in strict compliance with the requirements of the following legislation, as amended, regarding environmental incidents under the control of the Contractor or that are a result of the Contractor's operations: a) Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E.19 b) Fisheries Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. F-14 c) Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, S.O. 2000, c. 16 d) Pesticides Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. P.11 ' e) Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.40 f) Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, 1992, S.C.1992, c. 34 .02 The requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01 include but are not restricted to: a) Immediate containment of the material, pollutant, contaminant, deleterious substance, or dangerous good; ' b) Immediate notification of the environmental incident to the proper authority; and c) Clean up and restoration of the environment to preconditions. .03 The Contractor shall possess a plan demonstrating that environmental incidents shall be managed to satisfy the requirements of clauses GC 7.12.01 and GC 7.12.02. j .04 The Contractor shall provide a copy of the environmental incident plan to the Contract Administrator when required and shall inform the Contract Administrator immediately of: a) An environmental incident when it occurs; and b) Any actions taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor regarding the environmental 1 incident. November 2019 Page 45 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I .05 The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the legislation listed in clause GC 7.12.01. GC 7.13 Obstructions .01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for any loss, damage, or expense occasioned thereby. .02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the location so shown is within the tolerance specified in clause GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions. .03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage. I GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations .01 Except for such Work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on Saturdays, Sundays, and any holidays recognized by the Owner without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator. .02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies, and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their Work or plant at all reasonable times. GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 1 .01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, tools, and Equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. .02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus materials, tools, and Equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others. I GC 7.16 Warranty .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and standards permit such performance. .02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the I Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear, November 2019 Page 46 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the 1 Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, b) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or ' c) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or some of the Work. The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies. I .03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of clause GC 7.16.02. GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers ' .01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly 1 such worker or workers shall be removed from the Work and shall not be employed on the Work again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.18 Drainage .01 During construction and until the Work is completed, the Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. I I 1 1 t 1 November 2019 Page 47 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement ' GC 8.01.01 Quantities .01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate in writing once a month, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, of the quantity of Work performed and provide such Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date. .02 Quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment shall be based on the measurement of Work completed. .03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum. GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities .01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below: a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be paid. b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be paid. Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the Completion Payment. I November 2019 Page 48 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 GC 8.02 Payment GC 8.02.01 Non-Resident Contractor .01 If the Contractor is not a registered entity in Ontario, the Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals, consents, permits, licences, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the Contract. .02 The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors the Contractor proposes to use for carrying out any of the Work required by the Contract and who are not a registered entity in Ontario have obtained all necessary approvals, consents, permits, certificates, registrations, and other authorizations prior to execution of the subcontract. GC 8.02.02 Price for Work .01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its performance. The term "all labour, Equipment, and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies, and other incidentals. 1 .02 Payment, for Work which is identified in the Contract Documents but not specifically detailed as part of any one item shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. GC 8.02.03 Advance Payments for Material .01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: ' a) The Contractor shall deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate and proper storage facilities. b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following procedure: i. Sources Other Than Commercial (A) Granular A, B, BI, BII, Bill, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price. (B) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price ' for each aggregate stockpiled. ii. Commercial Sources Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates shall be considered at the above rate 1 when such Materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried out before incorporating such Materials into a final product. Advance payments for other Materials located at a commercial source shall not be made. ' c) Payment for all other Materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner. d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the Material. Such payment shall not exceed 80% of the Contract price for the item. I November 2019 Page 49 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the Material and shall thenceforth be held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations, except for inclusion in the Work, without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator. f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss, damage, theft, improper use, or destruction of the Material however caused. .02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in clause GC 8.02.03.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance shall only be determined when the Material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. GC 8.02.04 Certification and Payment GC 8.02.04.01 Progress Payment .01 The Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for progress payments monthly or at intervals specified in the Contract Documents after starting the Work on this Contract. The Contractor shall submit the Proper Invoice to the Contract Administrator and to the Owner. This Proper Invoice shall be for work completed at the agreed to Cut-Off Date. .02 A Proper Invoice shall include; 1 a) the requirements as set out in section 6.1 of the Construction Act; b) the quantities of Work performed; c) the value of Work performed; d) any advanced payment for Material; e) the amount of Statutory Holdback, liens, Owner's set-off; ' f) the amount of any applicable taxes; g) the amount due to the Contractor; and I h) any other information that may be prescribed in the Contract Documents. .03 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the submission of the Proper Invoice unless a notice of non-payment has been issued in accordance with the Construction Act. .04 The Owner shall retain the Statutory Holdback in the form and amount as required under the Construction Act. GC 8.02.04.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion .01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract. I November 2019 Page 50 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract ' has been completed in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. ' .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the Subcontractor concerned. GC 8.02.04.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 1 .01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the Contractor the Statutory Holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be made 61 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor submits the following to the Contract Administrator: ra) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies; b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract; ' c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board relating to the subcontract; and d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor. .02 Clause GC 8.02.04.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract Administrator specifically requests it. .03 Upon receipt of the Statutory Holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the 1 payment due under the subcontract. .04 Release of Statutory Holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities. GC 8.02.04.04 Substantial Performance of Work .01 The Contractor, as part of the application for Substantial Performance, shall submit an itemized list Iof the outstanding work. .02 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance. .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after signing the said certificate, ' and shall provide a copy to the Contractor. .04 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Act, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in the manner set out in the regulations. I November 2019 Page 51 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 .05 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense. .06 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Act, the 60 Day lien period prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.04.05, Substantial Performance Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above. GC 8.02.04.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements specified under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance; I b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; c) the amount of the Statutory Holdback, allowing for any previous releases of Statutory Holdback to the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected Equipment; and d) the amount due the Contractor. , .02 Payment shall be made within 28 Days of the date of submission of the Proper Invoice. .03 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment 1 certificate releasing to the Contractor the Statutory Holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such Statutory Holdback shall be due 61 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and b) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. .04 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate. GC 8.02.04.06 Certification of Completion .01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has reached Completion, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate. .02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor. I November 2019 Page 52 of 59 OPSS MUNI 100 I GC 8.02.04.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment 1 Certificates .01 Prior to the Contract Administrator issuing the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall submit a Proper Invoice for the Work completed. In addition to the requirements noted under section 8.02.04.01.02, the Proper Invoice shall include: a) measurement and value of Work at Completion; b) the amount of the further Statutory Holdback based on the value of further Work completed over and above the value of Work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate referred to above; and c) the amount due the Contractor. .02 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further Statutory Holdback. Subject to any outstanding liens and permissible set-offs and upon submission of a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, the Owner shall pay the remaining holdback on the Work done, within 28 Days after the expiration of the 60-Day lien period. 1 .03 Any amount of security retained shall be identified on the Completion Payment Certificate. ' GC 8.02.04.08 Interest 01 Interest due to the Contractor shall be based on simple interest and calculated using the applicable Rate of Interest. Interest shall begin to accrue on an amount that is not paid when it is ' due to be paid under Part-I of the Construction Act, at the prejudgment interest rate determined under subsection 127 (2) of the Courts of Justice Act or, if the Contract specifies a different interest rate for this purpose, the greater of the prejudgment interest rate and the interest rate specified in the Contract. GC 8.02.04.09 Interest for Late Payment ' .01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or for release of Statutory Holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the dates set out below: a) Progress Payment: 28 Days after submission of Proper Invoice; ' b) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date on which the subcontract was completed; ' c) Substantial Performance Payment: 28 Days after the date of issuance of the certificate; d) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance; ' e) Completion Payment: 28 Days after the date certified as the date on which the Contract reached Completion; and f) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment: 89 Days after the date certified as the date that the Work was completed. November 2019 Page 53 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01, interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements. GC 8.02.04.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the , subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the 111 Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of the Work. .02 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection , GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid. .03 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in clause GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period. GC 8.02.04.11 Owner's Set-Off .01 Pursuant to the Construction Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities, including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work, claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's insurer, 111 undetermined claims by the Owner, and any assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action. GC 8.02.04.12 Delay in Payment .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does 111 not exceed the due dates as defined in clause GC 8.02.04.09.01. GC 8.02.05 Payment on a Time and Material Basis , GC 8.02.05.01 Definitions .01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.05 the following definitions apply: I Cost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment. Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices. Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the supplier of the Equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator. November 2019 Page 54 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment ' insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund, and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs. Rented Equipment means Equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word "associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator. Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads, streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than Work on structures. Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than Work on structures. ' Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of Equipment cannot practically be used on other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition. Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of Equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto. The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS.PROV 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment, Including Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the ' Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates. Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time ' and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of the Contract. Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit cannot practically be transferred to other Work but must remain on the site in order to continue ' with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition. GC 8.02.05.02 Daily Work Records ' .01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work ' Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un-reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. November 2019 Page 55 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I GC 8.02.05.03 Payment for Work .01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.04 Payment for Labour .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of the Cost of Labour up to $3,500, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of $3,500. I .02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden. .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract. GC 8.02.05.05 Payment for Material ' .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of the Cost of the Material up to $3,500, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of$3,500. GC 8.02.05.06 Payment for Equipment GC 8.02.05.06.01 Working Time .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The 127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows: a) Cost$12,000 or less - no adjustment; , b) Cost greater than $12,000 but not exceeding $24,000 - payment $12,000 plus 90% of the portion in excess of$12,000; and c) Cost greater than $24,000-$22,800 plus 80% of the portion in excess of$24,000. .02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a maximum of 110% of the 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment. .03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05.06.02 Standby Time .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by November 2019 Page 56 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .02 In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who cannot be otherwise employed during the Standby Time or during the period of idleness caused by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the Work requiring the ' Equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return. .04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to I or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.05.07 Payment for Hand Tools .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for ' or in respect of Hand Tools or Equipment that are tools of the trade. GC 8.02.05.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors ' .01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the commencement of such Work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis: a) 20% of the first$3,500; plus b) 15%of the amount from $3,500 to$12,000; plus c) 5% of the amount in excess of$12,000. .02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to others. If Work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup whatsoever shall be applied. GC 8.02.05.09 Submission of Invoices .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of such Work. .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor. Each summary shall include the Change Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the Work and shall itemize separately the ' labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary. November 2019 Page 57 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I .03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly progress payment, the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in 111 accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .04 The final summary as per clause 8.02.05.09.02 shall be submitted by the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.05.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis .01 Clause GC 8.02.05 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work. , GC 8.02.05.11 Payment Inclusions .01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided, 111 shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses arising out of the Work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the Work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such Work. GC 8.02.06 Final Acceptance Certificate .01 After the acceptance of the Work or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance Certificate. The Final Acceptance Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract. .02 Any remaining amount of security shall be released upon Final Acceptance of the , Contract. GC 8.02.07 Records , .01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom. The Contractor shall preserve all such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, Additional Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time. .02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply certified copies of any part of its Records required, whenever requested by the Owner. GC 8.02.08 Taxes .01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of Tender, the Owner shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved. November 2019 Page 58 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I .02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract ' Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance. .03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final Acceptance. .04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of Equipment, the provision of labour, and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work. .05 The Contractor shall add the Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)to all invoices. GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages ' .01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract Documents. 1 I November 2019 Page 59 of 59 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I A-1 AGREEMENT ICONTRACT NO. 08175-2022 ITHIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS 11th I DAY OF April , 2022. BETWEEN: MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (hereinafter called "the Owner") 1475 Concession 5, R. R. 5 OF THE FIRST PART I Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 and— OMEGA CONTRACTORS INC. (hereinafter called "the Contractor") I 4104 Breck Ave. OF THE SECOND PART London, ON N6L 1 B5 IWITNESSETH That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and I obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows: I ARTICLE 1 a) A description of the work is: IMunicipality of Kincardine, Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction, Contract No. 08175-2022. I b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at their own expense, provide all and every kind of labour, machinery, plant, structures, roads, ways, materials, appliances, articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in I this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Contract Administrator commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified. ARTICLE 2 IIn case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, or Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing, the provisions of I such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order; namely, I I A-2 a) Agreement I b) Addenda c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings I e)0Information to Bidders Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings I h)i) Form of Tender Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions k) Working Drawings ARTICLE 3 IThe Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner(or the Engineer) and without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of Ithis contract. ARTICLE 4 IThe Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works at the tendered I lump sum or unit prices after measurement approved by the Contract Administrator, the total which is presently estimated to be the sum of I Two Million, Six Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand, Three Hundred Forty Nine Dollars and Sixty Three Cents ($2,627,349.63) subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, Isubject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be provided in the attached hereto. 1 ARTICLE 5 Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made I by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Contract Administrator, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Contract Administrator at the following address: IB. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners I 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 I Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Contract Administrator, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Contract Administrator appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where I any such notice, direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to the Contract Administrator. I A-3 ARTICLE 6 A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions, Addenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed and together with the Plans relating thereto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. ARTICLE 7 No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights against the Owner may be founded. ARTICLE 8 Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract. ARTICLE 9 ' The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract, they have either investigated the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect the tender or the acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, is willing to assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the work which might or could make the work or any items thereof, more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that they did not and do not rely upon information furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was ' not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner. ARTICLE 10 The Contractor declares that in entering into this Contract the obligations shall be upheld of the Ontario Human Rights Code, the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Employment ' Standards Act, the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, the Criminal Code of Canada and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. In addition, any obligations established by the Owner's policies which prohibit harassment/discrimination on a number of grounds including political affiliation and the level of literacy shall be upheld by the Contractor. WHERE LEGALLY MANDATED,the Contractor shall have in place the necessary policies, programs, information, instruction, plans and/or other supports that are consistent with their fobligations and shall have an internal process available for employees and service recipients to prevent, address and remedy discrimination, racism, harassment, hate and inaccessibility complaints. The Contractor agrees that they shall, upon request by the Owner, provide evidence of the policies, programs, information, instruction, plans and other supports and an appropriate internal complaint resolution process required under this Declaration which is sufficient to allow ' the Owner to determine compliance. The Contractor acknowledges that failure to demonstrate compliance with this declaration, to the satisfaction of the Owner, may result in the termination of the contract. i I U A-4 ARTICLE 11 UThis contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors, administrators, executors and assigns and each of them. IIN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of I their proper officer, as the case may be. IFOR THE OWNER: Iviv.t.....„7-tCurry CImy 0r kt1 i1-t_ Signature Name Title Date I I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I OXC\flC\ .nit - ockio mann A C'\h q CAD May 9, 202.2 Signature Name Title Bate II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I 1 FOR THE CONTRACTOR: I c.NaTs l�'vcaA tic s� �4Pce\ V. /ZozZ Signature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. `a Vn 0.N �d..r r.�•3 , e.c stle rt. e-%\ o-Li•r 0,- - ;' Date I I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I IY:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Al-4-2021-01-01-fixed.docx 1 i Page 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS ' CORPORATE STATEMENT OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors, agents and others on our premises. Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and ' implemented and shall be adhered to. ' ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL: 1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives ' and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements. 2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number. 3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain 1 consistently a high level of health and safety. 4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be required. 5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of fulfilment of above responsibilities. 6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) premiums. 7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health & safety form stating ' his agreement to comply. Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety of all. Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE F 1 1 Page 2 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE 1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM ' I have read the "Municipality of Kincardine, Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it. 1 Contractor's Name Date 1 I 1 I I I Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE F 1 CONTRACT RELEASE ' (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract No. (entered into between ( the Owner 1 AND ( the Contractor (dated , 20 ' (for the construction of ( (in , Ontario. ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We (name of Contractor, in full) for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have remised, released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves, my/our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, remise, release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all manner of action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever at law or in equity which I/We ever had or now have, or which I/We or my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and except any claim which I/We have arising out of; 1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price; and 2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work; and 3) 1 (if none, state "none") IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) 1 ) • Witness or Company Seal i Date Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_T'emplates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Contract Release I8Aug9.docx 1 STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS, LIABILITIES& PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS ' DOMINION OF CANADA IN THE MATTER of(a contract,known as PROVINCE OF ONTARIO entered into between( the Owner ' AND (dated( the Contractor , 20 for the construction of( ' in( , Ontario. TO WIT: I, of in the Province of , do solemnly declare: 1. That I am of the (President, Secretary,Treasurer,a Partner, etc.) Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. 2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30 and amendments thereto, and with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages. 3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, and amounts held back and amounts deferred by written agreement, all liabilities incurred by the said Contractor arising out of work performed have been discharged. 4. That the following is a complete list of disputed accounts: Name&Address of Creditor Service Rendered Total Claims($) Amount in Dispute Amount Paid($) I (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) 5. That all persons who have placed or furnished any material or things to be used in connection with the above Contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work, service,materials or things and there are no liens, garnishees, attachments or claims relating thereto. 6. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof. 7. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor has received notice have been fully paid or settled, except for the following: ' Claimant Description of Amount of Amount Paid($) Claim Claim($) (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) IY:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 18Aug9 docx Page 1 of 2 the above-named Contractor has not had anynotice of anygrounds for a claim (other than 8. That o those covered by paragraph 7 above)connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made. AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of"The Canada Evidence Act". ' DECLARED before me at the of) in the County of ) this day of ) A.D. 20 ) A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration l8Aug9.docx Page 2 of 2 I I - Area under End construction L�"s ' run s fr w1.� 'may,,,,,, s ,,,,, „,,,, I ---:'"-----.........T"-------s.s.............s......._"'"•-- ......._ Barrier ':' ...i ,',4Vv v i ; main run\ �L Vi�, End run ili , Area under protection - " - /i wOterco4r' - ' - ii , . ,� _ se I PERSPECTIVE VIEW AR co Direction �� Direction of flow a ,)o� ec ,,`,, v A 1,,(`' 1. < \--------„. I 2m max I 4 A Main run 40m max IWire PLAN I 1 Geotextile v E 300mm min Metal T—bar I ���' >=o f of geotextile . / /1 Direction flow in trench r > iiii /\ i i compacted Original ground , /; E 44 400 E 1 o o E co JOINT DETAIL SECTION A-A NOTE: A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2021 !Rev I 1 sT4%,, • 1 HEAVY-DUTY WIRE-BACKED � N, SILT FENCE BARRIER OPSD 219. 131 I Direction of flow Stakes equally spaced Straw bales C I A Note 1 A . . . 1 . . . . . . . . t I . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . I L► I PLAN C Earth 9r de I FLAT BOTTOM DITCH o Not Stakes driven flushjTrenc Type 2 Low point 1 Bottom of end bales -4_-' '-- -----' h of downstream row shall I be higher than the low I V V 1 V I point of flow check. Downstream bale position SECTION A—A outlined. Typ Direction of flowI Straw bales .g Stakes equally spaced C Note 1 I Bt . . . . . . . . . . ±6 . I . a a • a 1 I L♦ PLAN C I Earth grade V—DITCH Stakes driven flush I Low point Trench SECTION B—B I Bale ties shall not Direction flow / be in contact with ground I NOTES: 75 .� 1 Number of bales varies and shall suit ditch. uu I/ 2 Straw bales shall be butted tightly against 'AM �� adjoining bales and shaped to conform to Trencih eshall be I the sides of the ditch to prevent water flow comfac compacted nd through barrier. p 1275 1 o A Fill and compact gaps with loose straw. SECTION C—C B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2021 'Rev 13 srA,va 0 P � STRAW BALE FLOW CHECK DAM �'°6�,- � OPSD 219. 180 I See Table A N I T— >° Sidewalk walkk I Entrance Boulevard I 0 Curb with gutter F Dropped curb I A 600mm min --300mm 300mm— 600mm min min min I Sidewalk PLAN Boulevard Entrance _� Pavement surface I '��i 600 I Base ® Subbase I Subdrain ISOMETRIC VIEW I 8y 3.0m 3.0m Var — S/W or S/W and entrance ote SAG —S/W Entrance - 111 6y Note 1 4X' Note 7 49amax I I 8% Max Dropped curb CREST 6%, Note 2 4%, Note 2 2 gq„ 2- Note SECTION A-AI DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS WIDTH LAND USE m I NOTES: Single Double 1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10%. min max min max 2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%. Residential 3.0 4.3 6.0 7.3 IIIA All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 12 fAsirk,1/4 1 URBAN RESIDENTIAL ,(\ L4) ENTRANCE 1 OPSD 351 .010 — 820 , �A N 25 1 1--- ----40 Size and spacing, Typ ). +— 0 / 2re /33— 51 51 + -- ----- p �� ;, �j T -UI~38 n 3�{I� I I - - - N 44 i II N aMo `� F-86 0 57F� n — — to M t M �5t~ J in1 B {. a,1 L C B rn �_ - 491-- o o +— 102 T- T Ct �C co to N ) 76 76 + U N (0 t0 - — — — 66 3 — 102 Fr� --151 `D E — — I L� f L7 P .41 1 N E 111 — r • 0 N i 19mm dia hinge pin 20 Hoisting hook rib, A 20mm, Typ —152-0-I GRATE PLAN Typ, OPSD 400.001 FRAME PLAN SECTION A-A - 612 657 N r— 33mm, Typ �51—M See 17 6231 _17 _�ii,I IWUU .n Slot Detail GM 321 2 M 49� —I I 15mm,Typ 40 ( 9 dr. 7- III . T V 0% NOTES: SECTION C-C • 105 I 610 1 105 k-� A This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 610.010 and 610.020. ,,25.- SECTION B—B B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. \-29 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 'Rev l3S I54-1L �_ 48 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITHR14.5�� SQUARE OVERFLOW TYPE FLAT GRATE FOR SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, PERFORATED OPENINGS OPSD 400. 110 um — Ns sr UN e MI MN N OM M 1111111 INN MI In MIN MI r N r — W M all MIN ON V MIS I i NM I e — O r — s 800 R70mm min 150mm max Typ '• ill I.1 un Ill I:I c CI CI ® CI Ea ® ■- ■- I.I I.I 1.1 Iql I■I I.I WI • ■ 11 ■ • ® ® ® ® ® ® Il * I.I I.I■I■I■I.I■uil■I:I■I■I■I:I I.I Lift hole IIIII I III I d i!1 El ® ® ® ® ® 1-* I!I ITi, 1.1 I.I■I.I■I.I■I.I■Inl■I.I■I.I■I.I■I.I I.I • • CAL ® ® CI CI CI ® ® CI ® CI J C t ■ •■ •■ III ■ ■ ■ I■I I■I I■I I■I I■I I!!I I■I I■I I■I I■I LI A� - - ?A -RF D A N , G E R -®- D =._. i A N . G E R •-,=,,I D ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ![01 ® ® LI LI■LI■LI■LI■I.,I.LI■LI■LI■1.1 1.1 ® ® ® ® ® _ ■ ■ ■ 11 ■ ■ ■ ,� pco '4I ICI ICI I�� I!I I!I■I!I■I!1■I!I■hI■i!I■I!I■I!I■I!1 is' y ® ® ® ® ® ICI ICI I■I I.I I!!I I!I ICI ICI I�1 ...,;()%. sIJ1:1 ■�■�11�■ ■�� ® ® ® ® ® I.I I.I I:I■un■I:I rat la! „vs' ,�r ICI ��I I.I I.I PHI I.I 1.1 20mm, Typ —vii TYPE A TYPE B Hoisting hook rib, FRAME PLAN B Typ, OPSD 400.001 CLOSED COVER OPEN COVER 0676 - 0624 0624 29 29 22 I 29 29 22 0624 2 I �1 14y 24 1 r_� r_ --i f� + + 1 14— 241 -y �-y 1— --I i~ 0578 1 7 I II I ._ T I I I I ' � 6 MIII 49 �� 19 I I- 0613 15 27�� } } I- 06 3 15 27�_� '� NIup „A 44 1 I.I.I I ES 19 ± + SECTION C—C SECTION D—D Ls t 50 0575 NOTES: 16.5 1 0667 A Covers shall be Type A or Type B, as specified. SECTION A—A B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 'Rev I4 444 � CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH ���� ���������� CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER _..., SECTION B—B FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 401 .010 I L I 50x50x6mm angle 1141 Rivets welded to grating WillWi __r__ "_____ __in I 7 _ 140mmII __ _ _ _ __ _ J �max,Typ 45x5mm bearing Grating Grating Size o ZB r .� bars, Typ B� 1 Type Length Width co I 1 I 6mm dia rivets, Typ --- I 60mm II --------- — --i A 762 768 L. \ Typ _ill__ 111 B 1338 768 . C 1465 768 1 20x3mm reticuline _ bars, TypII 4 11 I �I PLAN OF GRATE SECTION A—A 13x95mm Type 304 stainless i steel expansion anchor a U ? or approved equivalent, IR threaded 32mm and installed I■■I per manufacturer's instructions SECTION B—B 1111 See Note 1 CII115x76x5mm flat t Fasteners on sidesII galvanized steel I See Details offset washer C‘19 c ri I el e gU41,��/4 38 �-38 FASTENER 7 DETAIL *mil" Fw 1 15mm dia holeill ii in I SECTION C—C FASTENER EMBEDMENT DETAIL + NOTES: OFFSET WASHER DETAIL I 1 Equivalent (13x100mm Galvanized J—Bolt) cast—in—place anchor may be used. A Fastener shall be inserted to maintain minimum concrete cover requirements. I B All steel components and rivets shall be galvanized. C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2017 I Rev 13 srA,va I GALVANIZED STEEL ' kV HONEYCOMB GRATING 434/._01'AS I FOR DITCH INLETS OPSD 403.010 I I I I 440 - I - 210 205 --25 Dropped curb `1, at entrances a ' �> rwl } "Po. 0 o ,n "� co N ? N N ' : I Note 3 t e . �. e I For flexible 25 pavement 465 I For rigid pavement 25x75mm keyway centred in concrete base Note 1 and 3 I I INOTES: 1 When curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement or base, this drawing shall be used in conjunction with I OPSD 552.010 and 552.020. 2 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. I 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail where it shall be according to the OPSD 900 Series. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 0, ST,44,I , CONCRETE MOUNTABLE CURB I 4.,4t._140- WITH NARROW GUTTER OPSD 600. 100 1 I Elevation of top of curb I '1 to follow shoulder slope1.9m Curb with gutter Edge of pavement I as specified O I iZ INN 1 < d/ vation Back of curb of top of curb to follow shoulder slope i /' # TI PLAN -Level of gutter at curb with gutter I in o I I� o - \1 + �� - ' ' ..v_t f: 225mm min ---1 X It 450 --1 IX SECTION X—X I CURB with GUTTER ,, I Type Barrier 200 1 Semi—Mountable 300 Mountable 400 1 NOTES: I A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 to snag` 1 45° CONCRETE OUTLET VPFOR CONCRETE CURB WITH GUTTER /.-co I AT END OF RUN OPSD 605.030 I I 3.8m termination -{ �150mm� min Curb with i gutter 1 t , I � 11 � o , IIco llI z 11 I i I Gutter line U —I 225 I-- PLAN N END VIEW I (---- 7 IELEVATION MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER I Curb with I gutter 3.8m Termination 1 50mm I min \ I I 1 Q Y W lit I Gutter or z°� Ill ' � ' I curb line I ii I `I M I U --I Varies[— I PLAN N END VIEW 7 I ELEVATION BARRIER AND SEMI—MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER I NOTES: 1 Slope shall match existing shoulder. l A This drawing shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 600 series curb with gutter drawings. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 lo :ice\ I METHOD OF TERMINATION ��'2 FOR CONCRETE CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 608.010 A 1÷ Saw cut Semi-mountable or Back of curb or joint, Typ mountable curb with gutter EP Hot mix Curb Barrier curb with gutter— Mortar III ' I ' I_ _I ' I ' I ' I ' See Details 20mm max Face e . :i1 1 below 5 Typ r of curb r N 1 v ob Ic �� Gutter _ moo_. ////. % A �EP Adjustment units, �,' A r A • _ OPSD 704.010 a ,� A Granular B ` A (i , B base SECTION A—A Frame with grate A fr Pavement---I F-125-- • Gutter line PLAN a. a 10 , ,, e. ' Saw cut Top of curb Taper: length 150mm max Top of e e or joint, Typ depth 5mm min pavement e % Typ IP Ay vi/ phi .—Hot mix � �������� ��������: IIIIIIIM- 1 BARRIER CURB SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE Typ d! L CURB WITH GUTTER \ DETAILS =rig �� bk. \ii 'Or A�25 _'' ....' 4. • •---Gutter line -1 10 NOTE: SECTION B—B Granular base Typ ° A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. e ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 12 ,,. Tavots 11e CATCH BASIN FRAME WITH GRATE ' `" " � INSTALLATION AT c>. •�� -.a BARRIER CURB WITH GUTTER CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 610.010 am V r S MI OM M IIIIII Mr — MI r MI M M M MI all OM I I d I O 300mm Note 1 d v Granular J Tapered top bedding ISee alternative C a SUMP DETAIL A :1 t. ALTERNATIVES Bottom riser section with 01200 inlet and outlet openings to suit I Riser sections as required '� Bench or 01200 L sump as specified allaigAl Monolithic base with inlet 300mm max • r • .a. and outlet openings to suit l T L_° �• 4�J I See alternatives A and B d = yP a Granular Bench or sump ^ 'a bedding as specified ` p!,.":---� P. 300mm, Typ—t �-- d. . • d A PRECAST SLAB BASE IGranular bedding L-'- --- ;: • , Riser I 01200 I section 150 FF.-150 NOTES: 300 �� 1275 1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. iiiarnuld IP Bum h or s I P a A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum specified 300 I thickness of 300mm all around the _� maintenance hole. L' -'" "`- '"1 Steel reinforcement Granular B Precast concrete components shall be according as specified bedding to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE II C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020. D Pipe support according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap I E For benching and pipe opening details, Riser ��� see OPSD 701.021. section IMER F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01200 I see OPSD 704.010. G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. C PRECAST FLAT CAP IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 !Rev I 5 s1L4 PRECAST CONCRETE f ylf.' I MAINTENANCE HOLE %°�1._e 1200mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .010 I I ALTERNATIVES Riser I section ® 150 e A + 01800 1 I •• 300 � i' L150 TapSee red alternatives lternatives C Bench or sump + lir. % II as specified 330 and D p Note 1 • O o e • a. . e 300 ;ff..: Riser sections . t F': i - •'= ,. 1 as required 01200 Granular Steel reinforcement bedding as specified I Transition slab • �. - A CAST—IN—PLACE BASE See alternative B A I• 01800 - a N I • _L-300mm max 01200 Riser sections = Typ a E as required E Riser . o : o.. . E section MI 0 Bench or sump ` :e I o as specified :;o + .. .: 0D a Note 1 e 300mm ` . ... . --.. . `A. Riser .r Typ e v o e section . v _. 01800 Precast slab • •? _ .1 base t=.-i... ._...,L-. 1•. ��J See alternative A 'Granular bedding' ' B TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB NOTES: I 1 For sump detail, see OPSD 701.010. mffasi A Granular backfill shall be placed to a Flat cap r�� minimum thickness of 300mm all around Riser 01200 111 the maintenance hole. section B Precast concrete components shall be according to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, 701.050, I 701.051, 703.012, 703.022, and 706.020. C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth shall C 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020 or 404.022. D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap puniamingh E For benching and pipe opening details, see OPSD 701.021. Riser section F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01800 see OPSD 704.010. i I G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. D 1800mm PRECAST FLAT CAP ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 15 i STA I PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE % 1' 1800mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .012 I IALTERNATIVES Riser section m 150 I , 02400 3010 �_ 1 • 150 a o./ I. 380 Tapered top a See alternatives 8 300 ... `.'".',.• and C f d 7 Granular Steel`reinforcement bedding as specified J L Bench or sump I Riser sections A a as specified. Note 1 as required 01200 A CAST—IN—PLACE BASE a I 7 1 Transition slab a a a ��_ J 02400 - \.. ' Flat cap I Riser 01200 a 300mm max Typ : section Typ a e Riser sections Ias required : r.- '�' B 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP . o T + 1.. 00 Bench or sump ` a 1. " " e Flat cap p� I agazing as specified o Note 1 0 / o `� t '% NI Riser 02400 a: . \ • " section Precast slab base a —j . . _ r See alternative A , a a a i Granular -•- _ _ -. ,- -w : r - C 2400mm PRECAST FLAT CAP Ibedding I NOTES: 1 For sump detail, see OPSD 701.010. D Pipe support shall be according to I A Granular backfill shall be placed to a OPSD 708.020. minimum thickness of 300mm all around E For benching and pipe opening details, the maintenance hole. see OPSD 701.021. I B Precast concrete components shall be F For adjustment unit and frame installation, according to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, see OPSD 704.010. 701.060, 701.061, 703.013, 703.023, G All dimensions are nominal. 706.030 and 706.031. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless ' C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth shall otherwise shown. include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 IRev 15 s PRECAST CONCRETE I MAINTENANCE HOLE 4l_i 2400mm DIAMETER _ OPSD 701 .013 1 I• I . • . . - • • 1,,,.._. ... .. ... ..... . ... ... ... ...... . . .. 1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction .:......::::::::.::.....*....:::::: :::',......:::::El'-... . ...'..........• .:-..........::"...:•::::::::.:. -•.1:.••••:.....:::::: ::::#:::::.... .. .......\. ... I I 4. Four way junction 5. Straight through 6. Dead end I - 4 H H•1 V . %:•:::-.• :...: .'.I ... ..:.".. L ...... .- :......, 8 V m'ox m n v' F OPP' 1 v v - Jn D max D 2 mi a min 7. Wye connection 8. 45 bend Section MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS Maintenance I No. 1-4 No. 5 and 6 No. 8 No.7 Hole Diameter Inlet Hole Outlet Hole 1200 700 860 780 700 860 1500 860 1220 960 860 1170 1800 1220 1485 1220 1220 1485 2400 1485 2020 1760 1485 2020 I 3000 1930 2450 2300 1930 2450 3600 2470 3085 2730 2470 3085 NOTES: 1 Slopes shall be maintained from the outlet hole opening for top of benching. I A Concrete for benching shall be 30MPa. B When benching is hand—finshed, it shall be given wood float finish, channel shall be given steel trowel finish. C Benching slope and height shall be as specified. I D When specified, maintenance holes that are 1200mm in diameter with a uniform channel for 200 or 250mm pipe may be prebenched at the manufacturer with standardized benching slope and channel orientation. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I4 .o gAIIIIhN MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING AND PIPE OPENING ALTERNATIVES OPSD 701 .021 I NM NM INN 111111 INS NM NMI MN 1111111 111111 NM INN NM Pavement Curb with I _ gutter Pavement Curb with — Grate reference elevation gutter _ �1 i _ _ --I Frame to be Typ —= + Standard frame rt-- II--n - set in a full t _i_ I _jj 450mm riJ—I j� mortar bed with grate _—i—_jam pollilp maximum to Mill p Typ Typ EX El p111111111p first step 0111111111111111111110 p1111•11111•110 p--NS y 1 p��� Adjustment units:MI 11M111111211 p--p IL Note minimum of one o • e F maximum of three IM Typ o 300mm First adjustment unit Typ to be set full e mortar bed, Typ SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH TAPER TOP FLAT CAP CATCH BASIN Reinforce each adjustment unit with a minimum of 1 wire with an end area of at least 15mm 2. Lap wire 150mm or butt weld. Maintenance hole step Note 2, Typ - Round or square Note 1 r frame with grate or cover Adjustment units for 1 \ i maintenance holes — Adjustment units with round openings. r Note 3 for catch basins Available in sections L with square or continuous units. — — r — openings. Use butyl tape r 7 1 Note 3 J Available in between units. sections or continuous units. Use butyl tape CID CL:D between units. Taper top Flat cap%11.10 Riser section 1%0 Catch basin NOTES: 1 If first step is in an adjustment unit, the adjustment unit shall be of the A Adjustment units shall not extend beyond the outside edge of the structure. type manufactured with a step in place. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. 2 Centre reinforcing in adjustment ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 13 4 sue` unit ±10mm. 3 Round and square adjustment units PRECAST CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT UNITS are available in sizes of 50, 75, AS.r � 100, 150, and 300mm. FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND VALVE CHAMBERS OPSD 704.010 I 150m m I r overlap, Typ ALTERNATE STANDARD • 1 HEIGHTS - - I ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A 1980 B ----- Ik B B 1830 I C 1520 WWR — jnm2/m D 1380 each way I A PLAN I - 830 - - 830 115 — r 600 1 — 115 115 — h 600 -{ 115 I . I 1 I I 11 111 r 1-2 1 411 __________ : L I Knockout—'---:r 7 t •ii Typ Note 2 _ Note 2 - `' 250 0 ° I v a o v a c a N o 0 ° 0 a`) WWR E c' I 0 185mm2/m 0 co c a. Outlet hole -° E each way N to - Note 1 E • o E Q f 00 E au a v �� o w ---- 300mm j o ' all sides Co Typ I o in a : a. a f t . L ..I I J Granular SECTION A-A bedding SECTION B-B I NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall I location as required. be installed according to OPSD 704.010. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep. E All dimensions are nominal. A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls F All dimensions are in millimetres I ±20mm. unless otherwise shown. B Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 I Rev 14 to sT.A,, 0(2 PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN � I 600x600mm OPSD 705.010 I 1 —1 150mm Alternate Standard Opening Dimensions overlap, Typ I Heights Grate Alternate Dimension Type Slope o b �° - WWR 2 A 1980 2H:1V 670 52 185mm /m I each way B 1520 3H:1V 632 71 C 1380 A 4H:1V 618 78 .4 6H:1V 608 83 I - _ HOR 600 87 • • _'' e " I SECTION B-B Ar..� I } 6 �/:> 4 774 { { o 0 Grate reference E -. elevation E f IMS:=5 .EI • E E 150 600 —150Ln B c J I B I l �, � j r i 1 a cN a N= a v a o o WWR a c E 185mm 2/m • v Outlet hole •o each way E a a Note 1 „A �O o n E o co o 150 I- - 600 ---I --150 T 00mm iP L. J . J GranularIII �.. . . bedding A SECTION A-A FRONT VIEW I NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm maximum diameter, location as required. A Where inlet is placed across ditch and is accessible to vehicular traffic, grating slope shall be 6H:1V or flatter. B Center reinforcing in wall and slab ±25mm. I C Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the ditch inlet. D Grating shall be according to OPSD 403.010. E Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. F All dimensions are nominal. I G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2019 !Rev 14 I srk 0 p 0PRECAST CONCRETE DITCH INLET s 600 x 600mm c��` � I OPSD 705.030 Catch basin connection Catch basin connection Fitting or radius Fitting or radius bend as required bend as required ,.r-�' • �� 1 Tee or saddle, Note 1 1 f� Lv so main �•,. // / Riser / _/ • 41 / / 745' EA •c Undisturbed / x o aNi ground // < .• /d... • • • {Beddin9 and cover / // Concrete bedding 'a / ;//i... Note 2 as specified = / : // Unstur •�ground . •. / Tee or saddle, Note 1 45"--- max / Sewer main CONNECTION WITHOUT RISER .'' : E E •c NOTES: - E 1 For sewers smaller than 450mm dia, connections shall be made using approved factory made tees. For all other sizes, either factory made tees or approved CONNECTION WITH RISER saddles may be used. 2 Riser bedding shall have a minimum width of riser pipe outside diameter plus 600mm. A Approved cut—in tool shall be used for field installed tees and saddles. B Maintenance holes shall be used at ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 13 �,o ST,q^,, the main sewer to connect Ii.�� LA catch basin connections greater CATCH BASIN CONNECTION � than 300mm. k .?IJI C All dimensions are in millimetres FOR RIGID MAIN PIPE SEWER OPSD 708.010 unless otherwise shown. mu ma an i 1111 — UN r In al S N MO N MO NB N E N V 1 MI M M M UN E M NM — MN — — — ! M !,,�. `em •` ;: .:.!!;i .y I' E f_ I I O r7 Ti i •E O E E `. o 300mm min--I I~ " M Flexible joint shall be <r ', :`. '` ` placed within 300mm ". of wall of structure `.;• 'i SECTION A—A For installation of these connectors wh w ••� refer to manufacturer's instructions. I . 300mm min—I I~ A full length of pipe may be used '`> in conjunction with a flexible Granular backfill Granular backfill Catch basin or watertight connector. maintenance hole Granular bedding it A I riLl::_: A Concrete cradle 300mm min Note 1 eigalli Granular bedding ELEVATION ELEVATION FLEXIBLE JOINT CONCRETE CRADLE FLEXIBLE, WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE RIGID PIPE RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 14 styv 1 Pipe shall be supported with iWN concrete or unshrinkable fill to SUPPORT FOR PIPE i the first pipe joint. ��\�� A All dimensions are in millimetres AT CATCH BASIN ' c_ ' unless otherwise shown. OR MAINTENANCE HOLE OPSD 708.020 PIPE IN SUPPORTED — -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- — PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION Finished surface N EXCAVATION / Finished surface EXCAVATION \ — Note 4, Typ Subgrade 0.50 Permanent _\ w a or temporary \ - = - -: _ - E,~ support system—�=, = - .. _ - i- _ . 1 1 = j •'~ t-- Typ �:. = 1 1 Iol Backfill material z \ : For pipe culvert frost treatment 1 5 Clearance \ • 300mm min Note 3 1 See table, Typ F \• :: TYP I 0 ? E 300mm min X \; • 0 of E \ . I N TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE 3/ 1 w 150mm \ : . .... min, Typ— \.: SOIL SOIL50 � � .. .. . . 0.50 Bedding grade Note 2 0.50 Note 2 PIPE IN SUPPORTED — -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION / Finished surface LEGEND: 0 — Inside diameter 1 ---r_0•50 ! Subgrade NOTES: � ',•: = 11 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 1 _ ^^2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom 0 3 Backfill material of the pipe. For pipe culvert frost 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 ` treatment, Note 3 and 803.031. 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted -- 0.50 Pipe Clearance TYPE 4 Inside Diameter prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment 0.50 SOIL mm mm material. Note 2 900 or less 300 B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations Over 900 500 for Construction Projects.C All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 13 s tAilliliet>, unless otherwise shown. FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL - ' EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.010 um M MI N — I — M i OM i M MO M N — M i r MI IIIIII IMO MO MO OM MINI ill MI IMO GM NIB MO Mill IIIIIII IMP =II MO IMO PIPE IN — - — PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION SUPPORTED EXCAVATION / Finished surface EXCAVATION Permanent or 1 * ** temporary rt A1 Z11 *** *** 11 1 i .. * ** 1 L - Note 4, Typ suppo 1 ( 1 ( 3 / Subgrade \ 3 1 = a_ system, Typ 1 - 5,-- -,:-:', .:-,' ":.. 7 •,-----. \., i z..--....-- : ...:.:,-. ...- ---... \ ....--,- -...,- • •:. ...-.4 Overburden -:-.:::: '',:..--::,.-,:... / / ....---- "•-•-.. : ?-.: :. ".--"•'--9- ., ----- -F,„.,3 Rock _e ,-,,,-,-6-,, • -,.--5,-t— / ,-- \>- • ,, w ,, /• '4''''..,-.,- -';'...t // // // Z 0 surface a) q...,:..:-.:-.-Li. :,- -..---•,- , ,, > ii, ,- .-,.. _ -_,,- ,...„ 7-;;.:-1 / ......--- Backfill material : . 7 .....-1 ;..;•::>_-:-.::.: > I Z Typ o -;:t...::",:: -: ;"'• .: .,..: "" I k/.Y/A A 7 im ,.." ..,---) -- e/7 /YAXA/AYA. . is E ., WIWI : :: 1 'I,/ 300mm min, Typ For pipe culvert frost treatment Note 3 i‘•":•=.t...' " :.-- i."'-`-i .,e, gr:•77.:.: : I : Clearance :. • e See table E x 2 r ,:•:.I, _________ Note 5, Typ iT 4'I' ': ': I A 0 ° . I ' C sv/t , • \ Typ o E 1 • -o >,'- I :' I: : D • :.r-c-- a) I— I . . 12—..":-::I \ • -C) %,./ ::.:1 r 150mm min LS ,,\%;si .::... '' 1 1 Typ .1''' '• .1 ,LL..,. . . L.L- 1'? , "\ s .: .•..;:/\\,t/\: ',./ /.. \?•\\// 0.50 Bedding grade 0.5D Note 2 Note 2 ORIGINAL ROCK < 1200mm ABOVE ORIGINAL ROCK 1200mm ABOVE TRENCH BOTTOM TRENCH BOTTOM NOTES: LEGEND: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. D — Inside diameter 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. * — Type 1 or 2 soil 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. ** — Type 3 soil Type 4 soi 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. l CLEARANCE TABLE 5 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. Pipe A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted prior Inside Diameter Clearance mm to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment material. mm - or less 300 B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations 900 for Construction Projects. Over 900 500 C Fractured rock shall be treated as Type 1 soil. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 'Rev I 3 D All dimensions are in metres 1 two le..; unless otherwise shown. FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL ROCK EXCAVATION OPSD 802.013 Finished surface — Clearance w a Subgrade See table, Typ w'— r w D I Earth or granular fill .. I D I o { I For pipe culvert frost l••: =z , 300 T mp min treatment i r 1.5 1 I I aci . VTyp D D E i 150mm min D Typ Original ground I .. w i i Original ground j95 D Bedding grade / 0.5 D Note 2 Finished surface —N, Note 2 PIPE INVERT ABOVE Subgrade—N., PIPE INVERT AT OR BELOW ORIGINAL GROUND _0_I =_ = -=- •- ORIGINAL GROUND -.y E' - -,------- -_j - .: - I �. . �: •='• Rock fill For pipe culvert frost —r------ --r-1 f'�"'�—.--- —� treatment ` :. :�� — —Tom•;•: Note 3 0.50 Rock fill surface to be chinked prior LEGEND: Bedding grade Note 2 to placing geotextile and bedding 0 — Inside diameter PIPE EMBEDMENT NOTES: WITH ROCK FILL UNDER AND OVER THE PIPE CLEARANCE TABLE Pipe Clearance 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. Inside Diameter 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. mm mm 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 900 or less _ 300 4 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. Over 900 500 A Granular material placed in ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 13r4;i'70N the haunch area shall be compacted prior to placing and \ compacting the remainder of FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT I 1ksl ___voy the embedment material. IN EMBANKMENT B All dimensions are in metres ORIGINAL GROUND: EARTH OR ROCK unless otherwise shown. OPSD 802.014 am m am no MO I S 1111 M En MI N — 1 EN — all i GM INN N I l' MS OM S NM V - MIN NMI V MI NM MI UM MN i PIPE IN SUPPORTED -- — PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED — - — PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION / Finished surface \ Note 5-- = a 0.5OD 0.5OD w i- 7 Typ Subgrade \ :r; .:3: 7-.A--:-.- Maill t j temporary 1 =z support system -Ns. . . = 1 1 Typ --5 ` 1 \ Clearance Backfill material �, 1.5 ` \ See table • 1.5 For pipe culvert frost - 0.500 — /\ Co treatment, Note 4 • D Typ Cover material 0.1500 ,•, 300mm min, Typ ` \k /\, i,::. Compacted .1 i V / �` bedding material 22/ \ Note 2 \ Bedding grade �/ Typ — 0.50D 0.500 - 0.600 0.5 DD Note 3 Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. LEGEND: 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.15D. In no case D — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. OD— Outside diameter Pipe 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. Inside Diameter Clearance mm 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 'Rev 13 ��� unless otherwise shown. RIGID PIPE BEDDING, yir COVER, AND BACKFILL °i.t_pie TYPE 3 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.031 I PIPE IN SUPPORTED — — PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED I EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface w i- Note 5, Typ °— Permanent or C O.SOD ,/—Subgrade I a temporary ///////�• - - N .0 o support system _ ._: _ �:; ,. =z Typ Cover material 15 _ I 11 /\ D�1 . 3 Backfill material 0.500 '` For pipe culvert frost '' treatment, Note 4 /\ Compacted bedding material 1 Bedding I Note 2 J 0.6 OD grade Note 3 0.5 OD CLASS B BEDDING I PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED -- I---- PIPE IN SUPPORTED Finished surface, EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Subgrade 0.5 OD - - --'.:300mm min, Typ '- \\\\\\\ r = -. ' - Clearance 3 ,- ` - 1.5 f See table, Typ I Backfill material ''1 D C • \ For pipe culvert frost � treatment, Note 4 <, •-"\ over material Compacted 0.1500 \" bedding material L Note 2 I Bedding grade - I-- 0.5 00 Note 3 O.SOD i -1 CLASS C BEDDING CLEARANCE TABLE Pipe Clearance LEGEND: Inside Diameter mm mm 0 - Inside diameter 900 or less 300 OD — Outside diameter Over 900 500 NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. I 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act I and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 13 p see, I RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER, AND BACKFILL "°,A41._ , I TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.032 — w N IIIN MI — ® MI w IIIIII I w NS M ® I NM INN I= PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION — - — EXCAVATION / Finished surface EXCAVATION — — EXCAVATION Permanent or * ** temporary *** *** ** support �1 A1 �1 1� 1p - Note 5, Typ w a. system, Typ , 1 11 3 / Subgrade \ 3 1 r a: a N " -r'r_' --•�:A.:f // ���' Rock surface, Typ ,��, —'�. ^s — -:.A_... 1 z > , - ' -; :711 / ...- Backfill material `-..-.. •`• % �-.% 0 S •%"-_- :�, - .. ---- For pipe culvert ', i s.r ./, o - N�%I�`V V/1 •'`.:•". 22W ,, frost treatment �" --1/ `e'Ve •� g. f I 300mm min, Typ Note 4 r _00 �� I !I I. Clearance N ` I ' Cover material ( iu._ See table, Typ E o I I E : D 1 . ( D— I 0.1500 0 Note 6, Typ /. Compacted bedding material :,1. :-'A: '':5 ':': '...74. 1 ILL ;:. gar Note``, 0.60D \ Bedding grade Note 2 J " ' f 0.50D I', Note 3 Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. LEGEND: 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.2512 In no case shall D — Inside diameter this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. OD — Outside diameter 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. * — Type 1 or 2 soil CLEARANCE TABLE P P P P P�P 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. *** — Type 3 soil Pipe Clearance 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. — Type 4 soil Inside mmmeter mm 6 Embedment material shall be wrapped in non—woven geotextile when specified. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Over 900 500 Regulations for Construction Projects. B FractTypeured soilrock shall be treated as ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I3 _ sAn,Ill h etg C All dimensions are in metres RIGID PIPE BEDDING, yi unless otherwise shown. i,�,COVER, AND BACKFILL /.L_ ROCK EXCAVATION OPSD 802.033 U I A I Main sewer Drainage structure -// 0,....4:17 Flow - - - - - ___I__ Flow - E Perforated pipe subdrain in with knitted sock Note \31:::....--.2 A 6.0 I —Subdrain pipe end capped or tied knitted sock PLAN I 1 /I/ v: I 1 I Same invert elevation . (+) , Note 1 4 1 0 I SECTION A-A I NOTES: 1 Where concrete bedding is used for the main sewer, the pipe subdrain shall be placed 150mm above the top of such bedding. 2 Subdrain pipe shall be cored into maintenance hole. I A Maintenance hole benching shall accommodate pipe subdrain, as required. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 14 � , av` I Asidieb • PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN IN GRANULAR TRENCH \L4) MAIN STORM SEWER CONNECTION - "-" I TO DRAINAGE STRUCTURE OPSD 809.010 I IIIIII r - NM w - - In MN N M NM - - MN s 1 M M 300mm min all around layer of rip—rap Q_ Ditch Ditch 500mm overlap �*j►g'�r 111••�• Flow ��I:�af I1 i4s�e f!1 I. :i f A t..��I4 �:�I� B �����i�=i�:�� , is, ..=,.�A.es `,_ -_ Vwe.lisj� 041• Geotextile - 410.141/12 IA/II A ��II�vem7i►1•%&�• �� Lap in direction of flow B *ai�.�7/:l...LIMN. 600mm min, Typ PLAN 600mm min, Typ Geotextile CUT OR FILL PLAN CUT OR FILL Q. Ditch Ditch at it I_sr 1.���� 300mm min 300mm min rip—rap layer hand laid Geotextile, Typ rip—rap layer hand laid Typ, Note 1 Typ, Note 1 SECTION A—A CUT SECTION B—B CUT Toe of slope T _ Toe of slope Ditch __4__ - .'"--..?..,,,,,,,„,-,;.;,.....,,,..... .........„-. ‘, ...:AR - --.....,-.-....•• - -te ...._ , ........... ----„,..."...: `• ."• I--300mm min SECTION A—A FILL SECTION B—B FILL Typ TYPE A - WITHOUT GEOTEXTILE TYPE B - WITH GEOTEXTILE NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 13 i T,yy 1 The thickness of the rip—rap layer shallp be at least 1.5 times the GENERAL RIP-RAP LAYOUT y, rip—rap mean diameter. „.....-. A All dimensions are in millimetres FOR SEWER AND CULVERT OUTLETS Q �" unless otherwise shown. OPSD 810.01 0 E Ditch gradient 600mm c T 1200mm in E yp 1200mm min,Typ 1200mm 1200mm4 F min r f min 1 100mm inTyp-I min, Typ1 [min, Typ illb jr' 1 1 Ii'.1 1 i 300mm min 300mm min I 1 I rip-rap layer Typ hand laid, Typ Geotextile, Typ 600mm min Note 1 Typ Ditch Longitudinal Section Ditch Cross—Section Ditch Longitudinal Section Ditch Cross—Section TWIN INLET-INTERMEDIATE SINGLE INLET-SUMP 1200mm 1200mm 600mm 1200mm 1200mm 600mm min [ min min,Typ f1 1 Imin,Typ1 150mm 100mm min min min min ---- 139-. Ditch Longitudinal Section Ditch Cross—Section Ditch Longitudinal Section Ditch Cross—Section SINGLE INLET-INTERMEDIATE SINGLE INLET-INTERMEDIATE 600mm 1200mm 600mm min 1 i min 1 tmin,Typl ��I, ;_ tea_ al fie 1 a i I 1 Ditch Longitudinal Section Ditch Cross—Section SINGLE INLET-END OF DITCH NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 13 srAAs 1 The thickness of the rip—rap layer shall be at least 1.5 times the GENERAL RIP—RAP LAYOUT rip—rap mean diameter. �"4L- 4 A All dimensions are in millimetres FOR DITCH INLETS unless otherwise shown. OPSD 81 0.020 am MI NM — B MI — NM r IN 11111 111111 — KM Ina 1E11 NMI M r I Gooseneck Gooseneck I i I i I i I o x / o E • oM I IHORIZONTAL GOOSENECK VERTICAL GOOSENECK OPTION Finished grade - I U N n 0 N CO Q. a N co o U Slide type service box co o E I U 7 Watermain drilled or tapped it Notes 2 or 3 J N I f , icEis / 1 .t Main stop, Note 1 Curb stop \ with rod 1 Beddingas specified ` Concrete support P 200x200x100 IVERTICAL SECTION NOTES: I 1 For plastic service pipes, install main stop B Couplings shall not be permitted unless at 15' above horizontal with a minimum the service length exceeds 20m between 1.2m long gooseneck. the main stop and curb stop. 2 Direct tap ductile iron pipe with approved C All water services shall be installed 90' I tool with standard AWWA inlet thread. to the longitudinal axis of the watermain. 3 Service connections to plastic watermains D Backfill material within 500mm of service shall be made using service saddles or box shall be native or imported, as I factory made tees. specified. A When specified, the vertical gooseneck E All dimensions are in millimetres option shall be used. unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 Rev' 4 itp srav, WATER SERVICE . y ' CONNECTION "���_ � 19 and 25mm DIAMETER SIZES OPSD 1 104.010 1 I Variable Variable Note 2 r 1 ' I C IlHydrant Breakable flange i Finished grade r 100 to 150 I 1 Valve box with upper and lower section as specified I N 600 600 o Drain hole 1 > GeotextileI o o covering E as specified 19 clear stone 900 width / Concrete thrust E I See Note 3 0 block, Note 1 Qo�0000I O��o� 0o a o Watermain I 1 00 0 0 0 00 0 .c c O i° 0 0 00 oQQ c oco v — - moo c,0 0 0 �' _ �W o o�p�� - opo oop p op 0'. .. M X 0 I - - - 9 150 / 0 min 'e \_ ' e e a 150 dia pipe Concrete thrust block Bedding Note 1 as specified 150 valve Concrete support NOTES: 1 All concrete thrust blocks shall be poured against undisturbed ground. I 2 When specified, for watermains 400mm and less, locate valve within 1.0m of centreline of watermain. Retaining and restraining devices shall be utilized. For watermains 600mm and over, bolt valve with flanged end directly to flanged tee. 3 Retaining and restraining devices shall be as specified. I A Bond breaker shall be used between the concrete and the fittings and appurtenances. B Bolts and nuts for buried flange to flange connections shall be stainless steel. I C When required, flange of standpipe extensions shall not be in frost zone. D This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 1103.010 and 1103.020. E Backfill material within 500mm of service box shall be native or imported, as specified. I F Tracer wire shall be installed as specified. G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2018 I Rev 13 sitp stay, III )* HYDRANT INSTALLATION 4k-F I IN OPSD 1105.010 I I I se�blY � 0 0 I�Ydron ©e �\ I1 tee 1 Alit obi i � Tfi .ttirv/ iiile � her yp m, 'te 110 Iliklit.• I� Met Noto%veil Pvterrnoin V fitt ri l,e tee vr° *--- 9 I *01:- I1109•o25vciJe 6 OPS� � i\rlude TYP I ilioslipir Ni°{ V-111°te2 °����� PvC I {;n9 ;n9 ��� Sv . e f't ;ng r ti►� dale pvG {e rest( oln I e{oll;c �I Ni 5{oP ,I a�db P°5{ ' OP ce I � Ili' sere clo0,p °401 oet°l round corp G I I NOTES: 1 Anode shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances I and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances or as specified in Contract Documents. 2 Anode connecting wire shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted. I3 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2020 I Rev 13 gitp srgy, I CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR ' s. PVC ,31,,,°' WATERMAIN SYSTEMS OPSD 1109.011 1.0m 0.5m TEMPORARY RAMPING PLACED WHEN BASE COURSE ONLY IN EXISTING ASPHALT CONTRACT / ASPHALT BASE COURSE ASPHALT REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT TO DEPTH OF SURFACE COURSE PRIOR TO PAVING SURFACE REMOVE RAMPING TEMPORARY PRIOR TO PLACING PAPER SURFACE COURSE JOINT MATERIAL BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 BMROSS IVIROSS SCALE: N.T.S.Asphalt Joint Detail for engineering better communities Transverse Joints DRAWING No. 208 rr - - r NM r Mir MO O all f r 1111111 S — n NM e E I I SAW CUT BACK OF CURB OR JOINT, TYP CURB FACE OF CURB if O 1 GUTTER 1-EP i I A A O � .......Ak A I50mm PVC DRAIN 50mm PVC DRAIN TEMPORARY RAMPING PLAN ITOP OF CURB I SAW CUT FRAME TO BE SET IN A OR JOINT, TYP TEMPORARY RAMPING FULL MORTAR BED \\ i .Z____ • HL-3 SURFACE ,� COURSE (FUTURE) A _ •--HL-4 BINDER '_. :�:-'t`'ti=� :•°•'=.'..w •:�-� s''- t ' : - : COURSE ''-':• 50mm PVC DRAIN R ':i•= GRANULAR BASE . : ' -•.. ADJUSTMENT UNITS .1'.:e `-.! (3 TYP) �:1 tqc•`^! J • v Y INOTES: SECTION A—A 1. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE USED WITH ALL STORM SEWER STRUCTURES LOCATED IN GUTTER LINE. 2. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE PLUGGED USING 30MPa CONCRETE PRIOR TO THE SURFACE COURSE ASPHALT BEING PLACED. 111 BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 I 4�, BMROSS SCALE: N.T.S. Temporary Catch Basin Drain engineering better communities SOmm PVC Drain C!W Ramping DRAWING No. 702 I II I 64mm WIDE r_ OD PIPE+150mm— SPLIT COLLAR //A.1I IIIMI®, 22mm DIA. BOLTI THREADED 50mmU;- A ' GRATE' 125 IMI AT THE END TO J��!®�I RECEIVE WASHERIAND NUT T I• MOUNTING I 64mm WIDE HINGE STRAP HINGE STRAP BRACKET COLLAR NOTE 1 1 PIPE DIA 300 375 450 525 600 675 22mm DIA A 25 100 50 125 75 25 BOLT I No of RODS IN FRAME 0 0 1 1 2 3 PIPE DIA 750 825 900 975 1050 1200 A 100 50 125 75 25 50 I No of RODS IN FRAME 3 4 4 5 6 7 SPLIT COLLAR I I---250--1 64 DRILL 25mm DIAI FRAME-13x5Omm of 13 50 HINGE STRAP'T MEDIUM STEEL oo } } TOP VIEW MI ow' 100 22mm DIA BOLT 25mm DIA. r� 1 13 THREADED 50mm STEEL ROD 25—AT THE END TO RECEIVE WASHER + DRILL 25mm fAND NUT '• 50— Si Weld fl MI`?! MOUNTING BRACKETS } --1 I-•-25 ASSEMBLY TOP VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE HINGE STRAP (4 Req'd) VIEW ASSEMBLY AND HINGE STRAP DETAILS MOUNTING BRACKET (4 Req'd) NOTES: 1. WELD HINGE STRAPS TO COLLAR. I 2. FRAME, HINGE STRAPS, MOUNTING BRACKET AND STEEL RODS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE TO OPSS 1850. 3. INLET BARS TO BE VERTICAL, OUTLET BARS TO BE HORIZONTAL. I 4. ALL DIMENSIONSARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 1 BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Feb,2022 �` 71 ROSS Grating Detail SCALE:N.T.S. 1 engineering better communities 300mm to 1200mm Sewer Outlet DRAWING No. 800 I I I 3 w to z a m I SLOPE TO COMPLY WITH ul OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SELECT NATIVE & SAFETY ACT I TRENCH BACKFILL I ORIGINAL GROUND o0 cc w D Er- TOP OF ROCK TRENCH WIDTH m ITOP OF ROCK >0 A (ELEV. VARIES) �♦♦♦♦�� ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ SPECIFIED BACKFILL , A a z '♦� I.�♦♦I♦ N P FOR o a' ♦♦♦♦, SIDE SLOPES ♦'�♦�,�♦♦ ROCK EXCAVATION ra 300mm. MIN. �♦♦♦♦♦�� SHALL BE 1:5 OR '♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦ STEEPER TO BE o W ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦�� INCLUDED IN = k....+0 4t" PAYMENT ITEM \w IPIPE DIAMETER - /t♦ �014 SPECIFIED BEDDING w ®♦♦����� AND COVER MATERIAL I ICLEARANCE PIPE CLEARANCE SEWER OR MAIN 150mm MIN. TO ISEE NOTE 1 OD SEE NOTE 1 300mm MAX. r I MAXIMUM BOTTOM OF ROCK TRENCH WIDTH FOR PAYMENT ITEM I NOTES: 1. CLEARANCE FOR PIPE OD LESS THAN 900mm DIA. SHALL BE 300mm. CLEARANCE FOR PIPE OD 900mm DIA. AND LARGER SHALL BE 500mm. I 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO USE APPROVED SALVAGED ROAD BASE GRANULARS AND SELECT NATIVE GRANULAR MATERIAL AS TRENCH BACKFILL AFTER THE ROCK HAS BEEN REMOVED. 3. ROCK REMOVAL PAYMENT LIMITS I PAYMENT LIMIT FOR ROCK EXCAVATION N.T.S. IBMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-MAR 2022 I kw)BMROSS SCALE: N.T.S. ROCK EXCAVATION PAYMENT LIMITS engineering better communities DRAWING No. 806M I I I 300mm I : WHITE LETTERING ON GREEN BACKGROUND Y K 0 SIT 0 FLUSHING` I o CONNECTION I Ir Oni OFFSET DISTANCES AS PROVIDED �_V 1 AFTER FLUSHINGBYOWNER CONNECTION HAS BEEN INSTALLED I 2.4m U-FLANGED GALVANIZED STEEL POST I I I I I I BMROSSI STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Mach 2022 � SCALE:N.T.S. tfrZ-L)BMROSS Flushing Connection Sign and Post DetailI \ engineering better communities DRAWING No. 1105M I OM IIIIIII S W I NI M S MI INIII ON M IIIII1 N M M IIIIII UN Sill FINISHED GRADE 1=1— REMOVABLE 50mm DIA. THREADED CAP 0 w a UPPER VALVE to rn SERVICE BOX BOX EXTENSION Q AS PER CONTRACT AND COVER rx SPECIFICATIONS w 0 50mm DIA. PIPE O GALVANIZED m IRON PIPE D M Z 50mm DIA. WATER SERVICE TUBING, RESTRAINT DEVICE LENGTH TO SUIT unmuuuummuuimmiui'auuuuina, i CURB STOP ' �u# '.5i WATERMAIN mimuiuiuuuninniminmmummimuu i!Iii r I - 90°ELBOW — " MAIN STOP e, e BEDDING AS SPECIFIED s .. a a, mmnnnmmnumnmiuimm�unmun, • +'//////// -CAP TAPPED CONCRETE SUPPORT 50mm DIA. 200x200x100mm I--- LENGTH AS PER —I MANUFACTURERES SPECIFICATIONS BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-March 2022 l' ,,, R0�� 50mm Blow Off Assembly, Complete SCALE:N.T.S. engineering better communities DRAWING No. 1106M ix, Ix _ EX DUCTILE IRON OR I COPPER WATER SERVICE (-_-_,-- HYDRANT CAST IRON WATERMAIN I V I IF NO TRACER WIRE ON EX WATERMAIN, / TRACER WIRE BOTH TRACER I CONNECT TRACER WIRES TO HAVE I SHALL BE BROUGHT WIRE TO EX. lm SLACK 1 TO THE SURFACE AND TERMINATE IN COPPER WS WITH ABOVE GRADE I AN AT GRADE GROUND CLAMP TRACER WIRE TEE - NEW HYDRANT LEAD / TERMINATION AND I CONNECTION I I GROUNDING STATION EX. OF NEW PVC WM TO EX DI I I VALVE CHAMBER I I TRACER WIRE I I OR CI WM SERVICE SADD ES � � - I I - \ 2,\_e TEE �- VALVE BOX EX PVC EX DUCTILE IRON OR I CONNECTION I TRACER WIRE OR PVCO CAST IRON WATERMAIN OF NEW SHALL NOT BE BOTH TRACER WIRES TO WM. I � PVC WM PLACED BETWEEN HAVE 400mm SLACK � TO NEW 1 SERVICE SADDLE I NEW PEX OR POLY ABOVE GRADE AT VALVE I PVC DEAD AND WM I WATER SERVICE BOX EX. TRACER WIRE I I END WM I ( III I CONNECT TRACER #PROPERTY LINE III END CAP WIRE TO EX. I\ LEGEND EX PVC OR PVCO WM III /_ COPPER WS WITH ` 0.68 Kg DRIVE-IN — TRACER WIRE (ff 111 GROUND CLAMP. 1 MAGNESIUM ANODE I `% %% THERMITE WELD REQUIRED ON DEAD THERMITE WELD L-h 2m OF SLACK I TRACER WIRE TO END OF TRACER 1rJ NOTES: BEYOND END IRON SERVICES WIRE IF NOT DIELECTRIC, SILICON I BROUGHT TO THE • FILLED, DIRECT BURY, CAP IEX WATER SURFACE AT A LOCKABLE WIRE 1. TRACER WIRE MUST BE INSTALLED 0.68 Kg I ISERVICE VALVE, CURB STOP, ALONG THE TOP OF THE WATERMAIN AND MAGNESIUM ANODE CONNECTORS CONNECTED TO AT �� OR AT GRADE STRAPPED TO IT AT 5.0m (16') INTERVALS. TRACER WIRE I WATERMAIN 2. EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SPLICED GRADE TRACER TERMINATION AND CONNECTION POINT CONNECTIONS, THE TRACER WIRE SHALL BE WIRE TERMINATION GROUNDING STATION CONTINUOUS. AND GROUNDING 0.68 Kg MAGNESIUM 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT THE STATION ® ANODE TRACER WIRE TESTING BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-NOV.2020 4 ALL DEAD END TRACER WIRES THAT ARE NOT BROUGHT TO THE SURFACE fr-11111- � ���� SCALE:N.T.S. SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH A MAGNESIUM Watermain Tracer Wire ANODE. / engineering better communities Installation Procedure �// DRAWING No. 1114 MN MI all 011 ors OW O' — MS r O NO Er ON — 0111 MO SO r OM OM Mil Mil MN OM MN OM MI 111111 Mil IMO MIS INN MN Mil IIIII Mil OM Y-STRAINER ON INLET SIDE (RECOMMENDED FOR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE CLEANING ANY POSSIBLE DEBRIS THAT MAY OCCUR) �� GATE BACK FLOW DEVICE VALVE (SIZE ON SIZE) ci HYDRANT--- i FILLING POINT MIN. IX DISTANCE REMOVABLE (1" BALL VALVE) SUPPORT SPOOL PIECE FROM AS WITH VICTAULIC GROUND NEEDED 750mm COUPLING FINISHED GRADE I ^ MAXIMUM DISTANCE APART = 20m TEMPORARY CONTROL VALVE ACD EXISTING MAIN X NEW MAIN CD _ BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Nov.2020 BMROSSTemporary Connection from a Hydrant SCALE : N.T.S. ��� engineering better communities With CSA Certified Reduced Presure Principle Backflow Preventer DRAWING No. 1115 REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE FILLING POINT Y—STRAINER ON INLET SIDE (RECOMMENDED FOR BACK FLOW DEVICE (1" BALL VALVE) CLEANING ANY POSSIBLE DEBRIS THAT MAY OCCUR) (SIZE �N SIZE) GATE __ VALVE n' • — — .c_ — 'LJ' ._ — U\\ 9 P 1 DISTANCE L REMOVABLE SPOOL PIECE i 9 P STAINLESS STEEL TIE RODS, FROM GROUND SUPPORT WITH VICTAULIC LENGTHS AS REO'D MIN=750mm --- AS COUPLING THREAD BOTH ENDS (TYP.) i MAX=1500mm NEEDED FINISHED GRADE 1 STAINLESS STEEL TIE RODS TO BE 'i. 5' 610mm BELOW FINISHED GRADE 'j : TEMPORARY CONTROL p VALVE L� 19 EXISTING MAIN � NEW MAIN CD DISTANCE=ONE PIPE LENGTH (APPROX. 6.0 m) BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Nov.2020 th,r)AN BMROSS Temporary Connection from a Watermain SCALE : N.T.S. engineering better communities Wlth CSA Certified Reduced Presure Principle Backflow Preventer DRAWING No. 1116 NI NM M all MI all MI Sr ON N NM — MI In r MI NM ell MI i 1 1 1 I I ' APPENDIX A t BOREHOLE LOGS AND SOIL ANALYSIS 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1111.111111111111.111 IIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIII all. 111111 iiiiii: Illill 11111 111111111111. IIIIIII iiiiilli.' 11111 IIIIIII SUN • g ' , ••.r. • ':"1:•, .. ''?''.1 - ai.i - - .•:,.• 1.Y..z•L? ,- .x., BH-05-21 .qi. „,.. ,, ... ... ....... . sit, (-3P .,-s., .r.' •'' 'Tf ..,7•" - BH-04-21 ' "11.-'2 ik ,.' 'lig -i•-:.. 1..',11 - :-. .:-.,..., !.`,.......l,;j23 BH-03-21 jk,:i•j.) 'Raft) ...i. .., A!' ‘;.. : ' ..-c",:' • ,it i- ...,,. ...;.19 6 .34 Cf'• ,., 3. •ta ,,.,1' •'1_.&P '"'''%,„''.`, ..',' :'..-.-<..= BH-02-21 ggyi w . ..„ A.Vp' '*6*C.''''• Iv'. 6 • '13/ '.• ,,. B••,H4;01.,..„3-2,11:1".:::(.:";:: ''' f',13._.4.,:"-,i .-• ••El'' 4::• R -Acre ft Lte' •!., . NOTES 1-REFERENCES Bruce County Maps(2021)2-D vers., 0 10 20 30 40 50Bruce Road 15 0 Englobe - dr/awT 7„7Tet,b:et:tretd duo to ehe7lrawing must m '-71- LI:ye'nfiern the field moniimemmil SCALE 1 1000 Road Reconstruction rl lalia.Sip,iu Aluest.mi,11E...,11.0.1,1 I,IIIII,11.11.1. IIII1,11 assent S,./1, 1:WO MSisqg S1,1111,II II3 III, Borehole Location i . Plan 00402107344.000.0100.0101 GE 00200 1/4. i I E ng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: 02107344 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. 01-21 End.No. 1 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B. M. Ross and Associates Limited DRILLING DATA: Geoprobe PROJECT: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger LOCATION: Lake Street to Albert Street, Inverhuron DIAMETER: 83 mm I DATUM ELEVATION:Existing Road Surface DATE: Nov 3,2021 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft O re ,20 40 6 8o F e g ce — L a 12 m n I.- m aZ ; Strength .2 ~ Oz m a+ DESCRIPTION 2 OQ _ c ♦Field Vane Test*Compression J a Q �n wEciE y I— _ m Z zo 40 60 so a z 0 140 mm ASPHALT I _ 620 mm GRANULAR FILL:Sandy gravel, ��•••� trace silt. ♦♦♦♦♦ ♦I - .�.; •� ♦♦ _ ••i♦ii I SAND&GRAVEL:Very dense,brown, o'�" sandy gravel,trace silt,moist. °be. .0 •D.- 1 ss 92/ 92/10". 6 I 1- vQ 10" o o. �o D I Borehole terminated due to auger refusal on presumed bedrock. Dry cave at 0.9 m BGS at completion of drilling. I I I I 0 0 csi N H 0 Ila 0� I- I0 0 J H Z I 0 m ti 0 0 w J I 2 w CC co 0 i O J I Engi o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: 02107344 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. 02-21 End.No. 2 (Sheet 1 of 1) ' CLIENT: B.M. Ross and Associates Limited DRILLING DATA: Geoprobe PROJECT: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger LOCATION: Lake Street to Albert Street, Inverhuron DIAMETER: 83 mm DATUM ELEVATION:Existing Road Surface DATE: Nov 3, 2021 1 •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft SUBSURFACE PROFILE F e o 0 20 40 60 80 a) a m Z w m a _ y Undrained Shear Strength kPa rn W ~ m« . DESCRIPTION Z ; *Field Vane Test*Compression ression Test F Q m m 5 Oa > _ o P 0_--I Z J7 u' E E N c i ~ m 20 40 60 80 z 0 150 mm ASPHALT _ 840 mm GRANULAR FILL:Dense.gravel • • ! some sand,trace silt,wet. i• i�i� ♦••••♦ • • s •: • • • • 1- SILT:Dense to very dense,brown,silt, 1 ss 39 . 19 lower gravel seams,wet. 2 A ss 50/ 1" Borehole terminated due to auger refusal on presumed bedrock. Hole open and dry at completion of drilling. I I o N 0 9, 5. Z c7 0 W 0 m i Eng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: 02107344 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. 03-21 End.No. 3 (Sheet 1 of 1) ' CLIENT: B. M. Ross and Associates Limited DRILLING DATA: Geoprobe PROJECT: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger LOCATION: Lake Street to Albert Street, Inverhuron DIAMETER: 83 mm DATUM ELEVATION:Existing Road Surface DATE: Nov 3,2021 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft J\ J 0 v • 20 40 60 80 F e g O e i. r d O Z w w w - w Undrained Shear Strength kPa rot F' 0 .'m 0,m DESCRIPTION m 0 Q g > Z o ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test .i a Q _1 D- I w E p E y iz Z r— z m 20 40 60 80 0 L ' 150 mm ASPHALT I _ 620 mm GRANULAR FILL:Gravel some ••ii sand,trace silt. ••ii:i: _ ii • ' ..... :+:�• ������� • II .... SAND&GRAVEL:Compact,brown, • o J sandy gravel,trace to some silt,moist. r'< .0 b. 1_ oP.'c 1 ss 11 6 opC 00'C oty I09C SILT:Very dense,brown,silt,with sand i - and gravel seams.moist. 2 ss 93 9 I 2— Borehole terminated due to auger refusal on presumed bedrock. Dry cave at 1.8 m BGS at completion of drilling. IN N 1.- 0 o I0 Y r 0. oo 0 O z (7 v� I 0 0 0 w J I = W m 0 0 o I J t EngI o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: 02107344 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. 04-21 End.No. 4 (Sheet 1 of 1) t CLIENT: B.M. Ross and Associates Limited DRILLING DATA: Geoprobe PROJECT: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger LOCATION: Lake Street to Albert Street, Inverhuron DIAMETER: 83 mm DATUM ELEVATION:Existing Road Surface DATE: Nov 3, 2021 I •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft SUBSURFACE PROFILE F F <* o 20 40 60 80 co nw m Z w m - w a Undrained Shear Strength kPa _d m CDDESCRIPTION O Q y ? c ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test a Q¢ 5 W E o f (0 3 z ~ id20 40 60 80 z 3 0 100 mm ASPHALT • 660 mm GRANULAR FILL:Gravel and ♦♦♦♦♦ ' - sand,trace silt. ♦i•♦ii♦ ♦♦♦♦ • • ♦♦♦�♦�♦• � • • ♦♦♦♦ ♦i♦i♦i - SAND&GRAVEL:Compact,brown, o .' sandy gravel,trace silt,moist. °3.: 1— o '� 1 ss 24 • 7 t 0 Do .o•b.. a )o p 00.••C Borehole terminated due to auger refusal on presumed bedrock. Hole open and dry at completion of drilling. t t t H 0 �I F ui a ' 0 0 J Z W w m LL 0 0 J I Eng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: 02107344 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. 05-21 Encl.No. 5 (Sheet 1 of 1) I CLIENT: B. M. Ross and Associates Limited DRILLING DATA: Geoprobe PROJECT: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger LOCATION: Lake Street to Albert Street, Inverhuron DIAMETER: 83 mm DATUM ELEVATION:Existing Road Surface DATE: Nov 3, 2021 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft J\ J O 20 40 60 80 FV—,F 5 O o >, w m j F re m d ' w g. Undrained Shear Strength kPa Q z F F a m y y DESCRIPTION 2 O Q m } ? p A Field Vane Test*Compression Test _i J a Q i w E 0 E y C Z ~ m 20 40 60 80 a Z 0 • 75 mm ASPHALT I 620 mm GRANULAR FILL:Sandy gravel, ••••�.�• trace silt with asphalt fragments .�.• •••��• ;::,2 I ... - •❖:• • O.O• I . - SAND&GRAVEL:Compact,brown, o•�. •. sandy gravel,trace silt,saturated. o Cso: 0' D. 1— 0Q•C 1 ss 11 16 I Q�Q _ 0aC o.Ra )op< - �e.fC o. FRAGMENTED ROCK 2 ss 50/ I , 3„ _ _ . Borehole terminated due to auger refusal on presumed bedrock. I Hole open and water level at 0.4 m BGS at completion of drilling. I I N 0 N H 0 Io a HI a 2 Iqcri 0 0 I- z 51 I (0 w 0 IW w 0 0 0 ie I Emi Englobe Englobe SWO-Kitchener en lobeco com London i 9 rP• Brantford GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT I LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates LAB NUMBER: S-993 SAMPLE ID: BH 1,Granular SAMPLE DEPTH: 0.14-0.76m SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED: November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 I G.S.BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION SAS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) CLAY SILT VERY c FLNE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FINE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) I FINE SAND I MEDIUM SAND COARSE SAND FINE GRAVEL I COARSE GRAVEL- I Q^�� `�� >°°s `�F `b�F /,e "c.o`s` s.e ,FF'„ `�C 'F tr p P 1 00.0 j//JJ/� • 111 s ' i 30.0 i 0.0 i 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 l00 PARTICLE SIZE,mm COEFFICIENTS D60 13.000 D30 4.435 D10 0.708 Cc 2.136 Cu 18.35 I GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS, SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 68.8 mm %PASSING SAND(75 pm to 4.75 mm): 29.3 150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 1.9 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - 53 100.0 i 37.5 100.0 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GW Sandy GRAVEL,trace silt 26.5 91.9 22.4 85.0 19 78.3 16 66.9 13.2 60.7 I 9.5 9.5 46.9 REMARKS 6.7 37 8 Sample Meets the Gradation Requirements for OPSS 1010 Granular B-Type I 4.75 31.2 2.36 22.4 I 1.18 15.8 0.6 8.7 0.3 4.0 0.15 2.6 0.075 1.9 Figure:1 TESTED BY: Matt Bernard REVIEWED BY David McBay,CET. Junior Technician Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only. Engineering interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on written request. I I a* EnEnglobe Englobe SWO-Kitchener englobecorp-corn London Brantford I GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates LAB NUMBER: S-994 SAMPLE ID: BH 2,Granular SAMPLE DEPTH: 0.15-0.99m SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED: November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 IC.S.BURIAL OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION((AS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) CLAY SILT VERY PINE SAND FLNE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FINE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) 1 FINE SAND I MEDIUM SAND csuuse SAND I FINE GRAVEL I COARSE GRAVEL FF eF s` eF eF s E s�`F / 100.0 • 90.0 . 70.0 U Z y 60.0 1 z 50.0 Li • X 40.0 30.0 - _ I • 20.0 ICI • 10.0 • • r i 0.0 I 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 PARTICLE SIZE,mm COEFFICIENTS D60 16.616 030 10.190 D10 0.977 Cc 6.320 Cu 17.21 IGRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS,% SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 82.1 %PASSING mm %SAND(75 pm to 4.75 mm): 14.2 I150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 3.7 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - 53 100.0 I 37.5 100.0 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GP GRAVEL,some Sand,trace Silt 26.5 88.3 22.4 80.7 19 64.0 16 55.6 13.2 40.5 1 9.5 27.6 • REMARKS 6.7 21.5 Sample Does Not Meet Gradation Requirements for OPSS 1010 Granular B-Type I 4.75 17.9 I 2.36 13.6 1.18 10.8 0.6 8.6 I 0.3 6.5 0.15 4.9 0.075 3.7 Figure:2 I TESTED BY: Matt Bernard REVIEWED BY David McKay,CET. Junior Technician Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only. Engineering interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on written request. I I Englobe Englobe SWO-Kitchener 4o, englobecorv.com ant Ord i on Brantford GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT I LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates Limited LAB NUMBER: S-995 SAMPLE ID: BH 3,Granular SAMPLE DEPTH: 0.15-0.76m SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED: November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 G.S.BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION AS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) CLAY SILT �SnvNUNe II FLNE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FLNE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) I FINE SAND I MEDIUM SAND COARSE SAND FINE GRAVEL I COARSE GRAVEL c �s Sc' `c Pg.hr ScFt�c " c .° 100.0 • ////f z • 20.0 0.0 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 PARTICLE SIZE,mm COEFFICIENTS D60 36.461 D30 I 13.391 I D10 1.107 Cc 4.444 Cu 32.94 GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS,% i SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 80.3 %PASSING mm %SAND(75 pm to 4.75 mm): 16.2 150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 3.5 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - 53 68.2 37.5 60.5 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GP GRAVEL,some Sand,trace Silt 26.5 55.5 22.4 42.8 19 36.5 16 33.5 13.229.7 I 9.5 25.0 REMARKS 6.7 21 8 Sample Does Not Meet the Gradation Requirements for OPSS 1010 Granular B-Type I 4.75 19.7 2.36 14.7 I 1.18 10.3 0.6 8.0 0.3 6.2 0.15 4.7 0.075 3.5 Figure:3 TESTED BY: Matt Bernard REVIEWED BY David McBay,CET. Junior Technician Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only. Engineenng interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on written request. II 111 Englobe .,., Englobe SWO-Kitchener englobecofp.com London Brantford I GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates LAB NUMBER: S-996 SAMPLE ID: BH 4,Granular M SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED:SA PLE DEPTH: 0.10-0.76m November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 I CLAY U.S.BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION SAS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) SILT VERY EMS 1 FINE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FINE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) I FINE SAND MEDIUM SAND COARSE SAND 1 FINE GRAVEL COARSE GRAVEL o/ o`/ ,,,S e /\ C 5Fre ge,�u�cycPAv/CS// O/ `FF 100.0 i 80.0 70.0 C., Z i .$ U 40.0 I 20.0 / 10.0 0.0-- I 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 PARTICLE SIZE,mm COEFFICIENTS DEA 7.222 D30 1.346 _ D10 0.153 Cc 1.643 Cu 47.34 GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS,% SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 50.6 PASSING mm Y.SAND(75 pm to 4.75 mm): 42.5 I 150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 6.9 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - I 53 100.0 37.5 100.0 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GW-GM Gravel&Sand,Trace Silt 26.5 100.0 22.4 100.0 I 19 97.6 16 94.8 13.2 86.5 1 9.5 71.0 REMARKS 6.7 57.5 Sample Meets the Gradation Requirements for OPSS 1010 Granular B-Type I 4.75 49.4 I 2.36 37.4 1.18 28.8 0.6 21.7 I 0.3 14.9 0.15 9.9 0.075 6.9 Figure:4 I TESTED BY: Matt Bernard Junior Technician REVIEWED BY David McKay,CET. Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only. Engineering interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on wntten request. I sm Englobe Englobe SWO-Kitchener en Iobeco com London i 9 Brantford GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT I LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates LAB NUMBER: S-997 SAMPLE ID: BH 4,S 1 SAMPLE DEPTH: 0.76-1.22m I SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED: November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 I C.S.BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION AS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) CLAY SILT vESaND E I FLUE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FINE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) I FINE SAND MEDIUM SAND COARSE SAND FINE GRAVEL COARSE GRAVEL I S c sF F c F c s s 100.0 �^ s o a ,- 90.0 -- - --- 80.0 -- - 70.0 _ • - Z . .7,1i a • i 50.0 - 30.0 - _ -.__ -I 20.0 -___ _-__ _ 10.0 - -__ ___. ---_ 0.0 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 PARTICLE SIZE,oun COEFFICIENTS D60 10.576 D30 2.956 DI 0,287 Cc 2,883 Cu 36,90 i GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS, SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 61.7 mm %PASSING i %SAND(75Nmto4.75mm): 32.4 150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 5.9 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - 53 100.0 37.5 100.0 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GW-GM Sandy Gravel,trace Silt 26.5 90.2 22.4 87.2 19 75.4 16 72.1 68.8 111 9.5 56.4 REMARKS 6.7 45.4 4.75 38.3 I 2.36 27.2 1.18 20.5 0.6 15.1 0.3 10.3 0.15 7.2 0.075 5.9 Figure:5 TESTED BY Matt Bernard REVIEWED BY David McBay,CET. Junior Technician Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only. Engineering interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on written request. I Englobe SWO-Kitchener 11/ 44.:' • Englobe London englobecorp.com Brantford I GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS REPORT LS-602 PROJECT NUMBER: 04-02107344.000 PROJECT NAME: Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction CLIENT: B.M.Ross and Associates I LAB NUMBER: S-998 SAMPLE ID: BH 5,Granular SAMPLE DEPTH: 0.075 0 76m SAMPLED BY: Ed VanPuymbroech,BSc DATE RECEIVED: November 8,2021 DATE COMPLETED: November 12,2021 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,MTO LS-602 • I G.S.BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION SAS USED IN MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION OF ONTARIO PAVEMENT DESIGNS) CLAY SILT VERB e I FINE SAND MEDIUM COARSE FINE GRAVEL UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION ASTM D 2487 FINES(SILT&CLAY) I FINE SAND I MEDIUM SAND co.wse SAND I FINE GRAVEL I COARSE GRAVEL / o . e u^ 5 o a v 100.0 • 90.0 i 80.0 70.0 Z i z s 50.0 40.0 20.0 10.0 I 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 PARTICLE SIZE,mm COEFFICIENTS D60 13.235 D30 I 2.252 D10 0.242 Cc 1.586 Cu 54.79 GRAIN SIZE ANALYSIS GRAIN SIZE PROPORTIONS,% SIEVE SIZE %GRAVEL(>4.75 mm): 62.8 %PASSING I mm , %SAND(75 pm to 4.75 mm): 32.0 150 100.0 %SILT(2 pm to 75 pm): 5.2 106 100.0 %CLAY(<2 pm): - 53 100.0 I37.5 7.00.0 SOIL DESCRIPTION: GW-GM Sandy Gravel,trace Silt 26.5 87.4 22.4 80.4' 19 71.5 16 66.7 13.2 59.9 9.5 50.3 REMARKS 6 7 42 9 Sample Meets the Gradation Requirements for OPSS 1010 Granular B-Type I 4.75 37.2 I 2.36 30.5 1.18 25.3 0.6 19.7 I 0.3 11.9 0.15 7.0 0.075 5.2 Figure:6 I TESTED BY: Matt Bernard Junior Technician REVIEWED BY David McKay,CET. Laboratory Supervisor Reporting of these test results constitutes a testing service only.Engineering interpretation or evaluation of test results is provided only on written request. I eNGLOBe I March 7, 2022 Mrs. Jennette Walker B. M. Ross and Associates Limited Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Subject: Addendum Letter Containing Revised Analytical Results for Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001-00 for Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction in Accordance with Reg 406/19 Requirements 04-02107344.000-0100-0101-GS-L-0001-00 Mrs. Jennette Walker: It is Engobe's understanding that BM Ross and Associates has requested an addendum letter to provide clarity in regard to the Environmental Testing Results (Section 2.3 and Appendix 4) and associated recommendations in Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100- 0101-GS-R-0001-00 issued on January 12, 2022 in accordance with the Ontario Regulation (O.Reg.) 406/19 requirements. Addendum Upon follow-up discussions with Englobe's Environmental Department, it was confirmed that in accordance with O.Reg. 406/19, the applicable criteria for the proposed off-Site reuse and/or disposal of soil is the Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP) Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS), Table 2.1: Full Depth ESQS in a Potable Ground Water Condition, ICC Property Use (MECP Table 2.1 ESQS), as presented in the MECP document titled "Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards," dated August 11, 2020. The Analytical results presented in Appendix 4 in Englobe's geotechnical report (Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001- 00) have been superseded with the appended updated Certification of Analysis (ALS Lab Work Order: L2661030). I T 519.741.1313—Imo denaiobecoro_com 335 Bridge Street East—Kitchener. Ontario—Canada N2K 2Y5 englobecorp.com 1 of 2 I I Subject : Addendum Letter Containing Revised Analytical Results March 7, 2022 I for Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001-00 Il It is noted that based on the grain size analysis completed for this site, granular material is excluded from O.Reg 406/19. O.Reg. 406/19 (as amended) only pertains to soil Iand/or crushed rock with a grain size of less than 2 millimetres. Therefore, the granular material is permitted to be used as backfill on this project provided that it does not have I any staining/odours, etc. Any material with staining or odours should not be reused and should be disposed of in accordance with regulations. Any granular material and/or soil intended to be reused/disposed of off-Site may be Isubject to additional testing and/or reporting requirements of O.Reg. 406/19. I We trust the enclosed memorandum is completed to your satisfaction. If, however, additional information should be required, please communicate with the undersigned. IYours very truly, EnGlobe Corp. a. 2022/03/07 "Z iii A.K.STEWART 1001/7812 Andrew Stewart, B.Eng. P.Eng. 4 Geotechnical Engineer ��'veeOfo'� 46Pee IGeotechnical Engineering IApproved By: I 4, F s `d` 2022/03/07 . 100123563 IRaid Khamis, M.Sc., P.Eng '39 .0 Team Leader- L"CE of o `'p Senior Geotechnical Engineer 111 Encls. ALS Lab Work Order: L2661030 I 1 englobecorp.com 2 of 2 ALS EnGlobe Corp. (London) Date Received: 09-NOV-21 ATTN: ROB HELWIG Report Date: 03-MAR-22 11:59 (MT) 417 EXETER RD Version: FINAL REV. 2 LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 I Client Phone: 519-685-6400 I Certificate of Analysis Lab Work Order #: L2661030 i Project P.O. #: NOT SUBMITTED Job Reference: 02107344 BRUCE R015 C of C Numbers: 17-845965 Legal Site Desc: I Comments: 3-MAR-2022 Table 2.1 111 Gayle un Senior Account Manager [This report shall not be reproduced except in full without the written authority of the Laboratory.] ADDRESS: 309 Exeter Road Unit#29,London,ON N6L 1C1 Canada Phone: +1 519 652 6044 I Fax: +1 519 652 0671 ALS CANADA LTD Part of the ALS Group An ALS Limited Company www.alsglobal.com r RIGHT SOLUTIOfS '. : - • - - I IIIIIIII MINI MIN IIIIII NM SIMI all all =II NIB IMP an MIN IIIIII imp610mIT'D._ an Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 A ANALYTICAL REPORT PAGE 2 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Summary of Guideline Exceedances Guideline ALS ID Client ID Grouping Analyte Result Guideline Limit Unit Ontario Regulation 406/19 -Excess Soils-17-December-20-T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil -Res/Park/lnst Property Use L2661030-1 BH01-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 13.5 5 SAR Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 10 ug/g F3(C16-C34) 910 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5580 2800 ug/g L2661030-2 BH01-21 S-1 Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 8.87 5 SAR L2661030-3 BH02-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 10.2 5 SAR Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 10 ug/g F3(C16-C34) 650 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5980 2800 ug/g L2661030-5 BH03-21 GRAN Physical Tests Conductivity 0.717 0.7 mS/cm Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 11.0 5 SAR Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 10 ug/g F3(C16-C34) 600 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5070 2800 ug/g L2661030-7 BH04-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 5.84 5 SAR Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 330 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 2950 2800 ug/g L2661030-8 BH05-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 560 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 3490 2800 ug/g Ontario Regulation 406/19 -Excess Soils-17-December-20-T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil -Ind/Com/Commu Property Use L2661030-1 BH01-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 13.5 12 SAR Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 910 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5580 3300 ug/g L2661030-3 BH02-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 650 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5980 3300 ug/g L2661030-5 BH03-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 600 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5070 3300 ug/g L2661030-7 BH04-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 330 240 ug/g L2661030-8 BH05-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 560 240 ug/g F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 3490 3300 ug/g Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. L2661030 CONT'D.... Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 A ANALYTICAL REPORT PAGE 3 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Physical Tests -SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L2661030-7 L2661030-8 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH04-21 BH05-21 GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits Analyte Unit #1 #2 Conductivity mS/cm 0.7 1.4 0.416 0.448 0.386 0.447 0.717 0.190 0.208 0.170 %Moisture % - - 5.86 13.5 6.16 17.8 6.86 8.20 5.18 6.02 pH pH units - - 8.14 7.94 8.03 8.01 8.04 8.18 8.04 8.16 Guide Limit#1:72.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use Guide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use I__ f Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. I Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. all MO r NM r - I E NM 11111 it NM - 11111 NE MI 1 - S - In 11111 NM MN 1111 11111 w NIP 111111 NM NM NE NM -6610-dT'D. 11111 - Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 of 1 4 0 PAGE AL ANALYTICAL REPORT 03- AG2159( T) Saturated Paste Extractables -SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L2661030-7 L2661030-8 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH04-21 BH05-21 i GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN i Guide Limits Analyte Unit #1 #2 SAR SAR 5 12 13.6 8.87 10.2 3.54 11.0 0.65 5.84 0.43 Calcium(Ca) mg/L - - 2.12 5.93 2.88 16.4 8.93 8.11 2.05 9.78 Magnesium(Mg) mg/L - - 0.68 1.03 1.07 4.99 2.29 8.07 0.81 5.85 Sodium(Na) mg/L - - 88.4 89.0 80.0 63.8 142 10.9 39.0 6.81 Guide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use Guide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. 1 Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. L2661030 CONT'D.... Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 ALs ANALYTICAL REPORT PAGE 5 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) llletals - SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L2661030-7 L2661030-8 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH04-21 BH05-21 1 GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits Analyte Unit #1 #2 Antimony(Sb) ug/g 7.5 40 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Arsenic(As) ug/g 18 18 2.1 2.3 2.1 1.7 2.8 <1.0 2.8 1.3 Barium(Ba) ug/g 390 670 12.7 17.2 16.0 14.8 25.8 5.3 14.7 8.7 Beryllium(Be) ug/g 4 8 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 Boron(B) ug/g 120 120 6.3 7.8 7.5 5.2 10.1 6.4 6.6 5.4 Cadmium(Cd) ug/g 1.2 1.9 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 Chromium(Cr) ug/g 160 160 12.8 5.3 27.5 8.3 57.4 3.4 10.9 8.2 Cobalt(Co) ug/g 22 80 3.0 2.5 3.6 2.1 3.9 <1.0 3.4 1.6 Copper(Cu) ug/g 140 230 6.1 2.7 7.8 5.3 8.2 1.0 9.9 4.4 Lead(Pb) ug/g 120 120 5.4 2.0 4.7 3.9 10.2 <1.0 4.8 4.1 Molybdenum(Mo) ug/g 6.9 40 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Nickel(Ni) ug/g 100 270 7.3 3.4 8.3 5.0 7.8 1.8 7.4 4.5 Selenium(Se) ug/g 2.4 5.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Silver(Ag) ug/g 20 40 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 Thallium(TI) ug/g 1 3.3 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 Uranium(U) ug/g 23 33 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.1 <1.0 <1.0 Vanadium(V) ug/g 86 86 13.4 13.0 15.2 11.2 16.9 4.3 17.2 11.4 Zinc(Zn) ug/g 340 340 17.0 20.1 24.1 18.8 36.0 12.4 27.0 13.6 Guide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-ReslPark/lnst Property Use Guide Limit#2:72.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use __1 Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. J Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. - - MO 11111 MINI 111111 SIN NIB - - 11111 - MIS NMI - IIIIII MIN - - w OIIII MINI MIN MIN NIB IIIIIII 111111116611111111IT'Dale all Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 ALS ANALYTICAL REPORT PAGE 6 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Volatile Organic Compounds -SOIL I Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L2661030-7 L2661030-8 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH04-21 BH05-21 GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits Analyte Unit #1 #2 Benzene ug/g 0.02 0.02 <0.0068 <0.0068 <0.0068 <0.0068 0.0074 <0.0068 <0.0068 <0.0068 Ethylbenzene ug/g 0.05 0.05 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 Toluene ug/g 0.2 0.2 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 o-Xylene ug/g - - <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 m+p-Xylenes ug/g - - <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 Xylenes(Total) ug/g 0.091 0.091 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 Surrogate:4-Bromofluorobenzene % - - 96.2 96.3 94.3 96.5 97.3 100.0 106.7 96.7 Surrogate:1,4-Difluorobenzene % - - 105.8 103.7 102.7 103.2 104.7 106.8 115.8 100.2 Guide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use Guide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use I _I Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. L2661030 CONT'D.... Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 Amos ANALYTICAL REPORT PAGE 7 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) -iydrocarbons -SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L2661030-7 L2661030-8 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH04-21 BH05-21 GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits Analyte Unit #1 #2 F1(C6-C10) ug/g 25 25 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 F1-BTEX ug/g 25 25 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 F2(C10-C16) u9/9 10 26 <20 °LA <10 <20 DLM <10 <20 DLM <10 <10 <10 F3(C16-C34) ug/g 240 240 910 <50 650 <50 600 <50 330 560 F4(C34-050) ug/g 2800 3300 2110 <50 1950 <50 1240 <50 920 1130 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) ug/g 2800 3300 5580 5980 5070 2950 3490 Total Hydrocarbons(C6-050) ug/g - - <51000 <72 2600 <72 1840 <72 1260 1690 Chrom.to baseline at nC50 ppm - - NO YES NO YES NO YES NO NO Surrogate:2-Bromobenzotrifluoride % - - 98.5 91.7 98.1 90.2 97.5 89.8 91.0 90.4 Surrogate:3,4-Dichlorotoluene % - - 75.6 84.9 73.0 96.0 63.0 88.1 82.5 61.8 Guide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/tnst Property Use Guide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use j Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. I Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. i t M - NM I - r an NM an M - ON N - r r / — NMI — — 11E11 — — — — 1111 1111.30 .... - - Reference Information Job Reference:02107344BRU PAGE 8 E 8 off 10 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Qualifiers for Individual Parameters Listed: Qualifier Description DLM Detection Limit Adjusted due to sample matrix effects(e.g.chemical interference,colour,turbidity). Methods Listed(if applicable): ALS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference** BTX-511-HS-WT Soil BTEX-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) SW846 8260 BTX is determined by extracting a soil or sediment sample as received with methanol,then analyzing by headspace-GC/MS. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011 and as of November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). EC-WT Soil Conductivity(EC) MOEE E3138 A representative subsample is tumbled with de-ionized(DI)water.The ratio of water to soil is 2:1 v/w.After tumbling the sample is then analyzed by a conductivity meter. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011). F1-F4-511-CALC-WT Soil F1-F4 Hydrocarbon Calculated CCME CWS-PHC,Pub#1310,Dec 2001-S Parameters Analytical methods used for analysis of CCME Petroleum Hydrocarbons have been validated and comply with the Reference Method for the CWS PHC. Hydrocarbon results are expressed on a dry weight basis. In cases where results for both F4 and F4G are reported,the greater of the two results must be used in any application of the CWS PHC guidelines and the gravimetric heavy hydrocarbons cannot be added to the C6 to C50 hydrocarbons. In samples where BTEX and F1 were analyzed , F1-BTEX represents a value where the sum of Benzene,Toluene, Ethylbenzene and total Xylenes has been subtracted from F1. In samples where PAHs,F2 and F3 were analyzed, F2-Naphth represents the result where Naphthalene has been subtracted from F2. F3-PAH represents a result where the sum of Benzo(a)anthracene, Benzo(a)pyrene, Benzo(b)fluoranthene,Benzo(k)fluoranthene, Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene,Fluoranthene,Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene,Phenanthrene,and Pyrene has been subtracted from F3. Unless otherwise qualified,the following quality control criteria have been met for the F1 hydrocarbon range: 1.All extraction and analysis holding times were met. 2. Instrument performance showing response factors for C6 and C10 within 30%of the response factor for toluene. 3.Linearity of gasoline response within 15%throughout the calibration range. Unless otherwise qualified,the following quality control criteria have been met for the F2-F4 hydrocarbon ranges: 1.All extraction and analysis holding times were met. 2. Instrument performance showing C10,C16 and C34 response factors within 10%of their average. 3.Instrument performance showing the C50 response factor within 30%of the average of the C10,C16 and C34 response factors. 4.Linearity of diesel or motor oil response within 15%throughout the calibration range. F1-HS-511-WT Soil F1-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) E3398/CCME TIER 1-HS Fraction F1 is determined by extracting a soil or sediment sample as received with methanol,then analyzing by headspace-GC/FID. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011 and as of November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). F2-F4-511-WT Soil F2-F4-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) CCME Tier 1 L2661030 CONT'D.... Reference Information Job Reference:02107344 E RU9 of 10E5 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Methods Listed(if applicable): ALS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference** Petroleum Hydrocarbons(F2-F4 fractions)are extracted from soil with 1:1 hexane:acetone using a rotary extractor. Extracts are treated with silica gel to remove polar organic interferences. F2, F3,& F4 are analyzed by GC-FID. F4G-sg is analyzed gravimetrically. Notes: 1.F2(C10-C16):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC10 and nC16. 2.F3(C16-C34):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC16 and nC34. 3.F4(C34-050):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC34 and nC50. 4.F4G:Gravimetric Heavy Hydrocarbons 5.F4G-sg:Gravimetric Heavy Hydrocarbons(F4G)after silica gel treatment. 6.Where both F4(C34-050)and F4G-sg are reported for a sample,the larger of the two values is used for comparison against the relevant CCME guideline for F4. 7.F4G-sg cannot be added to the C6 to C50 hydrocarbon results to obtain an estimate of total extractable hydrocarbons. 8.This method is validated for use. 9.Data from analysis of validation and quality control samples is available upon request. 10.Reported results are expressed as milligrams per dry kilogram,unless otherwise indicated. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011 and as of November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). F4G-ADD-511-WT Soil F4G SG-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) MOE DECPH-E3398/CCME TIER 1 F4G, gravimetric analysis,is determined if the chromatogram does not return to baseline at or before C50.A soil sample is extracted with a solvent mix,the solvent is evaporated and the weight of the residue is determined. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011 and as of November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). MET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil Metals in Soil by CRC ICPMS EPA 200.2/6020B(mod) Soil/sediment is dried,disaggregated,and sieved(2 mm). For tests intended to support Ontario regulations,the<2mm fraction is ground to pass through a 0.355 mm sieve. Strong Acid Leachable Metals in the<2mm fraction are solubilized by heated digestion with nitric and hydrochloric acids.Instrumental analysis is by Collision/Reaction Cell ICPMS. Limitations: This method is intended to liberate environmentally available metals. Silicate minerals are not solubilized.Some metals may be only partially recovered(matrix dependent),including Al, Ba,Be,Cr,S,Sr,Ti,TI,V,W,and Zr. Elemental Sulfur may be poorly recovered by this method. Volatile forms of sulfur(e.g.sulfide,H2S)may be excluded if lost during sampling,storage,or digestion. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). MOISTURE-WT Soil %Moisture CCME PHC in Soil-Tier 1 (mod) PH-WT Soil pH MOEE E3137A A minimum 10g portion of the sample is extracted with 20mL of 0.01 M calcium chloride solution by shaking for at least 30 minutes.The aqueous layer is separated from the soil and then analyzed using a pH meter and electrode. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011). SAR-R511-WT Soil SAR-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) SW846 6010C A dried,disaggregated solid sample is extracted with deionized water,the aqueous extract is separated from the solid,acidified and then analyzed using a ICP/OES. The concentrations of Na,Ca and Mg are reported as per CALA requirements for calculated parameters. These individual parameters are not for comparison to any guideline. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protection Act(July 1,2011 and as of November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). 11011 N M S M — OM N M N In — M OM r M M S NMI E E IMP MIN 11111130 .... 1111111 Reference Information Job Reference:02107344 BRUCE R015 PAGE 10 of 10 03-MAR-22 11:59(MT) Methods Listed(if applicable): ALS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference** XYLENES-SUM-CALC-WT Soil Sum of Xylene Isomer Concentrations CALCULATION Total xylenes represents the sum of o-xylene and m&p-xylene. **ALS test methods may incorporate modifications from specified reference methods to improve performance. Chain of Custody Numbers: 17-845965 The last two letters of the above test code(s)indicate the laboratory that performed analytical analysis for that test.Refer to the list below: Laboratory Definition Code Laboratory Location WT ALS ENVIRONMENTAL-WATERLOO,ONTARIO,CANADA GLOSSARY OF REPORT TERMS Surrogates are compounds that are similar in behaviour to target analyte(s),but that do not normally occur in environmental samples.For applicable tests, surrogates are added to samples prior to analysis as a check on recovery. In reports that display the D.L. column,laboratory objectives for surrogates are listed there. mg/kg-milligrams per kilogram based on dry weight of sample mg/kg wwt-milligrams per kilogram based on wet weight of sample mg/kg lwt-milligrams per kilogram based on lipid-adjusted weight mg/L -unit of concentration based on volume,parts per million. < -Less than. D.L. -The reporting limit. N/A-Result not available.Refer to qualifier code and definition for explanation. Test results reported relate only to the samples as received by the laboratory. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,ALL SAMPLES WERE RECEIVED IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION. Analytical results in unsigned test reports with the DRAFT watermark are subject to change,pending final QC review. Application of guidelines is provided"as is"without warranty of any kind,either expressed or implied,including,but not limited to, fitness for a particular purpose,or non-infringement.ALS assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in the information. Guideline limits are not adjusted for the hardness,pH or temperature of the sample(the most conservative values are used). Measurement uncertainty is not applied to test results prior to comparison with specified criteria values. AALS I Quality Control Report I Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 1 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Contact: ROB HELWIG I Test Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed BTX-511-HS-WT Soil Batch R5644219 WG3656410-4 DUP WG3656410-3 Benzene <0.0068 <0.0068 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 Ethylbenzene <0.018 <0.018 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 I m+p-Xylenes <0.030 <0.030 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene <0.020 <0.020 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 I Toluene <0.080 <0.080 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-2 LCS Benzene 104.6 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 Ethylbenzene 104.6 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 m+p-Xylenes 102.2 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene 101.2 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 I Toluene 104.3 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 WG3 6 5641 0-1 MB Benzene <0.0068 ug/g 0.0068 12-NOV-21 I Ethylbenzene <0.018 ug/g 0.018 12-NOV-21 m+p-Xylenes <0.030 ug/g 0.03 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene <0.020 ug/g 0.02 12-NOV-21 Toluene <0.080 ug/g 0.08 12-NOV-21 Surrogate: 1,4-Difluorobenzene 111.4 % 50-140 12-NOV-21 Surrogate:4-Bromofluorobenzene 105.1 % 50-140 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-5 MS WG3656410-3 Benzene 111.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 Ethylbenzene 104.3 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 m+p-Xylenes 102.7 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene 103.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 Toluene 106.9 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 EC-WT Soil Batch R5649340 WG3658827-4 DUP WG3658827-3 Conductivity 0.214 0.209 mS/cm 2.4 20 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-2 IRM WT SAR4 Conductivity 101.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I WG3658982-1 LCS Conductivity 95.8 % 90-110 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-1 MB I Conductivity <0.0040 mS/cm 0.004 16-NOV-21 1 1 IALS IQuality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 2 of 10 I lient: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Intact: ROB HELWIG t Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed IWT Soil atch R5652584 WG3659114-4 DUP WG3659114-3 Conductivity 0.178 0.179 mS/cm 0.2 20 17-NOV-21 IWG3659114-2 IRM WT SAR4 Conductivity 107.7 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 WG3660338-1 LCS Conductivity 98.9 % 90-110 17-NOV-21 111 WG3659114-1 MB Conductivity <0.0040 mS/cm 0.004 17-NOV-21 IHS-511-WT Soil atch R5644219 WG3656410-4 DUP WG3656410-3 IF1 (C6-C10) <5.0 <5.0 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-2 LCS F1 (C6-C10) 101.8 % 80-120 12-NOV-21 IWG3656410-1 MB F1 (C6-C10) <5.0 ug/g 5 12-NOV-21 Surrogate:3,4-Dichlorotoluene 100.8 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 IWG3656410-5 MS WG3656410-3 F1 (C6-C10) 89.6 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 F2-F4-511-WT Soil (atch R5648610 WG3656926-3 DUP WG3656926-5 F2(C10-C16) <10 <10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 F3(C16-C34) <50 <50 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 I F4(C34-050) <50 <50 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 WG3656926-2 LCS F2(C10-C16) 87.4 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 IF3(C16-C34) 87.9 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) 88.8 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 IWG3656926-1 MB F2(C10-C16) <10 ug/g 10 15-NOV-21 F3(C16-C34) <50 ug/g 50 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) <50 ug/g 50 15-NOV-21 ISurrogate:2-Bromobenzotrifluoride 93.3 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 WG3656926-4 MS WG3656926-5 F2(C10-C16) 93.7 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 IF3(C16-C34) 92.2 % 60-140 I A I Quality Control Report I Workorder: L2661O3O Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 3 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Contact: ROB HELWIG I Test Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed F2-F4-511-WT Soil Batch R5648610 WG3656926-4 MS WG3656926-5 F3(C16-C34) 92.2 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) 100.4 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 F4G-ADD-511-WT Soil Batch R5649143 WG3658918-2 LCS F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 77.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 918-1 MB 250 12-NOV-21 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) <250 ug/g MET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil Batch R5649704 WG3658825-2 CRM WT-SS-2 Antimony(Sb) 105.9 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 107.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 113.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 115.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 9.7 mg/kg 3.5-13.5 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 112.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 108.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 110.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 117.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 107.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 107.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I Nickel(Ni) 115.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) 0.12 mg/kg 0-0.34 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) 93.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) 0.072 mg/kg 0.029-0.129 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 100.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 110.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I Zinc(Zn) 104.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 WG3658825-6 DUP WG3658825-5 Antimony(Sb) 0.13 0.13 ug/g 0.1 30 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 6.17 5.92 ug/g 4.1 30 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 77.3 73.2 ug/g 5.5 40 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 0.60 0.54 ug/g 11 30 16-NOV-21 I AL IQuality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 4 of 10 tient: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 ntact: ROB HELWIG t Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed ET 200.2-CCMS-WT Soil atch R5649704 WG3658825-6 DUP WG3658825-5 Boron(B) 9.4 9.0 ug/g 4.4 30 16-NOV-21 ICadmium(Cd) 0.079 0.074 ug/g 7.3 30 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 19.5 18.8 ug/g 3.5 30 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 11.8 11.1 ug/g 5.7 30 16-NOV-21 ICopper(Cu) 38.8 37.4 ug/g 3.5 30 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 9.52 8.68 ug/g 9.3 40 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 0.35 0.32 ug/g 8.6 40 16-NOV-21 INickel(Ni) 22.5 21.2 ug/g 6.1 30 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) <0.20 <0.20 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 ISilver(Ag) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) 0.122 0.118 ug/g 3.8 30 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 0.513 0.494 ug/g 3.7 30 16-NOV-21 IVanadium(V) 28.2 28.1 ug/g 0.5 30 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 51.6 48.8 ug/g 5.6 30 16-NOV-21 WG3658825-4 LCS IIAntimony(Sb) 111.3 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 107.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 110.0 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 IBeryllium(Be) 104.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 101.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 104.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 IChromium(Cr) 105.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 106.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 103.8 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 ILead(Pb) 102.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 109.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) 105.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) 106.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) 105.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) 101.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 103.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 109.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 97.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I ALS I Quality Control Report Workorder: L2661O30 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 5 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Contact: ROB HELWIG Test Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed MET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil I Batch R5649704 WG3658825-1 MB Antimony(Sb) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) <5.0 mg/kg 5 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) <0.020 mg/kg 0.02 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Selenium (Se) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 I Silver(Ag) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) <2.0 mg/kg 2 16-NOV-21 Batch R5650538 WG3658964-2 CRM WT-SS-2 Antimony(Sb) 98.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 106.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I Barium(Ba) 109.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 104.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 8.9 mg/kg 3.5-13.5 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 98.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 104.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 105.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I Copper(Cu) 104.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 99.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 99.2 % 70-130 16-NOV-21I Nickel(Ni) 106.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) 0.15 mg/kg 0-0.34 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) 99.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I I ALS IQuality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 6 of 10 I lient: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 pntact: ROB HELWIG t Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed MET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil 13atch R5650538 WG3658964-2 CRM WT-SS-2 Thallium(TI) 0.073 mg/kg 0.029-0.129 16-NOV-21 IUranium(U) 87.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 107.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 101.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 IWG3658964-6 DUP WG3658964-5 Antimony(Sb) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 1.19 1.18 ug/g 0.7 30 16-NOV-21 IBarium(Ba) 8.33 8.75 ug/g 4.8 40 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 0.10 0.11 ug/g 3.1 30 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) <5.0 <5.0 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd)I 0.030 0.029 ug/g 3.1 30 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 5.68 5.53 ug/g 2.7 30 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 1.73 1.78 ug/g 2.8 30 16-NOV-21 ICopper(Cu) 3.22 3.33 ug/g 3.4 30 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 3.19 3.38 ug/g 5.7 40 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 0.16 0.15 ug/g 5.2 40 16-NOV-21 I Nickel(Ni) 3.47 3.47 ug/g 0.2 30 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) <0.20 <0.20 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 ISilver(Ag) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) <0.050 <0.050 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 0.288 0.304 ug/g 5.4 30 16-NOV-21 IVanadium(V) 17.1 15.7 ug/g 8.8 30 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 9.2 9.6 ug/g 3.8 30 16-NOV-21 WG3658964-4 LCS IAntimony(Sb) 96.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 98.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 98.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 IBeryllium(Be) 93.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 91.0 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 95.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 IChromium(Cr) 97.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 97.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 94.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I I I ALS 111 Quality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 7 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Contact: ROB HELWIG III Test Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed MET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil Batch R5650538 WG3658964-4 LCS Lead(Pb) 91.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 97.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21111 Nickel(Ni) 94.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) 96.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) 97.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) 93.3 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 87.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 100.6 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 93.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 WG3658964-1 MB Antimony(Sb) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 II Boron(B) <5.0 mg/kg 5 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) <0.020 mg/kg 0.02 16-NOV-21 I Chromium(Cr) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Selenium (Se) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) <2.0 mg/kg 2 16-NOV-21 I MOISTURE-WT Soil Batch R5643392 I WG3656741-3 DUP L2661109-3 %Moisture 18.4 17.9 % 3.1 20 12-NOV-21 WG3656741-2 LCS %Moisture 99.3 % 90-110 12-NOV-21 I ALS IQuality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 8 of 10 I Hent: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 ntact: ROB HELWIG Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed MOISTURE-WT Soil 113atch R5643392 WG3656741-1 MB Moisture <0.25 % 0.25 12-NOV-21 I-WT Soil Batch R5650047 IWG3656862-1 DUP L2 661 33 3-3 pH 7.37 7.48 J pH units 0.11 0.3 16-NOV-21 WG3659171-1 LCS IpH 6.95 pH units 6.9-7.1 16-NOV-21 R-R511-WT Soil Batch R5649977 IWG3658827-4 DUP WG3658827-3 Calcium(Ca) 18.2 17.9 mg/L 1.7 30 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 10.4 10.1 mg/L 2.9 30 16-NOV-21 iMagnesium(Mg) 9.68 9.52 mg/L 1.7 30 16-NOV-21 j WG3658827-2 IRM WT SAR4 Calcium(Ca) 105.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 ISodium(Na) 97.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 106.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-5 LCS ICalcium(Ca) 106.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 105.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 104.6 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 IWG3658827-1 MB Calcium(Ca) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 • Magnesium(Mg) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 Batch R5652356 WG3659114-4 DUP WG3659114-3 ICalcium(Ca) 22.6 23.9 mg/L 5.6 30 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 4.47 4.40 mg/L 1.6 30 17-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 1.01 1.09 mg/L 7.6 30 17-NOV-21 IWG3659114-2 IRM WT SAR4 Calcium(Ca) 106.6 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 89.3 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 105.1 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 I I ALS I Quality Control Report I Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 9 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Contact: ROB HELWIG i Test Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed SAR-R511-WT Soil Batch R5652356 WG3659114-5 LCS Calcium(Ca) 102.7 % 80-120 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 98.4 80-120 17-NOV-21I Magnesium(Mg) 99.4 % 80-120 17-NOV-21 WG3659114-1 MB Calcium(Ca) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-21 I I I I I I I I I I IQuality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 'Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) Page 10 of 10 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Intact: ROB HELWIG Legend: Limit ALS Control Limit(Data Quality Objectives) IDUP Duplicate RPD Relative Percent Difference N/A Not Available LCS Laboratory Control Sample ISRM Standard Reference Material MS Matrix Spike MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate ADE Average Desorption Efficiency IMB Method Blank IRM Internal Reference Material CRM Certified Reference Material CCV Continuing Calibration Verification ICVS Calibration Verification Standard LCSD Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate Sample Parameter Qualifier Definitions: IQualifier Description J Duplicate results and limits are expressed in terms of absolute difference. 1 RPD-NA Relative Percent Difference Not Available due to result(s)being less than detection limit. Hold Time Exceedances: 1 All test results reported with this submission were conducted within ALS recommended hold times. ALS recommended hold times may vary by province. They are assigned to meet known provincial and/or federal government requirements. In the absence of regulatory hold times,ALS establishes recommendations based on guidelines published by the IUS EPA,APHA Standard Methods,or Environment Canada(where available). For more information, please contact ALS. 1 The ALS Quality Control Report is provided to ALS clients upon request. ALS includes comprehensive QC checks with every analysis to ensure our high standards of quality are met. Each QC result has a known or expected target value,which is compared against pre- determined data quality objectives to provide confidence in the accuracy of associated test results. IPlease note that this report may contain QC results from anonymous Sample Duplicates and Matrix Spikes that do not originate from this Work Order. I I I I I I I CCME F2-F4 ALS ALS Sample ID: L2661030-1 Client Sample ID: BH01-21 GRANI I I 1 I I I 4—F2—*4 F3--IP 4 —F4-0. nC10 nC:16 nC34 nC50 ii 174°C: 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F Gasoline—it. 4-- Motor Oils/Cube Oils/Grease 4 DieseliJet Fuels—, The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common I petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples. but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration. the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples (fuels. oils.etc.). The HDR Library can be found at .v'At*.alsalobal.c.am. 111 Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:07 PM i I I CCME F2-F - - ALS ALS Sample ID: L2661030-2 Client Sample ID: BH01-21 S-1 I s J' 2 ,f, _ J 40 5 ^ 6 '2 Time P1ir es 4--F2-- � F3 4 F4—► nC10 nC16 nC34 nCS 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 545E°F 898°F 1067°F Gasoline -s .t--- Oils/Grease ails/tube 4- _Diesel/Jet Fuels-* The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples.but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration.the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note. This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME 12-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels,oils,etc:.). The HDR Library can be found at www.alsalobal.eom. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:47 PM r CCME F2-F I ALS Sample ID: L2661030-3 ALS S Client Sample ID: BH02-21 GRAN I I I T. 1? 4--F2—►4 F3 F4—IP nC10 nC16 nC34 nC:.50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F Gasoline— 4— Motor oils/tube Oils/Grease 11. 4Diesel/Jet Fuels—t► The COME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam ple. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples. but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration. the sample amount extracted. the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada COME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples (fuels, oils.etc..). The HDR Library can be found at ',x.w.aisalobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:09 PM I I CCME F2-F - - • . - Al-s ALS Sample ID: L2661030-4 Client Sample ID: BH02-21 S-1 5,30 I ��� - 111 v o 7-23 rn 300 0 1. T ?v 0 -. , ,� �u - 1? 1 v 2 3 3 J 40 5 Q I .e—F2---t►4 F3—f*---F4—a► 1 nC1 o nC16 nC34 nC.S€i 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 106•7°F I Gasoline-► * -- Motor 4iIs,�Lube Oils/Crease fp- ---Diesel/Jet Fuels-* I The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common I petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples,but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the sam pie dilution factor and the scale at the left. INote: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels,oils,etc). The HDR Library can be found at +rww.alsolobal.com. I Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:49 PM I 1 I CCME F2-F4 ALS Sample ID: L2661030-5 A L S Client Sample ID: BH03-21 GRAN I t - _ I —F2--*41- —F3-►4-F4-10, nC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C: 346°F 549°F 898°F 1 06i 7°F Gasoline—11. 4-- Motor Oils/Lube Oils/Grease s— Diesel/]et Fuels--* The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR.) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker com pounds. Retention times may vary between samples. but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration. the sample amount extracted. the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to .ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels, oils.etc.). The HDR Library can be found at :+a .afscilobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:11 PM COME F2 F ALS Sample ID: L2661030-6 AA, Client Sample ID: BH03-21 S-2 I 35u _ v =t.rid J _, 3 J .-...v 1..'.J.0 2 i 4—F2—*4 F3 )4—F4—i► nC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F Gasoline—�► Motor Oils/Lure Oils/Grease 4—Diesel/Jet Fuels-* — The COME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam ple. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples.but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration.the sample amount extracted, the sam ple dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels, oils,etc.). The HDR Library can be found at wwwu4.alsalobat.c:om. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:51 PM I i CCME F2-F4 ALS Sample ID: L2661030-7 L 5 Client Sample ID: BH04-21 GRAN I I 1 4--F2-11-4 F3— 4 F4—A nC 1 O nC16 nC34 nC:.50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 10,67°F Gasoline--* 4— Motor Oilsaube Oils/Grease th. I 4 Diesel/Jet Fuels-* The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sa:m ple. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples, but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration. the sample amount extracted. the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels, oils,etc.), The HDR Library can be found at lopAoaw.alsglobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:05 PM I -CC ME F2-F4 - ALS Sample ID: L2661030-8 A L Client Sample ID: BH05-21 GRAN 1 452 I - T -- r ;J f T.r-lV - M _,te I 4—F2--*4— F3 =4 F4-10- 1 nCl0 nC16 nC34 nC.50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline—► 4— Motor Oils/Lube Oils/Grease PP. 4 Diesels°Jet Fuels-- I The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam ple. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common I petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples.but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration. the sample amount extracted. the I sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples(fuels,oils.etc.). The HDR Library can be found at www.alselobal.com. I Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:03 PM 1 ALS, Chain of Custody (COC)/Analytical ' N":"'. .17 - 8 4 5 9 6 5 Request Form 1111111111 1111111 11111 111111 , . Enuironmental , Canada Toll Free: 1 800 6G8 9878 I_2(361030 CC-Tr, .,,,,,,,0!)•J!n„Il t oil. Report To Repoit Formal/In ontact your AM to confirm all E&P TAT,.Ism charges may apply) ---- - T A-"/, ,. C,III, II, , 1---'- ' . . 1' "T •,(1 ,. L ..) , , -1 imy IN ..:IG .j , • ,. it Business day IF -100"..1 i I rho., i , ,il.ly IPJS-25 ..1 ! ' -.. !Same Day.Weekend or Statutory holiday 1E2-200% /1 . ? lay[P250"aa ' (Laboratory opening fees may apply)1 1 . ---7,--7---., —'7' .-1- r' •-• • Se,..! bate and Time Required tor all E&P TATs I 'fr , , , --....--.----..— Clly,)'eFyie.., , '-- I „, ,... .., ...,/ r I ,( , I: . • ----_ .- ' --- Pu‘aal I:1,11, 1'I.I I ' Analysis Request Invoice To •.1.air,•,tn kfl or) ' L,.(77777— libiOit..e Distribut.on I , . • I 11 ,I , 1 ri,, . I.. -I 2 CZ ....i. .,,,_ 1. I .... conym,\. f am.' ! , I - LU . . ' ' -', ' ! 0 Z , ' 7. Contact Ec....!. .'''' . Zi `;.- I Project Information Oil and Gas Required Fields(client use) I-- , ....p- Z k :,...:. , ALS Account#I Quote# • • • ) ' 0 .'7' \ ' I::- 1 0 (,) Job 4 (1., 7_i ") ;1 :.,...4. I-;I/A..4(2.r :L. 1 , r, ,,,,•Li. . . • i,...,,,,,,,, I. , . o ..,.., ,, Cn PO'AEG P. in,niia .•l,. LL - 0 III is I SD L 04,,ltl.i I i U..I L.. . ',..:.. CL. i 0 ALS Lab Work Order# (lab use only): ' -..1 ' z !•-i .. N ALS Contact. Sampler 2 . ./.1.-,-c: : ',-- 4__) - .....) i I 0 ALS Sample# Sample Identification andlor Coordinates Date Man ''''' 2 k , < . .. SaiilpIP Type 0 , 1 i;.,. ',..: 'r cn (lab use only) illI,(leY:1101i.11 Will cilq,,,,11,iti th,,,p,,I, Z •' . '1 7'."' Cn g i.. /..., i -, , .- ., ., ,-.4-----",----,-1- 1_ ... ,-- !--i ' ,..-; r( 1-1, 1 ..), , *; i ic/1•7' (.-,i' - 1..,.,! : . • , t. ' __ . . •.- 1 . .. -F- --I- --- - --7' . i (4' 1 I:'• L. ' -I-- 1 ' 1 .••••• ...L.• t i (- V /(1/ --- I ;4-1 / / i• _ .., I .,. • ' ' , . I... .., . q 4 - ,. : i - 4 --...—, ,.,")-:,; ", ii _ , . i ; ) ,I , . , . _ .- ;., . -..: ,,-,-,. • . , •••• , . , . _ . . ..._ - ,•,.,.., . 7--- . • --- i ,.. f'( • f , .4 1 • I - . ' I - . - -- .. — ! • 4..../.1 /-...,- .(( A ,' ' i \i 1 \.\/ \‘'I • •, ' ' • • I 1. , -1- •- . --1- -H I . 1 i H 1 1 1— 1 1 1.1- ._ __, r I _ I, . i i I I 1 I Special Iiisti turbans!Specify Criteria to arid ob repent by c-hckinq ini the di.qi-rlovidri lis,fir lour SAMPLE CONDITION AS RECEIVED(lab use only) .. Drinking Water(DW)Samples'(client usel (electron)...CDC only) / El 1:1 Er- !it,ot) SII Obsei vatlore.- No Are samples taken front a Regulated OW System/ ).- 1 ,(1,,,!/ -, ,.,/ //, , ,,, Ir-...Pack:. 0 ICE)CoJes 0 Custody seal intact Yes 0 /Prie'q' 1:1 I I l'i' I ' II.' C:,.'11.11(3111111atOd 0 Are samples for human consumption/use? NUNN i".t/i ni 1.‘ f-i,.110I,-ire I URIS ( FINAL Ca nn I le MP{NAll.1121S , — , I I '1.‘ I 1 '''' . { SHIPMENT RELEASE(client aye) 1 .. L S 1PM RECEPTION(lab use only) FINAL SHIPMENT RECEPTION(lab use only) )9 / _ Dc,t,. i I all, Neta-Fivecl by l)IR' .. / lime R.,elVed by —I aim time '-. , , .-,, , •11, )11 , 1•V l'7 ,.... L .,______ . • 4--- ________I I RFFFIR TO BALK PACJ F R Ai!r;I 0(,v1 ION,.nNI i..;.` )I:;If i li,N -----. . I, i ABC,I ' - '0, 0 4 / i ii ,i. .II, .nIll, II,'L.,'I P.111 iRegin tied Drinking Wale,ifbnii system i. i• .iii iii n-,ii,i Aiithini.ini OW r 1-,Cfrarn - 11111 IIIIII/ II.1 Nig ale IIIIII NM ale MB MI 11111 111111/ Oa IMO MB NIB MS alle eNGLOBe ' March 7, 2022 Mrs. Jennette Walker B. M. Ross and Associates Limited 1 Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 I Subject: Addendum Letter Containing Revised Analytical Results for Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001-00 for Bruce Road 15 Road Reconstruction in Accordance with Reg 406/19 Requirements 04-02107344.000-0100-0101-GS-L-0001-00 Mrs. Jennette Walker: It is Engobe's understanding that BM Ross and Associates has requested an addendum letter to provide clarity in regard to the Environmental Testing Results (Section 2.3 and Appendix 4) and associated recommendations in Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100- 0101-GS-R-0001-00 issued on January 12, 2022 in accordance with the Ontario Regulation (O.Reg.) 406/19 requirements. I Addendum Upon follow-up discussions with Englobe's Environmental Department, it was confirmed that in accordance with O.Reg. 406/19, the applicable criteria for the proposed off-Site reuse and/or disposal of soil is the Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP) Excess Soil Quality Standards (ESQS), Table 2.1: Full Depth ESQS in a Potable Ground Water Condition, ICC Property Use (MECP Table 2.1 ESQS), as presented in the MECP document titled "Rules for Soil Management and Excess Soil Quality Standards," dated August 11, 2020. The Analytical results presented in Appendix 4 in Englobe's geotechnical report (Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001- 00) have been superseded with the appended updated Certification of Analysis (ALS Lab Work Order: L2661030). 1 T519.7411313— 1 335 Bridge Street East—Kitchener. Ontario—Canada N2K 2Y5 englobecorp.com 1 of 2 Subject : Addendum Letter Containing Revised Analytical Results March 7, 2022 for Geotechnical Report Ref No. 04-02107734.000-0100-0101-GS-R-0001-00 It is noted that based on the grain size analysis completed for this site, granular material is excluded from O.Reg 406/19. O.Reg. 406/19 (as amended) only pertains to soil and/or crushed rock with a grain size of less than 2 millimetres. Therefore, the granular ' material is permitted to be used as backfill on this project provided that it does not have any staining/odours, etc. Any material with staining or odours should not be reused and should be disposed of in accordance with regulations. Any granular material and/or soil intended to be reused/disposed of off-Site may be subject to additional testing and/or reporting requirements of O.Reg. 406/19. 1 We trust the enclosed memorandum is completed to your satisfaction. If, however, additional I information should be required, please communicate with the undersigned. Yours very truly, , EnGlobe Corp. 43fESStQ%q dy 2022/03/07 1 A.K.STEWART 100177812 Andrew Stewart, B.Eng. P.Eng. :1 Geotechnical Engineer `'HCF oft o 111 Geotechnical Engineering I Approved By: �7P �� . 2022/03/07 G. ] R. ."arty s 1 2353 Raid Khamis, M.Sc., P.Eng �r Team Leader- <1,- Senior Geotechnical Engineer Encls. ALS Lab Work Order: L2661030 I engiooecorp.com 2 of 2 I AiS EnGlobe Corp. (London) Date Received: 09-NOV-21 aATTN: ROB HELWIG Report Date: 03-MAR-22 11:59 (MT) 417 EXETER RD Version: FINAL REV. 2 LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 ' Client Phone: 519-685-6400 Certificate of Analysis 1 Lab Work Order #: L2661030 Project P.O. #: NOT SUBMITTED Job Reference: 02107344 BRUCE R015 IC of C Numbers: 17-845965 Legal Site Desc: I 1 Comments: 3-MAR-2022 Table 2.1 I I 1 Gayle un Senior Account Manager [This report shall not be reproduced except in full without the written authority of the Laboratory.] ADDRESS:309 Exeter Road Unit#29,London,ON N6L 1C1 Canada I Phone: +1 519 652 6044 I Fax: +1 519 652 0671 ALS CANADA LTD Part of the ALS Group An ALS Limited Company Enutrarrmeritai ! www.alsglobal.com RIGHT SDL.UTIDfS = - - -. Jol ALs ANALYTICAL REPORT : Ui1-9rm9t a-i summary of Guideline Exceedances 3uideline I ALS ID Client ID Grouping Analyte Result )ntario Regulation 406/19-Excess Soils -17-December-20-T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil -Res/Park/lnst Property Use _2661030-1 BH01-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 13.5 Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 F3(C16-C34) 910 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5580111 L2661030-2 BH01-21 S-1 Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 8.87 L2661030-3 BH02-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 10.2 Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 F3(C16-C34) 650 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5980 L2661030-5 BH03-21 GRAN Physical Tests Conductivity 0.717 Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 11.0 Hydrocarbons F2(C10-C16) <20 F3(C16-C34) 600 I F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5070 L2661030-7 BH04-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 5.84 Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 330 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 2950 L2661030-8 BH05-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 560 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 3490 I Ontario Regulation 406/19-Excess Soils-17-December-20-T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil -Ind/Com/Commu Property Use L2661030-1 BH01-21 GRAN Saturated Paste Extractables SAR 13.5 Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 910 I F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5580 L2661030-3 BH02-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 650 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5980 111 L2661030-5 BH03-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 600 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 5070 L2661030-7 BH04-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 330 L2661030-8 BH05-21 GRAN Hydrocarbons F3(C16-C34) 560 F4G-SG(GHH-Silica) 3490 I *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. I I I I Job At"5 ANALYTICAL REPORT 'Isical Tests - SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L266 I Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-Iv Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH( GRAN GRAN GRAN GI Guide Limits Ilyte Unit #1 #2 ;onductivity mS/cm 0.7 1.4 0.416 0.448 0.386 0.447 0.717 0.190 0. tisture % - - 5.86 13.5 6.16 17.8 6.86 8.20 5 pH units - - 8.14 7.94 8.03 8.01 8.04 8.18 8 iuide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use ;e Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. I I I I I I I I *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. I I I I 1 Jot ALs ANALYTICAL REPORT :nUironme ra saturated Paste Extractables - SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L266 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04 Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 B GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits 4nalyte Unit #1 #2 SAR SAR 5 12 13.5 8.87 10.2 3.54 11.0 0.65 calcium(Ca) mg/L - - 2.12 5.93 2.88 16.4 8.93 8.11111 Magnesium(Mg) mg/L - - 0.68 1.03 1.07 4.99 2.29 8.07 Sodium(Na) mg/L - - 88.4 89.0 80.0 63.8 142 10.9 3 3uide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use 3uide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use I Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. I I I I I *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. II I I I Job ALS ANALYTICAL REPORT :ni-iirorimant,a1 pals -SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L266 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-N I Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH( GRAN GRAN GRAN GI Guide Limits illyte Unit #1 #2 lntimony(Sb) ug/g 7.5 40 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 < nic(As) ug/g 18 18 2.1 2.3 2.1 1.7 2.8 <1.0 3 m(Ba) ug/g 390 670 12.7 17.2 16.0 14.8 25.8 5.3 1 3eryllium(Be) ug/g 4 8 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <( ir(B) ug/g 120 120 6.3 7.8 7.5 5.2 10.1 6.4 E ium(Cd) ug/g 1.2 1.9 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <( 3hromium(Cr) ug/g 160 160 12.8 5.3 27.5 8.3 57.4 3.4 1 It(Co) ug/g 22 80 3.0 2.5 3.6 2.1 3.9 <1.0 er(Cu) ug/g 140 230 6.1 2.7 7.8 5.3 8.2 1.0 C. .ead(Pb) ug/g 120 120 5.4 2.0 4.7 3.9 10.2 <1.0 I6Aol bdenum(Mo) ug/g .9 40 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 < el(Ni) ug/g 100 270 7.3 3.4 8.3 5.0 7.8 1.8 i nium(Se) ug/g 2.4 5.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 < Silver(Ag) ug/g 20 40 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <( Ilium(TI) ug/g 1 3.3 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <0.50 <( ium(U) ug/g 23 33 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.1 < /anadium(V) ug/g 86 86 13.4 13.0 15.2 11.2 16.9 4.3 1 1(Zn) ug/g 340 340 17.0 20.1 24.1 18.8 36.0 12.4 2 e Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/Inst Property Use Iuide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use IDetection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. I I I *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. I I I 1 Jo, .ALs ANALYTICAL REPORT nuirc r rn8nt a 'olatile Organic Compounds -SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2 661 03 0-5 L2661030-6 L266 Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04- Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 B GRAN GRAN GRAN Guide Limits \nalyte Unit #1 #2 lenzene ug/g 0.02 0.02 <0.0068 <0.0068 <0.0068 <0.0068 0.0074 <0.0068 < Ethyl benzene ug/g 0.05 0.05 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 <0.018 -oluene ug/g 0.2 0.2 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 <0.080 < )-Xylene ug/g - - <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0.020 <0 n+p-Xylenes ug/g - - <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 <0.030 (ylenes(Total) ug/g 0.091 0.091 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 <0.050 iurrogate:4-Bromofluorobenzene % - - 96.2 96.3 94.3 96.5 97.3 100.0 1( iurrogate:1,4-Difluorobenzene % - - 105.8 103.7 102.7 103.2 104.7 106.8 guide Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/lnst Property Use iuide Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use I Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. I Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. I I I I Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. I I I I IJob °`'L5 ANALYTICAL REPORT Jrocarbons - SOIL Lab ID L2661030-1 L2661030-2 L2661030-3 L2661030-4 L2661030-5 L2661030-6 L266 I Sample Date 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-NOV-21 04-1N Sample ID BH01-21 BH01-21 S-1 BH02-21 BH02-21 S-1 BH03-21 BH03-21 S-2 BH( GRAN GRAN GRAN GI Guide Limits Ilyte Unit #1 #2 C6-C10 -1( ) ug/g 25 25 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 < TEX ug/g 25 25 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 < 10-C16) ug/g 10 26 <20 DIN <10 <20 DIA <10 <20 DLu <10 < =3(C16-C34) ug/g 240 240 910 <50 650 <50 600 <50 3 -134-050) ug/g 2800 3300 2110 <50 1950 <50 1240 <50 9 SG(GHH-Silica) ug/g 2800 3300 5580 5980 5070 21 Total Hydrocarbons(C6-050) ug/g - - <51000 <72 2600 <72 1840 <72 1: iig i m.to baseline at nC50 ppm - - NO YES NO YES NO YES t ate:2-Bromobenzotrifluoride % - 98.5 91.7 98.1 90.2 97.5 89.8 9 Surrogate:3,4-Dichlorotoluene % - - 75.6 84.9 73.0 96.0 63.0 88.1 8 e Limit#1:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Res/Park/lost Property Use e Limit#2:T2.1 -Volume Independent Soil-Ind/Com/Commu Property Use Detection Limit for result exceeds Guideline Limit. Assessment against Guideline Limit cannot be made. 1 Analytical result for this parameter exceeds Guide Limits listed. See Summary of Guideline Exceedances. 1 I I *Please refer to the Reference Information section for an explanation of any qualifiers noted. I I I Reference Information Job Qualifiers for Individual Parameters Listed: Qualifier Description DLM Detection Limit Adjusted due to sample matrix effects(e.g.chemical interference,colour,turbidity). Methods Listed(if applicable): ALS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference** BTX-511-HS-WT Soil BTEX-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) SW846 8260 111 BTX is determined by extracting a soil or sediment sample as received with methanol,then analyzing by headspace-GC/MS. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Prote November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reporte EC-WT Soil Conductivity(EC) MOEE E3138 A representative subsample is tumbled with de-ionized(DI)water.The ratio of water to soil is 2:1 v/w.After tumbling the sample is then analyzed by a conduc Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Prote F1-F4-511-CALC-WT Soil F1-F4 Hydrocarbon Calculated CCME CWS-PHC, Pub#1310, Dec 2001-S Parameters Analytical methods used for analysis of CCME Petroleum Hydrocarbons have been validated and comply with the Reference Method for the CWS PHC. Hydrocarbon results are expressed on a dry weight basis. In cases where results for both F4 and F4G are reported,the greater of the two results must be used in any application of the CWS PHC guidelines and the g added to the C6 to C50 hydrocarbons. In samples where BTEX and F1 were analyzed, F1-BTEX represents a value where the sum of Benzene,Toluene, Ethylbenzene and total Xylenes has been In samples where PAHs,F2 and F3 were analyzed,F2-Naphth represents the result where Naphthalene has been subtracted from F2. F3-PAH represents a Benzo(a)anthracene, Benzo(a)pyrene, Benzo(b)fluoranthene,Benzo(k)fluoranthene, Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, Fluoranthene, Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene,Phenan from F3. Unless otherwise qualified,the following quality control criteria have been met for the F1 hydrocarbon range: 1.All extraction and analysis holding times were met. 2. Instrument performance showing response factors for C6 and C10 within 30%of the response factor for toluene. 3. Linearity of gasoline response within 15%throughout the calibration range. Unless otherwise qualified,the following quality control criteria have been met for the F2-F4 hydrocarbon ranges: 1.All extraction and analysis holding times were met. 2. Instrument performance showing C10,C16 and C34 response factors within 10%of their average. 3. Instrument performance showing the C50 response factor within 30%of the average of the C10,C16 and C34 response factors. 4. Linearity of diesel or motor oil response within 15%throughout the calibration range. F1-HS-511-WT Soil F1-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) E3398/CCME TIER 1-HS Fraction F1 is determined by extracting a soil or sediment sample as received with methanol,then analyzing by headspace-GC/FID. Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Prot November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be report F2-F4-511-WT Soil F2-F4-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) CCME Tier 1 I I I I Reference Information Job Ri Iethods Listed(if applicable): LS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference** IPetroleum Hydrocarbons(F2-F4 fractions)are extracted from soil with 1:1 hexane:acetone using a rotary extractor. Extracts are treated with silica gel to remov F4 are analyzed by GC-FID. F4G-sg is analyzed gravimetrically. Notes: 1. F2(C10-C16):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC10 and nC16. I2.F3(C16-C34):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC16 and nC34. 3. F4(C34-050):Sum of all hydrocarbons that elute between nC34 and nC50. 4.F4G:Gravimetric Heavy Hydrocarbons 5. F4G-sg:Gravimetric Heavy Hydrocarbons(F4G)after silica gel treatment. I6.Where both F4(C34-050)and F4G-sg are reported for a sample,the larger of the two values is used for comparison against the relevant CCME guideline foi 7.F4G-sg cannot be added to the C6 to C50 hydrocarbon results to obtain an estimate of total extractable hydrocarbons. 8.This method is validated for use. 9. Data from analysis of validation and quality control samples is available upon request. 10.Reported results are expressed as milligrams per dry kilogram,unless otherwise indicated. I Analysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protect November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported; IF4G-ADD-511-WT Soil F4G SG-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) MOE DECPH-E3398/CCME TIER 1 F4G, gravimetric analysis,is determined if the chromatogram does not retum to baseline at or before C50.A soil sample is extracted with a solvent mix,the so the residue is determined. IAnalysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protect November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported; IMET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil Metals in Soil by CRC ICPMS EPA 200.2/6020B(mod) Soil/sediment is dried,disaggregated,and sieved(2 mm). For tests intended to support Ontario regulations,the<2mm fraction is ground to pass through a 0.3 Metals in the<2mm fraction are solubilized by heated digestion with nitric and hydrochloric acids. Instrumental analysis is by Collision/Reaction Cell ICPMS. ILimitations: This method is intended to liberate environmentally available metals. Silicate minerals are not solubilized.Some metals may be only partially reco, Ba,Be,Cr,S,Sr,Ti,TI,V,W,and Zr. Elemental Sulfur may be poorly recovered by this method. Volatile forms of sulfur(e.g.sulfide, H2S)may be excluded it digestion. IAnalysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protect of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported). MOISTURE-WT Soil %Moisture CCME PHC in Soil-Tier 1 (mod) IPH-WT Soil pH MOEE E3137A A minimum 10g portion of the sample is extracted with 20mL of 0.01 M calcium chloride solution by shaking for at least 30 minutes.The aqueous layer is separ< using a pH meter and electrode. IAnalysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protects SAR-R511-WT Soil SAR-O.Reg 153/04(July 2011) SW846 6010C IA dried,disaggregated solid sample is extracted with deionized water,the aqueous extract is separated from the solid,acidified and then analyzed using a ICP/ and Mg are reported as per CALA requirements for calculated parameters. These individual parameters are not for comparison to any guideline. IAnalysis conducted in accordance with the Protocol for Analytical Methods Used in the Assessment of Properties under Part XV.1 of the Environmental Protect: November 30,2020),unless a subset of the Analytical Test Group(ATG)has been requested(the Protocol states that all analytes in an ATG must be reported; I I I I Reference Information Job l� Methods Listed(if applicable): ALS Test Code Matrix Test Description Method Reference" XYLENES-SUM-CALC-WT Soil Sum of Xylene Isomer Concentrations CALCULATION Total xylenes represents the sum of o-xylene and m&p-xylene. **ALS test methods may incorporate modifications from specified reference methods to improve performance. Chain of Custody Numbers: 17-845965 , The last two letters of the above test code(s)indicate the laboratory that performed analytical analysis for that test. Refer to the list below: Laboratory Definition Code Laboratory Location WT ALS ENVIRONMENTAL-WATERLOO,ONTARIO,CANADA GLOSSARY OF REPORT TERMS Surrogates are compounds that are similar in behaviour to target analyte(s),but that do not normally occur in environmental samples. For applicable tests, sur, analysis as a check on recovery. In reports that display the D.L. column,laboratory objectives for surrogates are listed there. mg/kg-milligrams per kilogram based on dry weight of sample mg/kg wwt-milligrams per kilogram based on wet weight of sample mg/kg lwt-milligrams per kilogram based on lipid-adjusted weight mg/L -unit of concentration based on volume,parts per million. < -Less than. D.L. -The reporting limit. N/A-Result not available. Refer to qualifier code and definition for explanation. Test results reported relate only to the samples as received by the laboratory. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,ALL SAMPLES WERE RECEIVED IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION. Analytical results in unsigned test reports with the DRAFT watermark are subject to change,pending final QC review. Application of guidelines is provided"as is"without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied,including, but not limited to, fitness for a particular purpose, responsibility for errors or omissions in the information. Guideline limits are not adjusted for the hardness,pH or temperature of the sample(the most conservati uncertainty is not applied to test results prior to comparison with specified criteria values. I I I13 ALS la Ira nmentai Quality Control Report IWorkorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 1 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp. (London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Dntact: ROB HELWIG IMatrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed -X-511-HS-WT Soil ch111 R5644219 G3656410-4 DUP WG3656410-3 enzene <0.0068 <0.0068 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 thylbenzene <0.018 <0.018 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 +p-Xylenes <0.030 <0.030 RPD-NA ug/g 9 9 N/A 40 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene <0.020 <0.020 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 oluene <0.080 <0.080 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 12-NOV-21 G3656410-2 LCS Benzene 104.6 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 thylbenzene 104.6 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 51+p-Xylenes 102.2 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene 101.2 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 oluene 104.3 % 70-130 12-NOV-21 G3656410-1 MB Benzene <0.0068 ug/g 0.0068 12-NOV-21 Itthylbenzene <0.018 ug/g 0.018 12-NOV-21 +p-Xylenes <0.030 ug/g 0.03 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene <0.020 ug/g 0.02 12-NOV-21 oluene <0.080 ug/g 0.08 12-NOV-21 urrogate: 1,4-Difluorobenzene 111.4 % 50-140 12-NOV-21 urrogate:4-Bromofluorobenzene 105.1 % 50-140 12-NOV-21 G3656410-5 MS WG3656410-3 enzene 111.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 thylbenzene 104.3 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 +p-Xylenes 102.7 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 o-Xylene 103.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 liToluene 106.9 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 PWT Soil Batch R5649340 1G3658827-4 DUP WG3658827-3 onductivity 0.214 0.209 mS/cm 2.4 20 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-2 IRM WT SAR4 Conductivity 101.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 G3658982-1 LCS Conductivity 95.8 % 90-110 16-NOV-21 G3658827-1 MB Conductivity <0.0040 mS/cm 0.004 16-NOV-21 ALS :nuAranmentaH Quality Control Report I Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 2 of 10 :,Iient: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 )ntact: ROB HELWIG ;t Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed I :-WT Soil 3atch R5652584 WG3659114-4 DUP WG3659114-3 Conductivity 0.178 0.179 mS/cm 0.2 20 17-NOV-21 WG3659114-2 IRM WT SAR4 Conductivity 107.7 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 WG3660338-1 LCS Conductivity 98.9 % 90-110 17-NOV-21 WG3659114-1 MB Conductivity <0.0040 mS/cm 0.004 17-NOV-21 -HS-511-WT Soil I 3atch R5644219 WG3656410-4 DUP WG3656410-3 F1 (C6-C10) <5.0 <5.0 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-2 LCS F1 (C6-C10) 101.8 % 80-120 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-1 MB F1 (C6-C10) <5.0 ug/g 5 12-NOV-21 Surrogate:3,4-Dichlorotoluene 100.8 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 WG3656410-5 MS WG3656410-3 F1 (C6-C10) 89.6 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 III !-F4-511-WT Soil Batch R5648610 I WG3656926-3 DUP WG3656926-5 F2(C10-C16) <10 <10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 F3(C16-C34) <50 <50 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) <50 <50 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 15-NOV-21 WG3656926-2 LCS F2(C10-C16) 87.4 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 I F3(C16-C34) 87.9 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) 88.8 % 80-120 15-NOV-21 WG3656926-1 MB I F2(C10-C16) <10 ug/g 10 15-NOV-21 F3(C16-C34) <50 ug/g 50 15-NOV-21 F4(C34-050) <50 ug/g 50 15-NOV-21 I Surrogate:2-Bromobenzotrifluoride 93.3 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 WG3656926-4 MS WG3656926-5 111 F2(C10-C16) 93.7 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 F3(C16-C34) 92.2 % 60-140 Is 111 tiironmentaI Quality Control Report I Workorder: L266103O Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 3 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 pritact: ROB HELWIG IMatrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed -F4-511-WT Soil h R5648610 3656926-4 MS WG3656926-5 (C16-C34) 92.2 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 4(C34-050) 100.4 % 60-140 15-NOV-21 4DD-511-WT Soil 3atch R5649143 43658918-2 LCS G-SG(GHH-Silica) 77.2 % 60-140 12-NOV-21 WG3658918-1 MB 4G-SG(GHH-Silica) <250 ug/g 250 12-NOV-21 200.2-CCMS-WT Soil 3atch R5649704 3658825-2 CRM WT-SS-2 timony(Sb) 105.9 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 107.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Iarium(Ba) 113.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 eryllium(Be) 115.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 9.7 mg/kg 3.5-13.5 16-NOV-21 Iadmium(Cd) 112.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 hromium(Cr) 108.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 110.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 lopper(Cu) 117.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 ead(Pb) 107.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 tolybdenum(Mo) 107.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 ickel(Ni) 115.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) 0.12 mg/kg 0-0.34 16-NOV-21 Ielver(Ag) 93.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 hallium(TI) 0.072 mg/kg 0.029-0.129 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 100.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Lanadium (V) 110.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 inc(Zn) 104.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 WG3658825-6 DUP WG3658825-5 timony(Sb) 0.13 0.13 ug/g 0.1 30 16-NOV-21 senic(As) 6.17 5.92 ug/g 4.1 30 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 77.3 73.2 ug/g 5.5 40 16-NOV-21 teryllium(Be) 0.60 0.54 ug/g 11 30 16-NOV-21 1 I ALS Enuironmentai Quality Control Report I Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 4 of 10 ;silent: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD I LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 )ntact: ROB HELWIG >t Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed I ET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil 3atch R5649704 WG3658825-6 DUP WG3658825-5 Boron(B) 9.4 9.0 ug/g 4.4 30 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 0.079 0.074 ug/g 7.3 30 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 19.5 18.8 ug/g 3.5 30 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 11.8 11.1 ug/g 5.7 30 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 38.8 37.4 ug/g 3.5 30 16-NOV-21 I Lead (Pb) 9.52 8.68 ug/g 9.3 40 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum (Mo) 0.35 0.32 ug/g 8.6 40 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) 22.5 21.2 ug/g 6.1 30 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) <0.20 <0.20 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 16-NOV-21 I Thallium(TI) 0.122 0.118 ug/g 3.8 30 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 0.513 0.494 ug/g 3.7 30 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 28.2 28.1 ug/g 0.5 30 16-NOV-21 I Zinc(Zn) 51.6 48.8 ug/g 5.6 30 16-NOV-21 WG3658825-4 LCS Antimony(Sb) 111.3 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 111 Arsenic(As) 107.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 110.0 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Beryllium(Be) 104.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 101.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 104.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Chromium(Cr) 105.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 106.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 103.8 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 102.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum (Mo) 109.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) 105.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Selenium(Se) 106.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) 105.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Thallium(TI) 101.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Uranium(U) 103.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Vanadium (V) 109.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 97.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I I ALS luironmantal Quality Control Report IWorkorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 5 of 10 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 )ntact: ROB HELWIG > Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed -200.2-CCMS-WT Soil Ith R5649704 3658825-1 MB timony(Sb) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 rium(Ba) <0.50 mg/kg113 0.5 16-NOV-21 eryllium(Be) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 �ron(B) <5.0 mg/kg 5 16-NOV-21 admium(Cd) <0.020 mg/kg 0.02 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) <0.50 mg/kg 9 9 0.5 16-NOV-21 obalt(Co) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 lower(Cu) <0.50 mg/kg 9 9 0.5 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 olybdenum(Mo) <0.10 mg/kg 9 9 0.1 16-NOV-21 ickel(Ni) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 ilver(Ag) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 hallium(TI) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 anadium(V) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) <2.0 mg/kg 2 16-NOV-21 Ich R5650538 G3658964-2 CRM WTSS-2 Antimony(Sb) 98.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 rsenic(As) 106.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 109.3 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 104.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Ioron(B) 8.9 mg/kg 3.5-13.5 16-NOV-21 admium(Cd) 98.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Chromium(Cr) 104.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 obalt(Co) 105.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 opper(Cu) 104.6 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 tead(Pb) 99.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 olybdenum(Mo) 99.2 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Nick (Ni) 106.1 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 elenium(Se) 0.15 mg/kg 0-0.34 16-NOV-21 "liver(Ag) 99.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 I 1 Quality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 6 of 10 I :;Ilent: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD I LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 intact: ROB HELWIG A Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed I ET-200.2-CCMS-WT Soil 3atch R5650538 WG3658964-2 CRM WTSS-2 Thallium(TI) 0.073 mg/kg 0.029-0.129 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 87.5 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 107.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 101.7 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 WG3658964-6 DUP WG3658964-5 Antimony(Sb) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 1.19 1.18 ug/g 0.7 30 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 8.33 8.75 ug/g 4.8 40 16-NOV-21 Beryllium(Be) 0.10 0.11 ug/g 3.1 30 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) <5.0 <5.0 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 0.030 0.029 ug/g 3.1 30 16-NOV-21 I Chromium(Cr) 5.68 5.53 ug/g 2.7 30 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 1.73 1.78 ug/g 2.8 30 16-NOV-21 I Copper(Cu) 3.22 3.33 ug/g 3.4 30 16-NOV-21 Lead(Pb) 3.19 3.38 ug/g 5.7 40 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 0.16 0.15 ug/g 5.2 40 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) 3.47 3.47 ug/g 0.2 30 16-NOV-21 Selenium(Se) <0.20 <0.20 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) <0.10 <0.10 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 40 16-NOV-21 I Thallium(TI) <0.050 <0.050 RPD-NA ug/g N/A 30 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 0.288 0.304 ug/g 5.4 30 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) 17.1 15.7 ug/g 8.8 30 16-NOV-21 Zinc(Zn) 9.2 9.6 ug/g 3.8 30 16-NOV-21 WG3658964-4 LCS I Antimony(Sb) 96.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Arsenic(As) 98.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) 98.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Beryllium(Be) 93.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Boron(B) 91.0 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) 95.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 ' Chromium(Cr) 97.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Cobalt(Co) 97.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Copper(Cu) 94.5 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I I ALS Iuiranm2nt Quality Control Report IWorkorder: L266103O Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 7 of 10 "Rent: EnGlobe Corp. (London) I 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 Dntact: ROB HELWIG Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed J 200.2-CCMS-WT Soil 11 ch R5650538 G3658964-4 LCS ead(Pb) 91.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) 97.1 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 ickel(Ni) 94.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 elenium(Se) 96.2 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 elver(Ag) 97.7 80-120 16-NOV-21 hallium(TI) 93.3 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Uranium(U) 87.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 anadium(V) 100.6 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 inc(Zn) 93.9 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 WG3658964-1 MB lit ntimony(Sb) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 senic(As) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Barium(Ba) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 Iellium (Be) 16-NOV-21 <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 oron(B) 16-NOV-21 <5.0 mg/kg 5 16-NOV-21 Cadmium(Cd) <0.020 mg/kg 0.02 16-NOV-21 hromium(Cr) <0.50 mg/kgit 0.5 16-NOV-21 obalt(Co) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 lead (Cu) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 ead(Pb) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 Molybdenum(Mo) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 Nickel(Ni) <0.50 mg/kg 0.5 16-NOV-21 `fie lenium(Se) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 16-NOV-21 Silver(Ag) <0.10 mg/kg 0.1 16-NOV-21 [hallium(TI) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 ■■U 16-NOV-21 ranium(U) <0.050 mg/kg 0.05 16-NOV-21 Vanadium(V) <0.20 mg/kg 0.2 !Zinc(Zn) 16-NOV-21 <2.0 mg/kg 2 16-NOV-21 )ISTURE-WT Soil rch R5643392 G3656741-3 DUP L2661109-3 %Moisture 18.4 17.9 % 3.1 20 12-NOV-21 rG3656741-2 LCS Moisture 99.3 % 90-110 12-NOV-21 I ALS E )rDn 1a I Quality Control Report Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 8 of 10 I Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 intact: ROB HELWIG st Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed I DISTURE-WT Soil Batch R5643392 WG3656741-1 MB Moisture <0.25 % 0.25 12-NOV-21 i-WT Soil I Batch R5650047 WG3656862-1 DUP L2661333-3 I pH 7.37 7.48 J pH units 0.11 0.3 16-NOV-21 WG3659171-1 LCS pH 6.95 pH units 6.9-7.1 16-NOV-21 aR-R511-WT Soil II Batch R5649977 W63658827-4 DUP WG3658827-3 Calcium(Ca) 18.2 17.9 mg/L 1.7 30 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 10.4 10.1 mg/L 2.9 30 16-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 9.68 9.52 mg/L 1.7 30 16-NOV-21 I WG3658827-2 IRM WT SAR4 Calcium(Ca) 105.4 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 97.0 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 111 Magnesium(Mg) 106.8 % 70-130 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-5 LCS Calcium(Ca) 106.7 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 I Sodium(Na) 105.4 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 104.6 % 80-120 16-NOV-21 WG3658827-1 MB Calcium(Ca) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 16-NOV-21 I Batch R5652356 WG3659114-4 DUP WG3659114-3 I Calcium(Ca) 22.6 23.9 mg/L 5.6 30 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 4.47 4.40 mg/L 1.6 30 17-NOV-21 Magnesium(Mg) 1.01 1.09 mg/L 7.6 30 17-NOV-21 WG3659114-2 IRM WT SAR4 I Calcium(Ca) 106.6 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 89.3 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 I Magnesium(Mg) 105.1 % 70-130 17-NOV-21 ALS Vironmantal Quality Control Report IWorkorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Page 9 of 10 ;Iient: EnGlobe Corp. (London) 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 !act: ROB HELWIG ill Matrix Reference Result Qualifier Units RPD Limit Analyzed It 511-WT Soil h R5652356 3659114-5 LCS Icium(Ca) 102.7 % 80-120 17-NOV-21 Sodium(Na) 98.4 % 80-120 17-NOV-21 agnesium(Mg) 99.4 % 80-120 17-NOV-21 3659114-1 MB Calcium(Ca) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-2113 dium(Na) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-21 agnesium(Mg) <0.50 mg/L 0.5 17-NOV-21 I I I I I I I I L{uQiily L,UI Ill til r\e put l ' Workorder: L2661030 Report Date: 03-MAR-22 Client: EnGlobe Corp.(London) Page 10 of 10 417 EXETER RD LONDON ON N6E 2Z3 ontact: ROB HELWIG Legend: , Limit ALS Control Limit(Data Quality Objectives) DUP Duplicate RPD Relative Percent Difference N/A Not Available LCS Laboratory Control Sample SRM Standard Reference Material MS Matrix Spike MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate ADE Average Desorption Efficiency MB Method Blank IRM Internal Reference Material CRM Certified Reference Material CCV Continuing Calibration Verification CVS Calibration Verification Standard LCSD Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate111 Sample Parameter Qualifier Definitions: Qualifier Description , J Duplicate results and limits are expressed in terms of absolute difference. RPD-NA Relative Percent Difference Not Available due to result(s) being less than detection limit. Hold Time Exceedances: All test results reported with this submission were conducted within ALS recommended hold times. ' ALS recommended hold times may vary by province. They are assigned to meet known provincial and/or federal government requirements. In the absence of regulatory hold times,ALS establishes recommendations based on guidelines published by the US EPA,APHA Standard Methods,or Environment Canada (where available). For more information, please contact ALS. The ALS Quality Control Report is provided to ALS clients upon request. ALS includes comprehensive QC checks with every analysis to ensure our high standards of quality are met. Each QC result has a known or expected target value,which is compared against pre- determined data quality objectives to provide confidence in the accuracy of associated test results. Please note that this report may contain QC results from anonymous Sample Duplicates and Matrix Spikes that do not originate from this Work Order. 1 I I COME F2-F4 FR DROCARBON DISTRIBUTION REPORT IALS Sample ID: L2661030-1 .ALS Client Sample ID: BH01-21 GRAN 500 450 — I _ 400 — 350 — m 73 300 - o I cn m 250 — 51517 200 - - 150 — U /1 1 100 — I 50 — i 0 I I 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes 442--0►4111 F3—al---F4— a I nC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline—► -- Motar fails/Cube fails 'Grease �. 4 Diesel/Jet Fuels--a IThe CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (MDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam pie. I The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples,but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. I Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples (fuels,oils,etc.). The HDR Library can be found at www.alsalobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41.07 PM I CCME. F2-F4 . 9 .C. I _ _CA--- EON D!ST RI E E ALS Sample ID: L2661030-2 Client Sample ID: BH01-21 S-1 500 , I 1 I 450 — I 400 — 350 — I z CD 0 300 — I cn CD 250 — 0 200 — 150 = I 100 — 50 — 0 i II I II 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes I 4---F2-1.4----F3—►4--F4— * nC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline ---41 Motor ails/Lute Oils/Grease 4 Diesel/Jet Fuels—* The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing 1 hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam pie. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker corn pounds. Retention times may vary between samples, but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the I sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples (fuels,oils,etc.). The HDR Library can be found at w,A0N.alsnlcbal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:47 PM I I CCME F2-F4 FrY DROCARBON DISTRIBUTION REPORT IALS Sample ID. L2661030-3 # L 5 Client Sample ID: BH02-21 GRAN I 500 450 - 400 — Ixi 350 — m - 300 - o I rn 250 — I 0 n 200 — 150 —I 100 — I 50 — 0 I 1 I I 1 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 1 0.0 Time - Minutes I 4—F2-11►41 F3--11 —F4—► InC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481 DC 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline-pi a— Motor C}ils/Cube Oils/Grease �. a Diesel/Jet Fuels—* IThe CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. I The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker com pounds. Retention times may vary between sam pies,but general patterns and distributions will rem ain similar. I Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration,the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples (fuels,oils,etc,). The HDR Library can be found at w w.aisglobel.com. IPrinted on 11/15/2021 5.41.09 PM I CCME F2 F4 H _ E . ") _. ._ ,RD N n! . . _I Eli _ _ i _ , _ T L� IALS Sample ID: L2661030-4 Client Sample ID: BH02-21 S-1 500 I 450 — I 400 — 350 — I m 0 300 — I m 250 — 200 — rn- 150 — I 100 - 50 — 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes I 4 —F2—'4 F3—÷4---F4— nC14 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1 U67'F Gasoline—b. *--- Motor Oils/tube Oils/Grease x 4--Diesel/Jet Fuels—► The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing I hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam ple. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples, but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the sam ple dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note; This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from common reference samples (fuels,oils,etc.). The HDR Library can be found at..,,,N,A,.aisctlobal.cam. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:49 PM I I CCME F2-F4 I-1\iDROCARBON DISTRIBUTION REPORT IALS Sample ID. L2661030-5 134,1L S Client Sample ID: BH03-21 GRAN I 500 450 - I 400 — Ixi 350 — o. -0 300 — o `i) 250 — 4 1 0 200 — FIT 150 - 100 - I 50 — 0 I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes I 4.---F2-0• F3—,4--F4-* InC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline-s 4 - Motor Oils/tube Oils/Grease X. Diesel/Jet Fuels-' -- IThe CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. I The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approxim ate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-aikane hydrocarbon marker compounds.Retention times may vary between sam pies, but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. I Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples(fuels,oils,etc..). The HDR Library can be found at w•ww.alsglobal.com. IPrinted on 11/15/2021 5.41:11 PM I COME F2 F4 "-'. r _ 2._ _E' _ N D RI , L-_'; _ F ,_ All-s ALS Sample ID: L2661030-6 I Client Sample ID: BH03-21 S-2 500 I 450 — I 400 — 350 — I co 73 300 — `D 250 — 200 — 150 — I 100 — 50 — I 0 , i ' i , I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 1 0.0 Time - Minutes I 4—F2--a•4---F3—►.F—F4—s nC10 nC16 nC34 nC5O I 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline—► 4--- Motor Oils/Lure Oils/Grease $ 4--Diesel/Jet Fuels—a, The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing I hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam pie. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common I petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples, but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the I sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples(fuels,oils,etc.1. The HDR Library can be found at V'wv'A.alsLiIoba1.copi. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:40:51 PM I I I CCME F2-F4 HYDROCARBON DISTRIBUTION REPORT IALS Sample ID: L2661030-7 ALS Client Sample ID: BH04-21 GRAN I 500 450 - 400 — II x 350 — o -0 300 — m 250 — 4 0 200 — 150 — /„/ 100 — i 50 — /' 0 I I I I ' I ' I i i i , — II 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes I —F2—.4 F3—'t--F4--► I nC10 nC16 nC34 nC54 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline- •r-- Motor Cfils/Cube Oils/Grease . —Diesel/}et Fuels—► it IThe CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sam ple. I The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples,but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the I sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using CC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library far a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples(fuels,oils,etc.). The HDR Library can be found at•ww•w.alsslobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:05 PM I CCME F2 F4 I—, n P . C. —.:-,.'t.a 1A,,j n'I* RI UT I _ i I ALS Sample ID: L2661030-81L5 i Cilent Sample ID: BH05-21 GRAN 500 I 450 = I 400 — 350 — I _ CD CO 300 — m 250 i\cn �� v E 200 — iI\\ o cn % \� 150 — i N 100 — 0 —, I I I I I I i 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 70 8.0 9.0 10.0 Time - Minutes I 4--F2- 4 --F3-►41-F4-4- I nC10 nC16 nC34 nC50 174°C 287°C 481°C 575°C 346°F 549°F 898°F 1067°F I Gasoline-÷ 4-- /t Motor ails/tube Oils/Grease N. 4---Diesel/jet Fuels—' The CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Distribution Report (HDR) is intended to assist you in characterizing I hydrocarbon products that may be present in your sample. The scale at the bottom of the chromatogram indicates the approximate retention times of common I petroleum products and four n-alkane hydrocarbon marker compounds. Retention times may vary between samples,but general patterns and distributions will remain similar. Peak heights in this report are a function of the sample concentration, the sample amount extracted, the sample dilution factor and the scale at the left. Note: This chromatogram was produced using GC conditions that are specific to ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 method. Refer to the ALS Canada CCME F2-F4 Hydrocarbon Library for a collection of chromatograms from I common reference samples (fuels,oils,etc ��). The HDR Library can be found at �A0A.alsnlobal.com. Printed on 11/15/2021 5:41:03 PM I 11LS, Enuironmental 1111 Chain of Custody (COC)i Analytical Request Font' I I 11111 II I 11 11111 11 1111 III 1 1 Canada Toll Free: 1 800 668 9878 L2661 030-COFC Report To Report Format,D! ontact y. l Regular tR] , , . , - •- J c; ---i i r.,ay[P4 20 ,..j . 1 B - ..' ,' i t:._;. , '--., . -• .__., , tp3-25 .: : - Sart 3-1.! i day[P2-50%) : ; .(Lat s. . r - • ,.". - Date and Time Required for all E&P TATs: -.., . - „,...,..., .:.... ,--;f. r ,• )te t ( ,ostal Code A I ice To 4 pany :,/! ,:: ; ; :., Invoice Distribution ,- -, _ -1--- 1 1 etiCI) ....... _ .,. , _1 LU , , 1 ',;,.......-;: , • :ontacT.. I cz- : . ;-,<.•' . . . Project Information Oil and Gas Required Fields(client use) Account#/Quote# ._:) . : .1)7,--;-7 I F.' . Z i :,;.-''--., • ,'-:. • : ob# ::, 1 i --- ? R,.1- :. i 0 1 -. . :,..,.,',... , 0/AFE r,:e3111sl,t.:.;, '.•., - . .. 1 a . LS Lab Work Order# (lab use only): ' --) ' •-• !ri 1_,),-..,,i!,.,, ALS Contact: Sampler: 0 i Y*.i. ,',_• II:t i....... i ' LU L.: . . ...... I •Ca ' •___ ./^/,..-."&-I I - ie-.) ,C: I Sample# Sample Identification and/or Coordinates I Date Time ' n ? ' 1 -- • I , mple Type - , .' Vn'',• -...,-.use only) Th5,descrir.11cr wi I!appe;Ir')I1 the,eporl• Sa . Z ( I -***- — ' !_,.: f,i C:', il, ,,/,7: re it -, ; i 4-).,• i, -'----.---.7-7-1,--77.771--,-(.•:1' ,' , , / 1 ! x, , ! i' ,- "1": ' . . , - - _: ,±-4_ • _ , :_ _4______, , _- -7 L.., N L '. • ,:-. 4 I-- --,_ ,-! -,, ! / r., V ) -i-- --;-- ...,_ ,ti „„ ,__;_ , -i, ;,.;•'")"..' -C- r„ ) • : . . .. 4.- • — -' - 11 -- :...,, . -_ ___ r --r--- . r- .. -- .1 ,...., ;. '-,:-.) , e :-. (c--',./I ) . , r ' — --4 -4 N44/ .''-' , . ,• i ! ! I Yr— --, • i ; . -_.; ...._4___....I_____L_ , . . • 1 ±-' 4- -4- --1- ii Drinking Water(DW)Samples'(client use) T i Special Instructions"Specify Criteria to add Oi,report by cticking on the drop-down lis,beiov, lelectronie COG only) i SAMPLE CONDITI Fmz-3r, 0 SIF Obser re samples taken from a Regulated DW System? I I 'ES I ! '''-'‘ moles for human consumption/use? Tr,,..,, -": ,, i:- 1 ,(1/1 ,7.-. ,.. /it ).,L. .. .. Ire.Pocky 0 Ice Csbes ID Custody S I C,:,ling,nitiated 0 !NorIAL CO('LLf,rEMP.E-R,;-T-JRES"C I I 'r ES I i Nc.. '?"- < 1 I I SHIPMENT RELEASE(client use ; illr* L Stit1PM i_RECEPTION(lab use only) FINAL SH 111V(1.41/ _ i i Time Received by 1", ,[ I•-)'le ,(.? , • /-; i ,,,,,,' ' I 1 lkj,..„4. 7FER TO BACK PAGE,'=:.'';ALS LO.C.,.-PONS r,NF",S,. .:,4-"':Al' ,' i .-'''' - ABC4, ' -'' 4,/ ,4 At4.,-,,,,,..,irr-•,..--. 111 1 Regut ted Drinking Water(OW!System i, ,. y,t,,,f,,,,1, Autho,e0 OW C.C.,1:,form I I I I I 1 ' APPENDIX B WATER SYSTEM MAPPING 1 1 1 1 I I F(FND I • WATER VALVE 0 BLOW—OFF d FIRE HYDRANT so n_m_ WATERM AND SIZEEXISTING WATER SYSTEM DOES NOT LOOP, IIDEAD ENDS AT PROVINCIAL PARK ON ALMA I i . Low so I / 1 3� 4.... //0� / 7031R �O YC4.Si. / / \\� I. : /Or yam`3// / / ,yoo IF / / kii/SpfR // ,/ / may / F i / S//�y`°Ve X// ~1 / iyam / / • 11/ ti( ''' '.'4(.1"4" O I �/ // es' \' i / 6/// SST v / /�// rBR�cF / Cyti Si- /, I 'C' \ / / �JA `qR / %F�/ f \t %j :;l \ r //// 1,# ' /7 I / % Municipality of Kincardine DATE PROJECT No. I March 2022 08175 4fr MROSS Bruce Road 15 Reconstruction engineering better communities SCALE FIGURE No. Existing Water System 1:5,000 App-B